\i LIBRARY CMiMWU XDOCAT 101 IIBBr /h 6. Tfctfevma* THE SPANISH TEACHER; A PKACTICAL METHOD OF LEARNING THE SPANISH LANGUAGE ON OLLENDOEFFS SYSTEM. FRANCISCO J. VINGUT. CONTAINING : PS.1CTICAL EXERCISES— CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES— A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPANKO GRAMMAR— DIALOGUES— PROVERBS— IDIOMS— MERCANTILE VOCABULARY— CORRESPONDENCE, ETC., ETC. NEW EDITION, CORRECTED AND ENLARGED BY LUIS F. MANTILLA, KlOr. OP THE SPANISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE IN THE UNIVERSITY Off NEW YORK. NEW YOKK : GEORGE E. LOCKVOOD, No. 812 Broadway. Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1871, by GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD, in the office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. SPANISH BOOKS PUBLISHED BY GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD. ■WITH PRICES IN CURRENCY. II»H VINGUT. The Spanish Teacheb. 12mo $2 25 Key to do 1 00 Spanish Readeb and Tbanslatob. 12mo 1 50 DEL MAR. A Guide to Spanish Convebsation. 12hio 1 25 ROBERTSON. Complete Spanish Coubse. 12mo 1 75 SALES' JOSSE'S Spanish Gbammab. 12mo 2 00 GRAMATICA de la Academia espanola. 12iiio 1 25 CARTILLA o Silababio. (Spanish Primer.) 18mo 25 CUENTOS Familiabes. (Familiar Stories. 18mo 75 For Spaniards Learning English and French, or French Learning Spanish. VINGUT. El Maesteo de Ingles. 12mo 2 25 Clave del Maestbo de Ingles 1 00 El Pbeceptob Ingles elemental. 12mo 1 50 Clave del Pbeceptob elemental 75 £l Maestbo de Feances. 12mo 9 25 Clave del Maestbo de Feances 1 00 Le Maitbe d'Espagnol. 12mo 2 25 COBBIGE DU MAITRE D'ESPAGNOL 1 00 DEL MAR. La Guia^paba la Conversacion en Ingles 12mo 1 25 VINGUT. Lectob y Teaductob Ingles. 12mo 1 50 LECTURAS INGLESAS Escogidas, con Vocabulario 2 00 A Catalogue, with prices of Spanish books imported from Paris, Madrid, Barcelona, etc., will be sent on application. Us INTRODUCTION. ill My system of acquiring a living language is founded on the principle, that each question contains in itself nearly the answer which should be made to it. The slight differ- ence between the question and the answer is always ex- plained before the question ; so that the learner does not find it in the least difficult, either to answer it, or to make similar questions for himself. Again, the question being the same as the answer, as soon as pronounced by the teacher, it strikes the ear of the pupil, and is therefore easily reproduced by his vocal organs. This principle is so evident, that it is impossible to open the book without being struck by it. Neither the professor nor his pupils lose an instant of their time. When the professor reads the lesson, the pupil answers ; when he examines the lesson written by the pupil, he speaks again, and the pupil answers ; also when he ex- amines the exercise which the pupil has translated, he speaks and the pupil answers : thus both are, as it were, continually kept in exercise. The phrases are so arranged that, from the beginning to the end, the pupil's curiosity is excited by the want of a word or an expression : this word or expression is always given in the following lesson, but in such a manner as to create a desire for others that would render the phrase more complete. Hence, the pupil's attention is continually kept alive, till at last he has acquired a thorough knowledge of the language he is studying. — (Extract from Ollendorff.) 193 PREFACE. The plan pursued in the present work is substantially the same as that explained above, excepting some slight altera- tions in the arrangement of the lessons which, from my own experience, I have deemed indispensable to avoid many tedious repetitions which were necessary in the original system. The superiority of Ollendorff's method is now so readily and universally acknowledged, that I deem it un- necessary to set forth its peculiar merits at length, or by comparisons derogatory to others. The Spanish language is now spoken by so many on this Continent, with whom we are yearly becoming more closely connected in business and political relations, that a know- ledge of it is becoming more and more indispensable ; and I shall be happy if I can contribute in any way by the publi- cation of this volume to extend that knowledge. Francisco J. Vingut. EDITOR'S PREFACE TO REVISED EDITION. In the publication of this revised and improved edition of Vingut's Spanish Teacher a debt due to the public for its appreciation of it for many years has been paid. The advantages over previous editions consist in part in its more methodical arrangement, corrections of typograph- ical errors, enlargement of the theoretical part, a mercan- tile vocabulary and correspondence, and a collection of dia- logues, which altogether make the book valuable not only to those studying the language grammatically, but to those who wish to acquire a practical knowledge of it for mercantile purposes. The Editor. New Yokk, July 1, 1871. EXERCISE ON PRONUNCIATION. (a figured pronunciation is given below each line,.* MO-KAL CRIS-TI-A-NA. MO-BAL CBEES-TE-AH-NA. Mo-ral Cris-ti-a-na es la ci-en-ci-a que di-ri-je las ac-ci- Mo-rdl Orees-tee-dh-na ess la lhee-din-thee dah, day, dee, doh, doo. The sound of d and t is not exactly the same in English as in Spanish ; there is a difference, which, although trifling in itself, is very perceptible, and therefore should be noticed. It will be observed tha«t in speaking the English, the sound of d and t is formed by striking the end of the tongue against the roof of the mouth. In Spanish the tongue is used in the same manner, but, instead of striking the roof of the mouth, it strikes the upper teeth ; the d, therefore, uttered after the Spanish manner, is pronounced as in the English word dell. F. F, sounds as in English. fa, fe, A fo, fu. fah, fe, fee, fo, foo. G. G, before e, i, is pronounced like h in hen, hill ; in every other case as in gap. ga, ge, gi, go, gu. gah, hay, hee, go, goo. The G is a palatal or guttural consonant, and in Spanish nas two distinct sounds in pronunciation, as happens to the c ; the soft and smooth, as when it coalesces with the vowels a, o, u, as in the words gana, appetite ; gota, a drop : gusto, taste : and also when the u interposes between it and e or i t syncopating or destroying its sound, as is shown in the words guerra, war ; guia, guide ; and this is its most common pronunciation. When the u preserves all its sound after the g, as in the words aguero, omen; verguenza, shame; arguii, to argue ; PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 11 to distinguish its pronunciation from the other and more frequent sound, we place two dots, or a diaeresis, over the u, as we have already written in the above examples. The syllabes ge, gi, can be written with as much justice to sound with a g as with a j. H. H, always mute. ha, he, hi, ho, hu. ah, ai, ee, oh, oo. This letter has no sound before a vowel but when com- bined with c. See CH. The F in many words from the Latin, and in the ancient Spanish language, is now converted into h, as hacer, to do, from facere; hijo, a son, instead of fijo, from filius. To distinguish these cases, and to furnish rules in writing for correctly using the h, the following are established : Rule 1. — The h must be used in all those words whose original etymology has it ; as hombre, a man ; honra, honor, hora, an hour. Rule 2. — When the word begins with the syllable ue, it always has an h before it, as in huevo, an egg ; hueso, bone ; huerta, a garden. Rule 8. — We must also write with an h, all those words which in their origin, and from ancient usage, have been spelled with an f, as hacer, to do, from facere ; higo, a fig, from feus ; hijo, »on, from flius, and the ancient Spanish fijo, hierro, irowferrum and the ancient Spanish fierro, iron. J. J, is pronounced always as h in the English words hill, hall, hand, that is the same as the g with e, i, in Spanish. ja, J e > jh jo, ju. hah, hay, hee, ho, hoo. L. L, sounds as in English. la, le, li, lo, lu. lab, lay, lee, loh, loo. 12 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Id. LI, as Hi in William. lla, lie, Hi, llo, llu. lliah, lliay, lliee, Uio, llioo. M, N, P. These letters are pronounced as in English. In Spanish no syllable or word ends in m, except before a 6 or a p ; when we must write an m, as in the worda ambos, both ; imperial, imperial ; for in such words, the m occ.urs in the same manner as in Latin, from which language we have obtained the rule for its pronunciation. N. N, as in onion in English, or gn in French. ha, he, hi, ho, hu. niah, niay, niee, nio, nioo. Q. Q. This letter is used now only in the syllables que, quu where the u is not sounded. que, qui. kay, key. The q is used, in Spanish, when it is followed "by a u and this vowel is not pronounced ; but when the u is sounded, we always use the c, for which reason we may adopt the following rules of the Spanish Academy. Bute 1. — We must always use the c instead of q, in such words as cual, which, instead of qual ; cuanlo, how much, instead of quanto, &c, because the u is sounded. Rule 2. — We must not use the c in those words which suffer an elision of the u, or in which the u is not sounded, as occurs in the combination que, qui, in the words queridt % beloved ; quinto, fifth. R. It. has two pronunciations : one soft, signified by a single r, and sounds as in bar, card ; the other sound is hard, as in PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 13 rage, river, Borne, and is signified by rr ; except in these cases : — 1st. In the ^beginning of a word it should always be single and pronounced as double. 2d. When the conso- nants /, n, s, are before r, either in the simple or in the com- pound word, this letter must never be doubled, and nevei*- theless it ought to be pronounced hard, as in malrotar, to destroy ; enriquecer, to grow rich ; honra, honor. 3d. In the compounds of two nouns, or of one noun, or verb, and the preposition pre or pro ; the r is likewise single in the second part of the compound, though its sound is hard, as in manirolo, cariredondo, prerogative prorogar. S. S, is always pronounced strongly, as in six. sa, se, si, so, su. sah, say, see, so, soo. In Spanish, there is no word which begins with I followed by a consonant ; for which reason, although anciently fol- lowing the Latin origin the liquid s was used, it has since been suppressed and the spelling made to correspond with the Castilian pronunciation, for its smoothness does not allow of any middle or hissing sound that requires the liquid s ; and thus from the Latin words scientia, science, sceplrum, sceptre, we derive the Spanish words ciencia, cetro ; to other words we add an e before their Latin original s, to pronounce it with greater facility, as in estudiar, to study, from studere ; escribir, to write, from scribere. T. T, as in temerity, see letter D. ta, te, ti, to, tu. tah, tay, tee, to, too. V. The distinction between the sound of this lettei &nd the letter b has been lately abolished. 14 THE SPANISH TEACHEK. To distinguish them in writing, the following rules must be followed. Rule 1, — The consonant v forms a syllable with its conse- quent vowel, as in valentia, bravery ; velo, a veil ; vitlano, a villain ; voraz, voracious ; vulgar, vulgar. Rule 2. — All words having a v in their originals, as valer, to be worth ; velar, to watch ; vil, vile ; voluntad, will ; vuelo, flight ; and their derivatives, ought to be written with a v. Rule 3. — We must also write with a v the terminations of nouns ending in ava, ave, avo, iva, ivo, and their derivatives, as octavo, eighth ; suave, soft ; dozavo, a twelfth part ; comi- tiva, suite ; motivo, motive ; pensativo, thoughtful ; donativo, donative ; espectativa, expectation. Rule 4. — The v is also preserved in words proper to the language, which from a long and constant . use are written with it ; for instance, vihuela, a guitar ; aleve, treacherous ; atreverse, to venture, to dare, and their derivatives. With these rules, and those which are established for the letter b, there can remain but few doubtful cases. X. X. This letter has now very little use in Spanish, being supplied by j and 8. In those words where retained, it is pronounced as in English. xa, xe, xi, xo, xu. xah, xay, xee, xo, xoo. For the easy transition and commutation of the x into s, we can use the latter, whenever it is followed by a conso- nant, as in estranjero, a stranger, instead of extrangero, &c, both to make the pronunciation more soft and smooth, and to avoid a certain affectation with which the x would be pronounced in these cases. Y. Y, when it stands alone, in which case it is a Conjunction, meaning and, and when a vowel, is pronounced as the Span- ish i ; in any other case, as in the English words yesterday, year. ya, ye, yo yu. yah, yay yoh, yoo. PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 15 It is usual to make it perform the function of a vowel •whenever i terminates a word without an acute accent, as in rey, king; ley, law ; hay, there is ; muy, very ; eMoy, I am ; and also whenever it is a conjunctive conjunction, as in Juan y Pedro, John and Peter ; mar y tierra, sea and land. To distinguish these cases we must observe the fol- lowing rules : Rule 1. — The y performs the proper function of a conso- nant in all words where it comes before a vowel, as in ensa- yar, to essay ; yerro, error ; rayo, ray ; ensayo, a trial ; ayu- nar, to fast. Rule 2. — The y occupies the place of the vowel i, in those words which terminate in i without the acute accent, as in hay, there is ; ley, law ; rey, king ; doy, I give ; estoy, I am ; muy, very, &c. ; but whenever the word terminates with an acute accent ( ' ) on the i, the vowel % must be retained, as in maravedi, an imaginary coin ; aleli, a gilliflower, &c. ; and in the Preterite Perfect of some verbs of the 2d. and 3d. Conjugations, as rei, I laughed ; lei, I read ; cai, I fell ; vi, I saw ; oi, I heard ; escribi, I wrote. Z. The sound of z, before all vowels, and at the end oi words, is like that of th in its sharp pronunciation, ae in thought, throne, death, breath. za, ze, zi, zo, zu. thah, thay, thee, thoh, thoo. See letter G. DIPHTHONGS AND TRIPHTHONGS. When in the same syllable two vowels come together, they are called a diphthong ; and when three, a triphthong. The sounds that in English are given to the vowels m the following words, will be regarded as a guide to render the Spanish pronunciation of the vowels a, e, i, o, u, and 16 THE SPANISH TEACHER. the y t which also is considered one when it stands alone gj? at the end of a syllable. By means of this, we shall, at once, be able to fix the sound of the Spanish diphthongs and triphthongs. 1 2 3 4 6 Fat, met, pin, no, foot. DIPHTHONGS. 1 13 q 32 ai, as in amai's, ye love. y ie, as in cielo, heaven. 13 i 35 ay, " hay, there is or are. 1U iu, u ctwdad, city, 15 42 * au, causa,, cause. ** oe, M heroe, hero. / 23 / 43 ei, " tenets, ye have. 1 J ot, " sots, ye are. ( ey, " rey, king. ( oy, " doy, I give. A 21 1Q 51 4 ea, " sea, let it be. 1» wa, " fragwa, fodge. 24 - . 62 * eo, " virjineo, virginal. 1^ ue, " hwevo, egg. 6 eu, " dcuda, debt. K jm*, " cmdado, care. 7 15 (53. )ui, I" 3 ta, gracta, grace, {w?/, " mwv, very. 8 ie, " bien, well. ■*•" uo, " ardwo, arduous. TRIPHTHONGS. * iai, as in tenmts, ye had. * iei, " lidieis, ye may contend. / 513 o J uni, " santigwats, you bless. ( way, " Paraguay, Paraguay. 523 uei, " averigiieis, you may search 523 uey, " huey, ox. "Whenever any of the vowels of the dipthongs are accent- ed, they cease to be diphthongs, because each vowel belongs PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 17 then to a separate syllable ; as, lei, brio ; le-i, bri-o, pro- nounced lai-ee, bree-oh. WORDS SIMILAR IN SOUND, BUT DIFFERENT IN SPELIINt*. / Ay ! Alas ! Ha. He has. Hay. There is or are. A. To. Deshojar. To deprive of leaves. Halon. A halloo. Desojar. To deprive of eyes. Alon. A pinion. Jlasta. Until. He. I have. Asia. A haft. R And. TT ) A beach tree, and the P. Hetica. A phthysis. lia y a ' \ subj. of the verb Haber. Eiica. Ethics. Ay a. A governess. H'da. A brad nail. Herrar. To shoe horses. Ita. Eta. Errar. To err. / Hola I Hulloo ! Hierro. Iron. Ola. A wave. Yerro. Error. Hondas. Slings. jr . j To turn over the leaves Ondas. Billows. aojear. -j ofabook . j Ius0m a spindle. Ojear. To start game. Uso. Usage. DIVISION OF WOKDS INTO SYLLABLES. Compound words are to be divided into their component parts ; as, ab-negacion, con-cavidod, pre-dmbuto, mai-rotar. When the second component part of a word begins with s, followed by another consonant, the 6 belongs to the first part ; as, cons-truir, ins-pirar, jiers-picaz. Two vowels coming together must be parted ; as, Sa- avedra, le-er, pi-isimo, co-operar. A consonant coming between two vowels belongs to the Towel by which it is followed : as, a-mor, pe-na, le-che* ga-Ilo. Two consonants coming between two vowels are divided ; as, cl-zar, can- tor, mdr-tir. But should the first consonant be the semi-vowel/' or any of the mutes, and the second /, or r, both the consonauts (*) Ch and Q are deemed only single consonants. 18 THE SPANISH TEACHER. are then joined to the tow el by which they are followed ; as, la-bla, co-bre, la-cre. Except, at-leta and at-lante. Where 8 is preceded by b, I, m, n, or r, and followed by another consonant at the same time, s must be joined to the consonant by which it is preceded ; as, Amsterdam. Four consonants coming between two vowels are equally divided between them \ as, trans-cribir. MAKES USED IN PUNCTUATION. Note of Interrogation (?). This mark is not only used at the end, but is also placed, inverted, at the beginning of an interrogatory, in order to warn the reader ; as, " i Que es lo que Vd. acoslum- bra comer V s pregunto al enfermo. " Ahora Men," me pregunto friamente el chalan, " ^cudnto fide Vd. por su mvJa ?" Note of Admiration (!). This note is also inverted at the beginning of ejaculations ; as, Mirundome con ternura esctamaba : " / O que graciom tres y que Undo !" " / Pastas dulces y viandas suculentas /" csclamb mspenso y admirado el doctor. Diaeresis (**). This is only used over the u of ue and ui when the n ia to be sounded ; as, unguento, arguir. The accent ('). Accent, in orthography, is the mark which is placed over some letters to denote the manner of their pronunciation. In Spanish it is commonly placed over that vowel on which PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 19 the stress is laid in pronouncing a word, if it cannot be as- certained without. 1. Monosyllables having only one signification are never accented ; as, col, pal, coz, mat. 2. Monosyllables having more than one signification should be accented ; as, el, he, him ; mi, me, Personal Pro- noun ; si, yes, oneself, affirmative particle, or Pronoun ; de and se, from the verbs dar and ser, to give and to be : to distinguish these monosyllables from el, the, Article ; mi, my, Possessive pronoun ; 8i, if, a Conditional particle ; de, of, a Preposition ; and se, himself, etc., a Pronoun. 3. The vowels a, e, 6, u, when used either as Preposi- tions or Conjunctions, are always accented : as, Voy a Lbn- dres ; padre e hijo,feliz b infehz : mujer u hombre. 4. Dissyllables and polysyllables ending in a vowel may be accented on any vowel (the penultima excepted) where- on the stress is laid ; as, cdntico, expimtu, santiximo, tisu, alia. 5. But if to some Person of a verb ending in an accent- ed vowel the case of a Pronoun should be added, the accent must be continued, although it falls on the penultima ; as, temi, temile ; enseflo, ensefldla, miro, mirb, mirbme. 6. Dissyllables ending in a diphthong are never accent- ed ; as, indio, Julio, agua, gloria, mutuo. Words which end in y must not be accented ; as, Para- guay, rey, comboy. 7. Trisyllables and polysyllables ending in two vowels must be accented on whichever of the two vowels the stress happens to be laid ; as, alegria, puntapie, ganzua, continue. (See No. 9.) Except the first and third persons singular of the imper- fect of the indicative, and of the subjunctive, ending in la, which are never accented ; as, temia, amaria, sufriria, etc. 8. Trisyllables and polysyllables ending in any of these diphthongs, ia, ie, io, ua, ue, uo, must be accented on any vowel (the penultima excepted) whereon the stress is laid. 9. Words ending in ae, ao, au, ea, oa, oe, oo not being diphthongs, must not be accented ; as pelea, sarao, albacea. But should these two vowels form a diphthong, the word must be accented on whatever vowel the stress is laid ; as heroe, linea, eterea. 20 PRONUNCIATION AND ACCENTUATION. 10. Words ending in a consonant may be accented on any of the vowels, excej)t the last, whereon the stress is laid ; as, drbol, virjen, metamorfosis, alferez. Except the second person singular and third plural of the Future Indi- cative, which are always accented on the last vowel ; as, amards, vendrdn. 11. All nouns which require to be accented in the sin- gular, generally retain the accent on the same syllable in the plural ; as, brden, brdenes ; drbol, drboles. Except cardcter and rejimen, which change into caracteres and re}imenes in the plural number. 12. If to an unaccented person of a verb, consisting only of two syllables, we affix one or more pronominal cases, the first vowel must then be accented ; as, oye, oyeme ; compra, cbmpramelo : but if the person of the verb consist of more than two syllables, its penultima should be accented ; as, enlrega, entregalo, entregaselo ; comuniquemos, comuniq u em oslo. 13. If an Adverb ending in mente be formed from an unaccented Adjective, the Adverb remains unaccented ; as, feliz, ft'lizmentti ; humilde, humildemente : but should the Ad- jective be accented, the accent continues on the same vowel in the Adverb; &s,fdcil,fdcilmente; dificil, dificilmente ; in- util, inut'dmente. 14. If a dissyllable ending in two vowels be increased by the prefixing of a monosyllable, the penultima is then generally accented ; as, via, desuia ; lia, deslia. EXPLANATION OF THE SIGNS USED IN THIS BOOK. Expressions, which vary either in their construction or idiom from the English, are marked thus : f The Irregular verbs are designated by an (*) asterisk. Rules of Syntax or construction will be found at the end of each Lesson according to numbers. THE SPANISH TEACHEK, PRACTICAL EXERCISES. FIKST LESSON. DEFINITE ARTICLE. (1.) ENGLISH SPANISH. PRONUNCIATION. (2) Nominative, Uu el, ell. Possessive, of, a* ¥om del, dell. the, Objective, to the, al, al. Have you ? i Tiene Vd.? <3.) Tee-ainay oostaid? Yes, Sir, I have. Si, Sefior, tengo. See, Sain-yor, taingo. The hat. El sombrero. Ell sombrairo. Have you the hat ? 1 Tiene Vd. el som- Tee-ainay oostaid ell brero ? sombrairo ? \es, Sir, I have the hat. Sf, Seiior, tengo el som- See, Sain-yor, taingo brero. ell sombrairo. The bread. El pan. Ell pan. The plate. El plato. Ell plah-to. The soap. El jabon. Ell ha-b6n. The sugar. El aziicar. Ell athookar. (4.) The paper. El papel. Ell pah-pail. My hat. Mi sombrero. Me sombrairo. Your bread. Su pan. Soo pan. Have you my hat ? 1 Tiene Vd. mi som- Tee-ainay oostaid me brero ? sombrairo ? Yes, Sir, I have your nat. Sf, Seiior, tengo su (or See, Sain-yor, taingo el) sombrero de V. soo sombrairo day oostaid. Have you your bread ? £ Tiene Yd. su pan? Tee-ainay oostaid soo pan? I have my bread. Tengo mi pan. Taingo me pan. Which or what? ( ?Cuala mio* / — Which of those books are mine? PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 23 Exercisk No. 1. ( T ). Have you the bread ? Yes, sir, I have the bread. Have you your bread ? I have my bread. Have you your plate ? I have my plate. Have you the plate ? I have the plate. Have you the soap ? I have the soap. Have you my soap ? I have your soap. Which soap have you ? I have my soap. Have you your sugar? I have my sugar. Which sugar have you ? I have your sugar. Which paper have you ? I have my paper. Have you my paper ? I have your paper. Which hat have you ? I have my hat. Which soap have you? I have your soap ( 2 ). Obs. 1. — This exercise must be done in the following manner. The pupil will read, for instance : " Have you the bread ?" and pronounce the translation, i Tiene Vd. el pan ? If he feels any doubt as to the pro- nunciation, he must look, as a reference, at the column where the pro- nunciation of the words, of which the phrase is composed, is figured. After he has gone through this exercise once, twice, or more, until he may be completely satisfied of the operation, he will then write the translation in a copy-book, with which every pupil ought to be pro- vided, to write in it all the exercises in Spanish. Obs. 2. — Pupils desirous of making rapid progress may compose a great many phrases in addition to those given in the exercises, but they must pronounce them aloud as they write them in the copy-book. They should also make separate lists of such Substantives, Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs as they meet with in the course of the Lessons, in order to be able to find those words more readily when required to refer to them in writing their exercises. SECOND LESSON. ENGLISH. IT(1) Have you my hat ? SPANISH. Lo. I Tiene V. mi soi brero ? Si, Senor, lo tengo. Bueno. Malo. Bonito. Lin do, bello. Hcrmoso. Feo. Yes, Sir, I have it, Good. Pad. Pretty. Beautiful, fine. Handsome, Ugly. Note.— When dividing words into syllables, observe, that a com- pound syllable must begin with a consonant. Example : le-ner, a-z&* car, som-bre-ro, ce-re-mo-nia, ca-ba-Uo, etc. PRONUNCIATION. Lo. Tee-ai-nay oostaid me sombrairo ? See, Sain-yor, lo taingo. Boo-ai-no. Mahlo. Bone'eto. Leendo, bail-yo. Airmoso. Fai-o. 24 THE SPANISH TEACHER. ENGLISH. Old. The handkerchief. The shoe. The cotton. The fan. The looking-glass. The dog. The horse. Have you my pretty dog? Not. I have not. I have not the bread. No, Sir. Have you my old hat ? No, Sir, I have it not. Which paper have you? I have the good paper. Which dog have you ? I have my good dog. Of. The cotton handker- chief. The paper hat. The leather. The leather shoe. Which handkerchief have you ? I have your handker- chief. Which hat have you ? 1 have my paper hat. Have you my lpather shoe? Viejo. El panuelo. El zapato. El algodon. El abanico. El espejo. El perro. El caballo. I Tiene Vd, mi bonito perro ? No. (3). No tengo. No tengo el pan. No, Sefior. ,; Tiene Vd. mi som- brero viejo ? (4) No, Sefior, no lo ten- ; Cual papel tiene Vd. ? Tengo el papel bueno. I Cual perro tiene Vd. ? Tengo mi buen per- ro (5). I have it noc. De. El panuelo de algo- don (6). El sombrero de papel. El becerro. El" zapato de becerro. ,}Cual panuelo tiene Vd.? Tengo su pafiuelo de Vd. <;Cual sombrero tiene Vd. ? Tengo mi sombrero de papel. (iTieue Vd. mi zapato de becerro 1! No lo tengo. rKONUNCTATIOII. Veeai-ho. Ell pan-yoo-ailo. Ell thaphahto. Ell algodon. Ell ahbane'eco. Ell ais-pai-ho. Ell pair-ro (2). Ell kah-bal-yo. Tee-ai-nay oostaid me boneeto pair-ro ? No. No taingo. No taingo ell pan. No, Sain-yor. Tee-ai-nay oostaid me sombrairo vee-ai-ho ? No, Sain-yor, no lo taingo. Kwal pah-pail tee-ai- nay oostaid ? Taingo ell pah-pail boo- ai-no. Kwal pair-ro tee-ai-nay oos-taid ? Taingo me boo-ain pair- ro. Day. Ell pan-yoo-ailo day al- godon. Ell sombrairo day pah- pail. Ell bai-thair-ro. El thahpahto day bai* thair-ro. Kwal pan-yoo-ailo tee- ai-nay oostaid ? Taingo soo pan-yoo- ailo day oostaid. Kwal sombrairo tee-ai- n iy oostaid ? Taingo me sombrairo day pah-pail. Tee-ai-nay oostaid me thahpahto day bai- thair-ro ? No lo taingo. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 25 1. It, when placed before a verb, is rendered by el, or etto, according to the gender of the Noun it refers to. Those cases will be found explained in their proper place (Lesson 28th). For our purpose, in this Lesson, we only have to say that when it is used after the verb it is translated by to or la : by lo when it refers to a Noun whose gender is doubtful or not mentioned, and also, when it refers to a masculine Noun whenever the action of the verb falls and remains in the subject itself, and it is not an objective case ; for then it must be rendered by le, (referring to a mascu- line Noun). Exanrple : £ Ha publicado Yd. ya su librof^ Have you already published your book ? No lo he publicado todavia, porque tengo que afladirle antes un capilido. I have not published it yet, because I have to add a chapter to it before. Finally, it is rendered by la when it refers to a feminine Noun. Lo, le or la is generally placed before the verb, except when it is used in the Infinitive, Present Par- ticiple, or Imperative. 2. Double rr in Spanish is pronounced a little stronger than the r in English at the beginning of the word, thus : in similar words as perro (dog), guerra (war), etc., the rr must be pronounced a little stronger than the r in the English words rich, right. 3. When a verb is used negatively no is placed before it. 4 Adjectives are generally used in Spanish after the Substantive ; however, the Spaniards, like the French, con- sult taste and harmony in its collocations. Hermoso, Undo, and all those Adjectives which denote excellence or superior- ity, are sometimes elegantly placed before the Substantive, especially when used with any of the Possessive pronouns. 5. The Adjectives hueno, good ; malo, bad ; uno, a or one ; alguno, some ; ninguno, none ; primero, first ; tercero, third ; and podrero, last, lose the final o when followed by a masculine Noun in the singular, for the sake of euphony. 6. The Preposition de is always put between the name of the thing and the name of the substance of which it is made. 26 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 2. Have you my fine horse ? Yes, Sir, I have it. Have you my old shoe ? No, Sir, I have it not. Which dog have you ? I have my pretty dog. Have you my bad paper ? No, Sir, I have it not. Have you my good looking-glass ? Yes, Sir, I have it. Have you my ugly fan ? No, Sir, I have it not. Which fan have you ? I have your fine fan. Which handkerchief have you ? I have the cotton hand- kerchief. Have you my cotton handkerchief ? I have not your cotton handkerchief. Which hat have you ? I have the paper hat. Have you my paper hat ? No, Sir, I have it not. Have you the old bread ? I have not the old bread. Which shoe have you ? I have my fine leather shoe. What soap have you ? I have my old soap. Which sugar have you ? I have your good sugar. Which looking-glass have you ? I have my old looking-glass. Have you my fine fan ? No, Sir, I have it not. Have you the Exercise number two (Ejercicio numero don) ? Yes, Sir, I have it. ENGLISH. Something, anything, Have you anything ? I have something. THIKD LESSON. AEGO Or ALGUNA COSA. I Tiene Yd. algo ? Tengo algo. PBONUNCEmON. Algo or algo6-na cosa. Tee-ai-nay oostaid algo? Taingo algo. Nothing, not any- thing. The wine.* My money. The gold. The string. The gold string. The button. The coffee. The cheese. The vest. The copper. 'She candlestick. The copper candle- utiek. NO— NADA (1). El vino. Mi dinero. El oro. El cordon (2). El cordon de oro. El boton. Ei cafe". El queso. El chaleco. El cobre. El candelero. El candelero de cobre. No— nadah. Ell veeno. Me dee-nairo. Ell oro. Ell kurdon. Ell kordon day 6r ter with me. ) Is anything the matter with you ? Nothing is the matter with me. SPANISH. No — NL No. El comerciante no ha recibido ni su baston ni el mio. f^ Tiene Vd. hambre 6 sed? |No tengo ni hambre ni sed. \l Tiene Vd. calor 6 Mo? fNo tengo ni calor ni frio. ^Ha recibido Vd. el vino 6 el pan ? El corcho. El sacacorchos. El martillo. Del carpintero. El hierro or fierro. El clavo. El clavo de hierro. El trances. El espafiol. El ingles. El paraguas. t £ Que" tiene Vd. ? NO — NAD A. f No tengo nada. \ I Tiene Vd. algo? f No tengo nada. PRONUNCIATION. No — nee. No. Ell comairthee-antay no ah raithee-beeVlo nee soo baston nee ell mee-o. Tee-ai-nay oostaid am- bray 6 said? No taingo nee ambray nee said. Tee-alnay oostaid kah- lor 6 free-o ? No taingo nee k&h-16r nee free'-o. Ah rai-thee-beedo oos- taid ell veeno 6 ell pan ? Ell corcho. Ell sacah-c6rchos. Ell martee'1-yo. Dell karpeen-tairo. Ell ee-air-ro or fee-air-ro. Ell clah-vo. Ell clah-vo cky ee-air-ro. Ell franthais. Ell espan-\6L Ell eenglais. Ell paragwas. Kay tee-ai-nay oostaid ? Nah-da. No taingo nah-da. Tee-ainay oostaid algoY No taingo nah-da. Exercise No. 6. I am neither hungry nor thirsty. Have yon received my shoe or the shoemaker's ? I have received neither yours nor the shoemaker's. Have you your pencil or the boy's ? I have neither mine nor the boy's. Which pencil have PRACTICAL EXERCISES, 33 you received ? I have received that of the merchant. Have you my chocolate or that of the merchant ? I have neithei yours nor the merchant's ; I have my own. Have you re- ceived the coffee or the wine ? I have received neither the coffee nor the wine. Have you your thimble or the tailor's? I have neither mine nor the tailor's. Have you received your corkscrew or mine? I have received neither yours nor mine ; I have received the copper nail. Are you warm or cold ? I am neither warm nor cold ; I am sleepy. Are you afraid ? I am not afraid. Have you received my han> mer or the carpenter's ? I have received neither yours nor the carpenter's. Which nail have you ? I have the iron nail. Which hammer have you received ? I have received the iron hammer of the carpenter. Have you any thing ? I have something. What have you? I have the French- man's fine umbrella. Have you received the cotton hand- kerchief of the Englishman ? No, Sir, I have received the fine handkerchief of the Spaniard. Exercise No. 7. £ Tiene Vd. mi paraguas 6 el de Vd. ? No tengo ni el de Vd. ni el mio. £ Cual baston ha recibido Vd. ? He reci- bido el de mi amigo. £ Ha recibido Vd. mi chaleco de algo- don 6 el de mi hermano ? No he recibido ni el de Vd. ni el de su hermano. i Cual cordon tiene Vd. ? Tengo el cordon de algodon de mi vecino. El suyo.. Her own, ) Has the servant his trunk or mirw? 1 Tiene el criado su baul 6 el mio He has his own. Tiene el suyo. Somebody ob anybody. Some one ok any one. Has any body my book ? Somebody has it Who has my stick? Nobody. No ONE. Nobody has your stick. Nobody has it. No one has it. Algdeen. AxGUNO. ,; Tiene alguien mi libro ? Alguien lo tiene. I Quie'n tiene mi baston ? Nadie. Ninguno. Nadie tiene su baston de Vd. Nadie lo tiene. Ninguno lo tiene. THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 10. "Who has my trunk ? The boy has it. Has the man the vhicken ? He has it. Who has my vest ? The young man has it. Has the young man my ship ? The young man has it not. Who has it ? The American captain has it. What has the French cook received ? He has received the chicken. Has he received my good knife ? He has not re- ceived it. Who has received it ? Nobody has received it. Is the man right or not ? He is not right Have you seen the sugar? No, Sir, I have not seen it. Have you seen your old thread ? Yes, Sir, I have seen it. Which cloth have you seen ? I have seen the fine one of my friend. Who has seen my cloth ? The Spanish servant has seen it. Who has seen my horse ? The countryman has seen it. What has the young man seen? He has seen nothing. Has the cook the chicken or the rice? He has neither the chicken nor the rice. Who has my fork ? The French bov has it. Exercise No. 11. Has any body my book ? Nobody has it. Has the coun- tryman my hat ? He has it not. Has the tailor received my pretty vest ? He has not received it. Wbat has he received ? He has received nothing. Has the carpenter seen his hammer ? He has not seen it. Has he seen any thing ? He has seen something. Has he my English dog or my Spanish horse ? He has neither your English dog nor your Spanish horse. Has he received my good Ameri- can cheese or my good French wine ? He has received neither your fine American cheese nor your good French wine ; he has received his pretty gold button. Have I your bag or your friend's? You have neither mine nor my friend's ; you have your own. Who has seen the country- man's ox ? I have seen it. Who is afraid ? The tailor's boy is afraid. What is the matter with him ? Nothing. Is he cold or hungry ? He is neither cold nor hungry ; he is sleepy. Has the young man his trunk ? Yes, Sir, he has PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 39 it. Has the captain received his money ? No, Sir, he hag not received it. Who has seen my bag? Nobody has seen it. Exercise No. 12. I Tiene el comerciante mi paraguas 6 el suyo ? No tiene ni el de Vd. ni el suyo. f, Que aleli ha recibido el ? Ha re- cibido el de mi hermano. <; Que dedal tiene el sastre finan- ces ? Tiene el suyo. i Ha recibido su hermano de Vd. mi buen vino espaiiol 6 el del vecino? No ha recibido ni el de Vd. ni el del vecino. ^ Cual vino ha recibido el ? Ha reci- bido el suyo. ^Ha visto alguien mi cordon de oro? Nadie lo ha visto. buenos pinceles. Exercise No. 22. Have you my fine glasses? I have them. Have you the fine horses of the Englishman ? I have them not. Who has my small combs? My boys have them. Which knives PBACTICAL EXERCISES. 5? lave you? I have those of your friends. Have I your good muskets ? You have them not, but your friends have them. Have you my pretty birds, or those of my brothers? I have neither yours nor your brothers', but my own. Which ships have the Mexicans? The Mexicans have no ships. Have the sailors our fine forks? They have them not. Have the cooks them ? They have them. Has the captain your pretty books ? He has them not. Have I them ? You have them. You have them not. Has the Spaniard them ? He has them. Have the Turks our fine muskets ? They have them not. Have the Italians them ? They have them. Has the German the pretty umbrellas of the Frenchman ? He has them. Has he them ? Yes, Sir, he has them. Has the Spaniard our pretty gloves ? He has them not. Who has them ? The English have them. Has the tailor our vests or those of our friends ? He has neither the latter nor the former. Has your brother any soap ? He has no soap. Have I an}- mutton ? You have no mutton, but you have some sugar. Have your friends any money ? They have some money. Have you any fire ? I have no fire, but I have coal. Have you any good coffee? I have no good coffee, but some excellent wine. Exercise No. 23. ^ Tiene el comerciante buenos libros ? Tiene buenos li- bros. i Tienen los franceses buenos guantes ? Tienen es- celentes guantes. J Quien tiene los hermosos lapizes de los ingleses ? Sus amigos los tienen. ^ Quien tiene los bizco- chos de los panaderos ? Los marineros de nuestro capitan los tienen. <; Tienen ellos nuestro pafio ? Si, Senor, lo tienen. ,? Que tienen los espafioles ? Tienen hermosos cuadros. i Que tienen los mejicanos ? Tienen hermosos asnos. i Que tienen los alemunes ? Tienen te escelente. i Tiene Vd. amigos ? Tengo amigos. Tienen lacre sus amigos de Vd. ? Tienen lacre. ^ Tienen buenos zapatos los zapateros? No tienen buenos zapatos, sino escelente becerro. ,? Tienen los sastres buenos chalecos ? No tienen buenos chalecos, sino escelente pafio. £ Tiene paraguas e\ 58 THE SPANISH TEACHER. pintor? No tiene paraguas, pero tiene hermosos cuadros. I Tiene alguien mis peinecitos ? Nadie los tiene. i Quien tiene los hermosos polios del paisano ? Su cocinero de Vd. los tiene. iQue tiene el joven ? Tiene sus bueyes. ^ Tie- nen sus amigos de Yd. vino afiejo ? No tienen vino afiejo, sino escelente vinagre. i Tiene alguien los candeleros de oro de Vd. ? Nadie los tiene. THIRTEENTH LESSON. Some of it, any of it, of it. Some of them, any of them, of THEM. Have you any wine ? I have some. Have yon any bread ? I have not any, or none. Have you any good wine? I have some good wine. Has the merchant any sugar ? He has some. He has not any. Has he any good cheese ? He has some good cheese. Have I any coffee? You have some. You have no coffee. You have not any. Have you any shoes ? I have some. I have no shoes. 1 have not any. Has the man any good horses ? Has he any good knives ? He has not any, or none. Has he any money? He has some. He has not any. Have our friends any good hats ? They have some good hats. They have not any good hats. Who has some good wine ? Our merchant has some. The hatter. The blacksmith. Un poco de. ,; Tiene Vd. vino ? Tengo. I Tiene Vd. pan? No tengo. I Tiene Vd. vino bueno ? Tengo vino bueno. I Tiene aziicar el comerciante ? Tiene. No tiene. I Tiene queso bueno? Tiene queso bueno. I Tengo yo cafe" ? Vd. tiene. Vd. no tiene cafe. Vd. no tiene. I Tiene Vd. zapatos? Tengo. No tengo zapatos. No tengo. I Tiene el hombre buenos caballcsf I Tiene el buenos cuchillos ? No tiene. I Tiene dinero ? Tiene. No tiene. ,; Tienen nuestros amigos sombreros buenos ? Tienen sombreros buenos. No tienen sombreros buenos. I Qui en tiene vino bueno ? Nuestro comerciante tiene. El sombrerero. El herrero. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 59 A, an, or ONE. II Un, before a masculine noun. Uno, when it stands alone, or not before a masculine noun. A or one horse. Havo you an umbrella ? I have an umbrella. Have you a glass ? I have no glasses. I have one. Have you a good stick ? I have a good one. I have two good ones. I have two good sticks. I have three good ones. Have I a gun ? Yoti have one. You have a good one. 5Tou have two good ones. Has your brother a friend ? He has a friend. He has one. He has a good one. He has two good ones. He has three good ones. He has four good friends. He has five good ones. Has the blacksmith a knife ? He has One. He has none. He has two of them. He has three. He has four. Have you five good horses ? I have six. I have six good, and seven bad ones. Who has a fine umbrella ? The merchant has one. Un caballo. i6 THE SPANISH TEACHER. ADJECTIVES, THEIR GENDER, ETC. Adjectives ending in o change o into a, when they modify a feminine noun : Hombre honrado, honest man ; mujer hon- rada, honest woman ; hombre virtuoso, a virtuous man ; mujer virtuoso,, a virtuous woman. Adjectives ending in n or r take an a as, fuego devorador f devouring fire ; pasion devoradora, devouring passion ; hom- bre haragan, idle man ; mujer haragana, idle woman. Except mejor, peor, superior, inferior, mayor, menor, jbven, ulterior, interior, esterior, anterior, posterior. Adjectives ending otherwise keep the same termination in both genders, exito admirable, admirable success ; mujer admirable, admirable woman ; hombre feliz, fortunate man ; mujer feliz, fortunate woman ; maridofiel, faithful husband ; esposafiel, faithful wife ; hijo obediente, obedient son ; hija obedient e, obedient daughter. But those Adjectives derived from the names of nations, provinces, etc., always take an a when modifying a feminine noun, whatever its termination may be. Examples : French gold. French silver. A Spanish gentleman. A Spanish lady. Cuban Institute. Cuban industry. English government. English Constitution. A young Andalusian. A young Andalusian woman. An American senator. An American Jaly. Oro francea. Plata franc esa. Un caballero espanoL Una Sefiora espafiola, Instituto cubano. Industria cubana Gobierno ingles. Constitucion inglesa. Un j6ven andaluz. Una joven andaiuza. Un senador americano. Una sefiora americana. There are included in the class of Adjectives, the Cardi- nal and Ordinal numbers. The Cardinal have all one ter- mination, except the number one (uno), and the compounds of (ciento) one hundred, as doscientos, doscientas. The Ordi nal have two terminations. Two or more nouns in the singular require an Adjective in the plural ; and if the nouns vary in gender, the Adjective must be in the masculine. Example : Life and honor are dear : La vida y el honor son caros. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 67 Exercise No. 28. Have you my spoon or yours ? I have yours. Have you the silver spoon ? I have not the silver spoon, but the golden one. Have you seen my sister's silver spoons ? I have not seen them. Have you my cloak? I have it. Have you any French gold? No, Sir, I have not any. Have you the silver spoon of my good sister ? I have not your good sister's silver spoon, but her gold spoon. Have you received my beautiful cloth cloak ? I have received it. Have you the new cloak or the old one ? I have the old one. Have you a pen ? Yes, sir, I have one. Have you a silk stocking ? I have not a silk stocking, but I have a cotton stocking. Have you not my silk stockings ? No, Sir, I have not your silk stockings, but mine. Have you seen an honest man ? I have seen one. Have you seen an honest woman ? Yes, Sir, I have seen one. Have you an obedient son ? I have one. Have you an obedient daugh- ter ? Yes, Sir, I have one. Have you seen a faithful hus- band ? I have seen one. Have you seen a faithful wife ? I have seen one. Have you a fortunate friend? I have a fortunate friend. Have you a fortunate friend ? (female;. I have not a fortunate one, but an unfortunate (infeliz) one. Exercise No. 29. Have you seen the Spanish Constitution ? I have seen it. Have you seen the Cuban Institute ? I have not seen it. Have you the new English Constitution ? I have it not. Have you seen the new American flag (bandera) ? I have seen it. Have you seen the English pavilion {pabellon) ? I have not seen the English pavilion. Have you seen a young Andalusian woman ? I have seen one. Have you received my letter ? I have not received it. Who has re- ceived a letter from my mother ? My sister has received two letters from your mother to-day. What a pretty girl ! Have you seen that young lady ? Yes. What a handsome face ! What pretty hands ! What beautiful eyes ! What a pretty mouth I Have you my cloak ? No, Sir, I have my own. Who has mine ? I have it. Have you any silver ? 68 THE SPANISH TEACHER. No, but I have some gold. Have you a pen ? I have neither pen nor ink (tinta). Have you any letter paper ( papel de cartas) ? I have not any. Has that young lady a pretty dog? She has a very handsome one. Have your sisters any birds ? They have some very pretty. Have you the little cloak of the young Andalusian woman ? I have not hers, but I have that of the young American lady. Have you seen the shoe,s of the little girl ? I have not seen her shoes, but her little chair. Have you the penknife of my little daughter ? I have not her penknife, but her little gold pen. Exercise No. 30. Have you a white handkerchief ? No, but I have a white gown (bata). Has your brother a new hat? He has a new coat. Has the peasant a fat (gordo) ox ? No, but he has a fat cow (vaca). Have you seen a cruel mother ? No, but I have seen a cruel father. Have you a sweet melon (melon dulce) ? No, I have a sweet apple (manzana). Have you seen an elegant gentleman to-day? No, but I have seen an elegant lady. Honor is dearer (el honor ex mas caro) than life (la vida), and life dearer than fortune (laforhina.) Has your sister my gold ribbon (cinta) ? She has it not. What has she ? She has nothing. Has your mother any- thing ? She has a beautiful silver spoon. Who ha*t my large (grande) bottle? Your cousin (fern.) has it. Has she my silver ribbons? She has them not. Who has them ? Your mother has them. What fork have you ? I have my iron fork. Have you seen the windows ol my room? I have not seen them. Have yo\\ seen the silk curtains (cortinas) of my window ? I have seen them. How MUCH? HOW MANY? How much sugar ? H'»\v nmeh money? How many knives? How many men? How many friends? SIXTEENTH LESSON. I CuANTO ? I CuANTOS ? I Cuanto aziicar ? I Cuanto dinero ? I Cuantos cuchillos ? ,; Cuantos hombres ? I Cuantos amigos ? PRACTICAL EXIIICISES. 69 Only, but. I have but one friend. I have only one friend. I have but one. I have only one. I have but one good gun. I have only one good gun. You have but one good one. You have only one good one. How many horses has brother ? He has but one. He has only one. He has but two good ones. He has only two good ones. your Solo, Solamente, no-sin o, no MAS QUE. No tengo sino or mas que un amigo. Tengo un amigo solamente. No tengo sino or mas que uno. Te igo uno solamente. No tengo sino un buen fusil. Tengo un buen fusil solamente, Vd. no tiene sino or mas que uno bueno. Vd. tiene uno bueno solamente. ,;Cuantos caballos tiene su her- mano de Vd. ? No tiene sino or mas que uno. Tiene uno solamente. No tiene sino or mas que dos bue« nos. Tiene dos buenos solamente. Much, a good deal of, very much. Many, a good many, a great many. Much bread. A good deal of good bread. Many men. Have you much money ? I have a good deal. Have you a great many friends ? I have a good many. Mucho, muchIsimo. Muchos, muchisimos. Mucho paD. Muchisimo pan bueno. Muchos hombres. I Tiene Vd. mucho dinero? Tengo muchisimo. i Tiene Vd. tauchisimos amigo»? Tengo inuchisiiuos. Too MUCH TOO MANY. You have too much wine, They have too many books. Enough. Enough money. Knives enough. Little (in size). Little (in quantity or number). A little. A little cloth. A little rice. Ofmantado. Demam.vdos. Vd tione domj.siado vino. Ellis t. en fin di'masiados libros. Bastante (plur. Bastantes, Bastante dinero. Bastantes cuchillos. Pequeno or chico. Poco. Un poco de. Un poco de pano. Un poco de arroz. 70 THE SPANISH TLACHJMI. But little. Only a little, Not much. Not many. But few. I have but little sugar. He has but few friends. "We have but little gold. No— sino mas que or UN POCO. Un poco solamente. NO MUCHO. No MUCHOS. POCOS, UNOS CUANTOS. No tengo mas que un poco de aztl- , car. El tiene pocos amigos. No tenemos mas que un poco de oro. Coueage. You have not much courage. We have but few friends. Have we ? "We have. We have not. Some oil. Some pins. Have we any oil ? We have some. We have not any. Have you a good deal of money ? I have but little of it. You have but little of it. He has but little of it. Have you wine enough ? We have but little of it. I have only a little, but I have enough? ' Valor, a nemo. Vd. no tiene mucho valor. Tenemos pocos amigos. ,; Tenemos nosotros? Tenemos. No tenemos. Aceite. Alfileres. I Tenemos nosotros aceite ? Tenemos. No tenemos. I Tiene Vd. muchisimo dinero ? No tengo sino or mas que un poco. Vd. no tiene sino or mas que un poco. El no tiene sino or mas que un poco. j Tiene Vd. bastante vino ? No tenemos sino or mas que un poco. Tengo un poco solamente, pero tengo bastante. Exkrcisi No. 31. How many friends have you ? I have two good friends. Have you eight old trunks ? I have nine. Has your ser- vant three fishes ? He has only one good one. Has the captain two good ships? He has only one. How many hammers has the carpenter ? He has but two good ones. How many shoes has the shoemaker ? He has ten. Has the young man nine good books ? He has only five new PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 71 ones. How many muskets has your brother? He has only four. Have you much bread ? I have a good deal. Have the Spaniards much money? They have but little Has our neighbor much coffee ? He has only a little. Has the stranger much corn ? He has a good deal. What has the American ? He has much sugar. What has the Rus- sian ? He has a great deal of satin. Has the countryman much rice ? He has not any. Has he much cheese ? He has but little. What have we? We have much bread, much wine, and many books. Have we much money? We have only a little, but we have enough. Have you many brothers ? I have only one. Have the French many friends ? They have but few. Has our friend much hay ? He has enough. Has the Italian much velvet ? He has a good deal. Has this man courage ? He has none. Has the painter's boy any pencils ? He has some. Exercise No. 32. Have you many forks? I have only one. How many oxen has the German ? He has eight. How many horses has he ? He has only four. Who has a good many bis- cuits? Our sailors have a good many. Have we many notes ? We have only six. How many notes have we ? We have only three pretty ones. Have you too much coal ? I have not enough. Have your boys too many books ? They have too many. Has our friend too much velvet ? He has only a little, but enough. Who has a good deal of money ? The countrymen have a good deal. Have they many gloves ? They have not any. Has the cook enough vinegar? He has not enough. Has he enough oil? He has enough. Have you much soap? I have but a little. Has the merchant much cloth ? He has a good deal. Who has a good deal of paper ? Our neighbors have a good deal. Has our tailor many buttons ? He has a good many. Have the painters many gardens ? They have not many. How many gardens have they ? They have but two. How many asses have the Mexicans? They have many. Has the captain many knives ? He has only three. Have we 72 THE SPANISH TEACHER. many horses? We have a good many. Have the English many ships ? They have many. Has the merchant many handkerchiefs? He has a good many. What have the Americans ? They have a good many muskets. How many dogs has our friend ? He has only two. What candle- sticks have our friends ? They have copper candlesticks. Exercise No. 33. £ Tiene el joven bastones buenos? No tiene bastones buenos, sino hermosos pajaros. iQue polios ha recibido nuestro cocinero? Ha recibido bonitos polios. cero. I Cual tomo tiene Vd. ? Tengo el tercer tomo. OABDINAIi NUMBERS. One. Two. Three. Four. Five. Six. Seven. Eight Nine. Ten. Eleven. Twelve. Thirteen. Fourteen. Fifteen. Sixteen. Seventeen. Eighteen. Nineteen. Twenty. Twenty-one. Twenty-two. Twenty-three. Twenty-four. Twenty-five. Twenty-six. Twenty-seven. Twenty-eight. Twenty-nine. Thirty. Thirty-one. Forty. Forty-one. Fifty. Fifty-one. Sixty. Sixty-one. Uno. Dos. Tres. Cuatro. Cinco. Seis. Siete. Ocho. Nueve. Diez. Once. Doce. Trece. Catorce. Quince. Diez y seis. Diez y siete, Diez y ocho. Diez y nueve. Veinte. Veinte y uno. Veinte y dos. Veinte y tres. Veinte y cuatro. Veinte y cinco. Veinte y seis. Veinte y siete. Veinte y ocho. Veinte y nueve. Treinta. Treinta y uno. Cuarenta. Cuarenta y una Cincuenta. Cincuenta y uno« Sesenta. Sesenta y una 76 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Seventy. Seventy-one. Eighty. Eighty-one. Ninety. Ninety-one. A, or one hundred. A, or one hundred and one. Two hundred. Three hundred. Four hundred. Five hundred. Six hundred. Seven hundred. Eight hundred. Nine hundred. A thousand and one. Eleven hundred. Twelve hundred. Two thousand. A, or one hundred thousand. Two hundred thousand. A, or one million. Two millions. Etc. Setenta. Setenta y uno. Ochenta. Ochenta y uno. Noventa. Noventa y una Ciento. Ciento y uno. Doscientos. Trescientos. Cuatrocientos. Quinientos. Seiscientos. Setecientos. Ochocientos. Novecientos. Mil y uno. Mil y ciento. Mil y doscientos. Dos mil. Cien mil. Doscientos mil. Un millon Dos millones. Etc. Observe that instead of cincoeientos, sidecientos, and nuevecientos, we say, quinientos, setecientos, y novecientos. MONTHS OF THE YEAE. January. Enero. February. Febrero. March. Marzo. April. Abril. • May. Mayo. June. Junio July. Julio. August. Agosto. Septembei Setiembre. October. Octubre. November. Noviembre. December. Diciembre. Exercise No. 34. Have you many knives ? I have a few. Have you many pencils ? I have only a few. Has the painter's friend many PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 77 looking-glasses ? He has only a few. Has four son a few cents ? He has a few. Have you a few francs ? We have a few. How many dollars have you '/ I have ten. How many dollars has the Spaniard ? He has not many ; he has only six. Who has the beautiful glasses of the Italians ? We have them. Have the English many ships ? They have a good many. Have the French many horses ? They have not many horses, but a good many asses. What have the Americans ? They have many dollars. How many dollars have they ? They have eleven millions. Have we the horses of the Mexicans or those of the Germans ? We have neither the former nor the latter. Have we the umbrellas of the Spaniards ? We have them not, but the Americans have them. Have you much copper ? I have only a little, but enough. Have the sailors the mattresses which we have received ? They have not those which we have (hemos) received, but those which their captain has. Has the Frenchman many francs ? He has only a few, but he has enough. Has your servant many cents ? He has no cents, but dollars enough. Exercise No. 35. I Tienen los rusos terciopelo ? No tienen sino un poco de terciopelo, pero tienen muchisimo raso. s de los espafioles ? No tiene ni los un.* »\ k*< otros. El escoces. El irlandes. El holandes. Mas. Mas vino. Mas dinero. Mas botones. No— mas. No tengo mas pan. El no tiene mas tenedores. I Tiene Vd. mas pescado ? No tengo mas. No tenemos mas. I Tiene el mas vinagre * No tiene mas. PRACTICAL EXEilClSES. 81 Not much moke. Not many moke. Have you much more tea ? I have not much more. Have you many more hats ? I have not many more. One book more. One good book more. No MUCHO MAS. No MUCHOS MAS. I Tiene Vd. mucho mas te* ? No tengo mucho mas. I Tiene Vd. muchos mas sombreros No tengo muchos mas. Un libro mas. Un buen libro mas. If two of those adjectives which lose the final o, when used before a masculine singular, are connected together, both lose the o. Ex. : un buen libro, a good book. Have you a few dollars more ? I have a few more. We have a few more. They have a few more. I Tiene Vd. algunos duros mas ? Tengo algunos mas. Tenemos algunos mas. Ellos tienen algunos mas. Exercise No. 37. Which volume of his book have you ? I have the first. How many volumes has this book ? It has two. Have you my book or my brother's ? I have both. Has the stranger my comb or my knife? He has both. Have you my bread or my cheese ? I have neither the one nor the othur. Has the Dutchman my glass or that of my friend? He has neither the one nor the other. Has the Irishman our horses or our trunks ? He has both. Has the Scotchman our shoes or our vests ? He has neither the one nor the other. What has he ? He has his good iron muskets. Have the Dutch our ships or those of the Mexicans? They have neither the one nor the other. Which ships have they? They have their own. Have we any more hay? We have some more. Has our merchant any more velvet ? He has some more. Has he any more satin ? Have you any more coffee? We have no more coffee, but we have some more tea. Has the Irishman any more forks ? lie has no more forks, but he has some more copper. Has the painter any more pictures ? He has no more pic- tures, but he has some more pencils. Have the sailors any more biscuits? They have not any more. Have your sons any more books? They have not any more. Has the young man any more friends ? He has no more S2 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 38. Has our cook much more fish ? He has not much more. Has he many more chickens? He has not many more. Has the countryman more asses? He has not many more asses, but he has much more coal. Have the French many more horses? They have not many more. Have you much more oil ? I have much more. Have you one book more ? I have one more. Have we many more looking-glasses ? We have many more. Have our neigh- bors one more garden ? They have one more. Has our friend one umbrella more? He has no more. Have the Scotch a few more books ? They have a few more. Has the tailor a few more buttons ? He has not any more. Has our carpenter a few more nails? He has no more nails, but he has a few more sticks. Have the Spaniards a few more cents ? They have a few more. Has the German a few more oxen? He has a few more. Have you a few more francs ? I have no more francs, but I have a few dol- lars. What more have you ? We have a few more ships. and a few more good sailors. Have I little more money \ You have a little more. Have you any more courage ? 1 have not much more, but my brother has a great deal more. Exercise No. 39. I Tiene el bastante azucar ? No tiene bastante. £ Tene- mos bastantes francos ? No tenemos bastantes. <: Tiene el herrero bastante hierro ? Tiene bastante. £ Tiene bastan- tes martillos ? Tiene bastantes. ,; Que martillos tiene el ? Tiene martillos de hierro y de cobre. i Tienen Vds. bas- tante arroz? No tenemos bastante arroz, pero tenemos bastante azucar. £ Tiene Vd. muchos mas guantes? No tengo muchos mas. £ Tienen los americanos otros buques? Tienen otros. ^ Tiene Yd. otro saco? No tengo otro. I A cuantos estamos del mes ? Estamos a seis. i Cuantos amigos tiene Vd. ? No tengo sino un buen amigo. <;Ha risto Vd. mi perro ? No lo he visto. i Cuantos panuelos ha recibido Vd. ? H<* recibido solamente dos. £ Tiene ei PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 83 criado demasiado pan? No tiene bastante. ■ T ( tantos huevos ) duan * Exercise No. 40. Have you a horse? I have several. Has he several vests? He has only one. Who has several looking- glasses? My brother has several. What looking-glasses has he ? He has beautiful looking-glasses. Who has good pies ? Several pastry-cooks have some. Has your brother a child? He has several. Have you as much coffee as tea ? I have as much of the one as of the other. Has this man a son? He has several. How many sons has he? He has four. How many children have our friends? They have many ; they have ten. Have we as much bread as wine ? You have as much of the one as of the other. Has this man as many friends as enemies ? He has as many of the one as of the other. Have we as many forks as knives? We have as many of the one as of the ether. Has your father as much gold as copper? He has more of the latter than of the former. Has the captain as many sailors as ships ? He has more of the latter than of the former.. He has more of the one than of the other. Exercise No. 41. Have you as many muskets as I ? I have as many. Has the stranger as much courage as we? He has quite as 86 THE SPANISH TEACHER. much. Have we as much chocolate as coffee ? "We have as much of the one as of the other. Have our neighbors as much cheese as fish? They have more of the latter than of the former. Have your sons as many pies as books? They have more of the latter than of the former ; more of the one than of the other. How many feet has the man ? He has two. How many fingers has he ? He has several. How many sofas have you ? I have but one, but my father has more than I ; he has five. Have my children as much courage as yours ? Yours have more than mine. Have I as much money as you ? You have less than I. Have you as many books as I? I have less than you. Have I as many enemies as your father ? You have fewer than he. Have the Prussians (P?*usianos) as many children as we ? We have fewer than they. Have the French as many ships as we ? They have fewer than we. Aa\e we as many pins as they ? We have fewer than they. Have we fewer pins than the children of our friends? W~e have fewer than they. • Exercise No. 4 K I Tiene el carpintero tantos bastonf s como clavos ? Tiene tantos de estos como de aquellos. £ 1 vsne Vd. mas bizcochofc que vasos ? Tengo mas de estos qui de aquellos. £ Tiene nuestro amigo mas azucar que diner "> ? No tiene tanto de este como de aquel. ,? Tiene mas g ^^tes que paraguas ? No tiene tantos de estos como de aqroWos. i Quien tiene mas jabon que yo ? Mi hijo tiene mas I Quien tiene map pinceles que el ? El pintor tiene mai 4 Tiene el tantos caballos como yo ? No tiene tantos f *ab.*\llos como Yd. pero tiene mas cuadros. £ Tiene el o. vuercicnte inenof bueyes que nosotros ? Tiene menos buevT que nosotros, j nosotros tenemos menos grano que el. £'X*ene Vd. otro bi- llete ? Tengo otro. i Tiene su hijo de Vd. un tintero mas r Tiene varios mas. £ Tienen los holandeses tantos jardines como nosotros ? Nosotros tenemos menos que ellos. Te- nemos menos pan y menos cafe que ellos. No tenemos mucho dinero, pero tenemos bastante pan, carnero, queso PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 87 y vino. I Tiene Yd. tan to valor como el hijo de nuestro vecino ? Tengo otro tanto. j Tiene el joven tantos billetes como nosotros ? Tiene otros tantos. TWENTIETH LESSON. THE INFINITIVE. There are in Spanish three Conjugations, which are dis- tinguished by the termination of the Present of the Infini- tive, viz. : 1. The first has its Infinitive terminated in or, as : Hablar, to speak ; Comprar, to buy ; Cortar, to cut. 2. The second, in er, as : Temer, to fear ; Comer, to eat ; Beber, to drink. 3. The third, in ir, as : Sufrir, to suffer ; Unir, to unite ; Escribir, to write. Every Verb which is marked with an asterisk (*) is irregular. Fear. Shame. Eight. Time. Need, necessity. Courage. A mind, a wish. Miedo, temor. Vergiienza. Razon. Tiempo. Necesidad. Valor. Deseo. All the above words require the preposition de (of) aftar them, when followed by an Infinitive. To work. Trabajar. To speak. Hablar. Have you a mind to work ? t Tiene Vd. deseo de trabajar ? I have a mind to work. He has not the courage to speak, Are 3 ou afraid to speak ? I am ashained to speak. Tengo deseo de trabajar. El no tiene valor de hablar. i Tiene Vd. miedo de hablar ? 1 Tengo vergiienza de hablar. 88 THE SPANISH TEACHER. To CUT. To cut it. To cut them. To cut some. Have you time to cut the bread ? I bave time to cut it. Has he a mind to cut trees ? He has a mind to cut some. To BUT. To buy some more. To buy one. To buy two. To buy one more. To buy two more. To BEEAK. I break. You break. He breaks. We break. You (plural) break. They break. Thou breakest. To PICK UP. To MEND, TO BEPAIR. to look for, to seek. Still, yet. Have you a mind to buy one more horse ? I have a mind to buy one more. Have you a mind to buy some books ? I have a mind to buy some, but I have no money. Are you afraid to break the glasses ? I am afraid to break them. COBTAB. Cortarlo. Cortarlos. Cortar. £ Tiene Vd. tiempo de cortar el pan? Tengo tiempo de cortarlo. I Tiene el deseo de cortar arboles ? Tiene deseo de cortar. Compbab. Comprar mas. Comprar uno. Comprar dos. Comprar uno mas. Comprar dos mas. BoMPER, QUEBRAB*(1). Yo quiebro. Vd. quiebra. El quiebra. Nosotros quebramos. Vds. quiebran. Ellos quiebran. Tu quiebras. Becojeb. * componeb, beparab. BUSCAB.* A UN, TODAV1A. I Tiene Vd. deseo de comprar an caballo mas ? Tengo deseo de comprar uno mas. I Tiene Vd. deseo de comprar li- bros ? Tengo deseo de comprar. pero no tengo dinero. I Tiene Vd. miedo de quebrar loa vasos ? Tengo miedo de quebrarlos. (1). The import of these Verbs is to destroy any object by separation 01 fracture, liomper, however, is not so limited in sense as quebrar, It is used with regard to anything physical or abstract, which is sus- ceptible of being broken Quebrar is only used in reference to a tan gible substance of a vitreous or inflexible nature : we therefore say, *' El rompio el contrato," he broke the contract. " El quehro el vaso," he -broke the tumbler. "Ellos despedazar on los Ubros, y quebrar on los iarros," they tore the books to pieces, and broke the jugs. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 89 ,: Tiene el necesidad de trabajar ? El tiene necesidad, pero no deseo de trabajar. ^Tengo yo razon de comprar un eaballo ? ¥ou are riglit in buying one. j Vd. tiene razon de comprar uno. Has he need to work ? He has need, but no mind to work. Am I right in buying a horse? Exercise No. 43. Have you still a mind to buy my friend's horse ? I have still a mind to buy it, but I have no more money. Have you time to work? I have time, but no mind to work. Has your brother time to cut some sticks ? He has time to cut some. Has he a mind to cut some bread ? He has a mind to cut some, but he has no knife. Have you time to cut some cheese ? I have time to cut some. Has he a desire to cut the tree ? He has a desire to cut it, but he has no time. Has the tailor time to cut the cloth ? He has time to cut it. Have I time to cut the trees ? You have time to cut them. Has the painter a mind to buy a horse ? He has a mind to buy two. Has your captain time to speak ? He has time, but no desire to speak. Are you afraid to speak ? I am not afraid, but I am ashamed to speak. Am I right in buying a gun ? You are right in buying one. Is your friend right in buying a great ox ? Am I right in buying some oxen ? You are right in buy- ing some. Exercise No. 44. Have you a desire to speak? I have a desire, but I Lave not the courage to speak. Have you the courage to cut your arm ? I have not the courage to cut it. Am I right in speaking ? You are right in speaking, but you are not right in cutting my trees. Has the son of your friend a desire to buy one more bird ? He has a desire to buy one more. Have you a desire to buy a few more horses? "We have a desire to buy a few more, but we have no more money What has our tailor a mind to mend ? He has a mind to mend our old vests. Has the shoemaker time to 90 THE SPANISH TEACHER. mend our shoes? He has time, but he has no mind to mend them. Who has a mind to mend our hats ? The hatter has a mind to mend them. Are you afraid to look for my horse ? I am not afraid, but I have no time to look for it. What have you a mind to buy ? We have a mind to buy something. Are their children afraid to pick up some nails ? They are not afraid to pick up some. Have you a mind to break my pins ? I have a mind to pick them up, but not to break them. Am I right in picking up your gloves ? You are right in picking them up, but you are not right in cutting them. Exercise No. 45. I Tiene Yd. valor de {or para) quebrar estos vasos? Tengo valor, pero no tengo deseo de quebrarlos. ! « i i S ^j £*a°g Sv3 CD ft R J* a a^ s a ,o V3 Bid h °a*„.s O CO CN .© «> c o daP4 a^ g <2e .g K cu ^R 2 d cd ■* OS CD £ >s fl P-WI H ■+*" <3 5 o ~ C CD *• Hi t 4 Go S PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 103 Exercise No. 53. Has the carpenter money enoagii to buy a hammer ? He has enough to buy one. Has the captain money enough to buy a ship ? He has not enough to buy one. Has the peasant a desire to buy some bread ? He has a desire to buy some, but he has not money enough to buy some. Has your son ink (linta) to write a note ? He has not any to write one. Have you time to see my brother ? I have no time to see him. Does your father wish to see me ? He does not wish to see you. Has your servant a broom (escoBa) to sweep the room ? He has one to sweep it. Is he willing to sweep it ? He is willing to sweep it. Has the sailor money to buy some tea ? H© has none to buy any. Has your cook money to buy some fish ? He has money to buy some. Has he money to buy some chickens ? He has money to buy some. Have you salt enough to salt my fish ? I have enough to salt it. Will your friend come to my house in order to see me ? He will neither come to your house, nor see you. Has your neighbor a desire to kill his horse? He has no desire to kill it. Exercise No. 54. Can you cut me some bread ? I can cut you some. Have you a knife to cut me some ? I have one. Can you mend my gloves ? I can mend them, but I have no wish to do it. Can the tailor make me a coat (canaca) ? He can make you one. "Will you speak to the physician ? I will speak to him. Does your son wish to see me in order to speak to me ? He wishes to see you, in order to give you a dollar (pesoj. Does he wish to kill me ? He does not wish to kill you ; he only wishes to see you. Does the son of our old friend wish to kill an ox ? He wishes to kill two. W r ho has a mind to kill our cat ? Our neighbor's child has a mind to kill it. How much money can you send me ? I can send you twenty francs. Will you send me my carpet ? I will send it to you. Will you send the shoemaker any- thing ? I will send him my shoes. "Will you send him your coats ? No ; I will send them to my tailor. Can the tailor 104: THE SPANISH TEACHER. send me my coat ? He cannot send it to you. Aie your children able to write to me ? They are able to write to you. Will you lend me your basket ? I will lend it to you. Exercise No. 55. £ Quiere Vd. hablar a los ninos de los holandeses ? Quiero hablarles. £ Que quiere Vd. darles ? Quiero darles buenos pasteles. £ Quiere Vd. prestarles algo ? Quiero prestaiies algo. i Puede Vd. prestarles algo ? No puedo prestarles ; no tengo nada. £ Tiene el cocinero mas sal para salar el pescado ? Tiene un poco mas. £ Tiene el mas arroz ? Tiene muchisimo mas. l Quiere el darme ? Quiere darle a Vd. I Quiere el dar a mis niilitos ? Quiere darles. i Quiere el matar este 6 aquel polio ? No quiere matar ni este ni aquel. I Cual buey quiere el matar ? Quiere matar el del bueii paisano. £ Quiere el matar este 6 aquel buey ? Quiere ma- tar ambos. ,? Quien quiere enviarnos bizcochos? El pana- dero quiere enviarles a Vds. £ Tiene Vd. algo que hacer ? No tengo nada que hacer. TWENTY-EOUBTH LESSON. TO WHOM ? I I A QUIEN ? Whom ? i Quien ? i A quien ? What? . iQuE? Quien (plur. quienes) always refers to persons without distinction of sex. Que has no plural, and refers to persons and things (*). Who? What? Of or from whom ? Of or from what? To whom, whom ? To what ? I Quien? iQud? i. V^UXCli i i ' I De quie'n ? I De que' ? I A quie'n? ,: A que ? 1. Who, when it is used to begin a sentence, or interrogatively, is rendered by quiin ; when it is found in the middle of a sentence, or re- latively, by que. Ex. : Who is in Havana ? j Quien estd en la Habana ? My father who is in Havana, etc. Mi padre que estd en la Habana, etc. He, she, they, who, rendered by il, la, los (or las), que. He who speaks, Ml que habla. She who speaks, La que habla. They who speak, Los (or las) que hablan. gL PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 105 To answer. To answer the man. To answer the men. Who is it? Of whom do you wish to speak ? What do you wish to say ? To whom do you wish to answer ? I wish to answer my brother. To answer him. To answer you. To answer them. To answer the note. To answer it. To answer the notes. To it, to them. Will you answer my notes ? I will answer them. My father wishes to speak to them. The theatre, the play. The ball. To the theatre. To the ball. To the garden. The magazine. The warehouse. The storehouse. The market. Do you wish to go to the theatre ? I wish to go. At, in. At the theatre. At the ball. In the garden. Is your brother at the theatre ? He is in the garden. He is there. He is i.ot there. Where is he ? Is your father at the ball? He is there. Where is the merchant ? He is in his counting-house. Responder, contestar. Responder al hombre. Responder a los hombres. I Quie'n es ? I De quie'n quiere Vd. hablai ? I Que quiere Vd. decir ? I A quien quiere Vd. responder ? Quiero responder a mi hermano Responderle. Responder a Vd. Responderles. Contestar al billete. Contestarlo. Contestar a los billetes. Lo, los. I Quiere Vd. contestar a mis bille. tes? Quiero contestarlos. Mi padre quiere hablarles. El teatro. El baile. Al teatro. Al baile. Al jardin. >■ El almacen. El mercado, la plaza. I Quiere Vd. ir al teatro ? Quiero ir. En. En el teatro En el baile. En el jardin. ,;Esta su hermano de Vd. en el teatro ? Esta en el jardin. Esta alii. No esta alii. ^En dondeesta dl? I Esta su padre de Vd. en el baile » Esta alii. I En ddnde esta el comerciante ? Esta en su escritorio. 106 THE SPANISH TEACHER. The Preposition to is rendered by que when it precedes an Infinitive depending on the Verb tener ; or, in other words, whenever in English the words to have to are used, I have nothing to do. What has the man to drink ? He has nothiDg to drink. Have you anything to do ? T have to answer a note. I have to speak to youi brother. Where is your brother ? He is in the store. Where does he wish to go ? He wishes to go in the garden. No tengo nada que hacer. ,; Que' tiene que beber el hombre \ No tiene nada que beber. I Tiene Vd. algo que hacer ? Tengo que contestar a un billete. Tengo que hablar a su herinano de Vd. I En donde esta su hermano de Vd.? Est a en el almacen. j Adonde qui ere el ir? Quiere ir al jardin. The milk. The butter. The stockings. The clothes. The pocket-book, portfolio. 2. Butter is called maniequilla in every part of Spanish America, but in Spain it is called manteca, which latter in America means lard. La leche. La mantequilla (2). Las medias. La ropa, los vestidos. La cartera. Exercise No. 56. Will you write to me ? I will write to you. Will you write to the Spaniard ? I will write to him. Will your brother write to the English ? He will write to them, but they do not wish to answer him. Will you answer your friend ? I will answer him. But whom will you answer ? I will answer my good father. Will you not answer your good friends ? I will answer them. Who will write to you ? The Mexican wishes to write to me. Will you answer him ? I will not answer him. Who will write to our friends? The children of our neighbors will write to them. Will they answer them ? They will answer them. To whom do you wish to write ? I wish to write to the Eussian. Will he answer you ? He wishes to answer me, but he cannot. Can the Spaniards answer us ? They cannot answer ns, but we can answer them. To whom do you wish to send this note ? I wish to send it to the smith. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 107 Exercise No. 57. What have you to do ? I have to write. What have you to write? I have to write a note. To whom? To the carpenter. What has your father to drink? He has to drink some good wine. Has your servant anything to drink ? He has to drink some tea. What has the shoe- maker to do ? He has to mend my shoes. What have you to mend ? I have to mend my thread handkerchiefs. To whom have you to speak ? I have to speak to the captain. When will you speak to him? To-day. Where will you speak to him ? At his house. To whom has your brother to speak ? He has to speak to your son. What has the Englishman to do ? He has to answer a note. Which note has he to answer ? He has to answer that of the good German. Have I to answer the note of the Frenchman? You have to answer it. Which note have you to answer ? I have to answer that of my good friend. Has your father to answer a note ? He has to answer four. Who has to answer notes ? Our children have to answer a few. Will you answer the notes of the merchants? I will answer them. Will your brother answer this note or that ? He will answer neither this nor that. Will any one answer my note ? No one will answer it. Exercise No. 58. I A cuales billetes quiere su padre de Vd. contestar? Quiere contestar a los de sus buenos amigos solamente. ,i Quiere el contestar a mi billete ? Quiere contestarlo. <: Tiene Vd. que contestar a alguien ? No tengo que con- testar a nadie. £ Quien quiere contestar a mis billetes ? Sus amigos de Vd. quieren contestarlos. «? Tiene Vd. deseo de ir al baile ? Tengo deseo de ir. bres ? Tienen que ir al almacen. Esta noche. Por la, de la, en la noche. When the hour is mentioned, then de la is used ; and por la when it is not mentioned. Ex. : A las ocho de la maftana 6 de la noche, etc. This morning. In the morning. Now, at present. Esta maiiana. Por la maiiana. Ahora. Thou. Thou hast, thou art. John, art thou here ? Yes, Sir, I am. Art thou fatigued ? 1 am not fatigued. Are the men tired ? Tu (2). Tu has or tienes, tu eres or est&s. Juan, i estas tu aqui ? Si, Seiior, aqui estoy. I Estas fatigado ? No estoy fatigado. I Estan cansados los hombres ? The Past participle in Spanish, must agree in number and gender with the noun or pronoun which precedes it, that is, if the noun or pronoun is in the plural number and fem- inine gender, the past participle must agree in both ; ex- cept only when the verb haber is the auxiliary of the past participle, as may be seen from the examples in the question above and the answer below. They are not tired. Are the ladies tired ? They are not tired. My friends have tired themselves. My sisters have loved. My sisters are loved. Ellos no estan cansados. I Estan cansadas las sefioras ? Ellas no estan cansadas. Mis amigos se han cansado. Mis hermanas han amado. Mis hermanas son amadas. Thou wilt (wishest). Thou art able (canst). Art thou willing to make my fire ? Tu quieres. Tu puedes. I Quieres hacer mi fuego ? 2. In addition to what we have already said, speaking of the use of the personal pronoun Vd., we must now observe that the second per- son singular tu (thou) is used by masters speaking to servants, or by parents to their children, and between brothers and sisters, lovers, husbands and wives ; in general it implies familiarity founded or; affec- tion and fondness, or hatred and contempt 110 THE SPANISH TEACHER. I am willing to make it, but I can- not. Art thou afraid ? Art thou hungry ? Quiero hacerlo. pero no puedo. I Tienes miedo ? I Tienes hambre ? To SELL. To TELL, TO SAT. To tell some one. The word. Will you tell the servant to make the fire ? I will tell him to make it. Vender Decir.* Decir a alguno. La palabra. iQuiere Vd. decir al criado qu« haga el fuego ? Quiero decirle que lo haga. *Thy. Thine. Thy book, thy books. With me. With thee. With himself, or herself. Tu, tus. El tuyo, los TUYOS. Tu libro, tu libros. Conmigo. Contigo. Consigo. "When mi, ti, si, are preceded by the Preposition con (with), they take the syllable go and form the above com- pound words. Wilt thou go with me ? I will not go with thee, but with him. With our friends. With her. With us. With you. With them. I Quieres ir conmigo ? No quiero ir contigo, sino con 4L Con nuestros anrigos. Con ella. Con nosotros. Con Vd. Con ellos (/em, ellas). Exercise No. 59. Will you send for some sugar ? I will send for some. Son (hijo mto), wilt thou go for some pies ? Yes, father (padre mio), I will go for some. "Whither wilt thou go ? I will go into the garden. Who is in the garden? The children of our friends are there. Will you send for tho physician ? I will send for him. Who will go for my brother? My servant will go for him. Where is he? He is in his counting-house. Will you give me my broth? I will give it to you. Where is it ? It is at the corner o( PRACTICAL EXERCISES. Ill the fire. Will you give me some money to (para) bring some milk ? I will give you money to buy some. Where is your money ? It is in my counting-room. Will you go for it ? I will go for it. Will you buy my horse ? I can- not buy it ; I have no money. Where is your cat ? It is in the bag. In which bag is it (estd) ? In the bag of the countryman. Where is this man's dog ? It is in the cor- ner of the ship. Where has the peasant his corn ? He has it in his bag. Has he a cat ? He has one. Where is it ? It is at the bottom of the bag. Is your cat in the bag ? It is there (ahi). Exercise No. 60. Have you to write as many notes as the Englishman ? I have to write less than he. Will you speak to the German ? I will speak to him. When will you speak to him ? Now. Where is he ? He is at the other end of the wood. Will you go to the market? I will go thither to (para) buy some cloth. Do not your neighbors wish to go to the mar- ket? They cannot go, they are fatigued. Hast thou the courage to go to the wood in the evening ? I have the courage to go thither, but not in the evening. Are your children able to answer my notes ? They are able to an- swer them. What do you wish to say to my servant ? I wish to tell him to make the fire, and to sweep the ware- house. Will you tell your brother to sell me his horse ? I will tell him to sell it to you. What do you wish to tell me ? I wish to tell you something. Whom do you wish to Bee ? I wish to see the Scotchman. Have you anything to tell him ? I have a word to tell him. Which books does my brother wish to sell ? He wishes to sell thine and his own. Will you come with me ? I cannot go with you. Who will come with me ? Nobody. Will your friend come with us? He will go with you. With whom wilt thou go ? I will not go with any body. Will you go with my friend ? I will not go with him, but with thee. Wilt thou go with me to the warehouse ? I will go with you, but not to the warehouse. Wliither wilt thou go? I will go with our good friends into the garden of the captain. 112 THE SPANISH TEACHER. TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. To GO OUT. To KEMAIN, TO STAY. When do you wish to go out ? I wish to go out now. To remain (to stay) at home. Here. To remain here. Will you stay here ? I will stay here. Will your friend remain there ? He will not stay here. Will you go to your brother ? I will go to him. The pleasure, the favor. To give pleasure. To do a favor. Togo. Are you going ? I am going. I am not going. Thou art going. Is he going ? He goes or is going. He is not going. Are we going ? We go or are going. They go or are going. Are you going to your brother ? I am going there. Where is he going ? He is going to his father. ALIi, EVERY. Every day. Saij;r. quedarse, esta.rse. I Cuando quiere Vd. salir ? Quiero salir ahora. Quedarse or estarse en casa. Aqui, aca. Estarse or quedarse aqui. I Quiere Vd. estarse aqui Quiero estarme aqui. I Quiere su amigo de Vd. estarse alii? No quiere estarse aqui. I Quiere Vd. ir a casa de su her- mano? Quiero ir a su casa. El gusto, el placer, el favor. Dar gusto or placer. Hacer un favor or un servicio. Ir, irse (1). iSevaVd.? Me voy. No me voy. Te vas. iSe vael? Se va. No se va. I Nos vamos ? Nos vamos. Ellos se van. I Va Vd. a casa de su hermano ? Voy alia. I Adonde va el ? Va a casa de su padre. Todo, TODOS. Todos los dias. 1. Ir, irse. Both of these Verbs import the act of leaving a place; the first, however, is used when the place to which the person is going is mentioned; and the second, when no reference is/nade to it. For example : El va d Mijico — he goes to Mexico ; and El se va de MSjieo — he goes away from Mexico . So that ir is made reflective (irse) when- ever in English it may be employed to go auccy, that is, when the place is not designated, or otherwise alluded to. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 113 Every morning. Every afternoon. Every evening, night. Todas las mafianas. Torias las tardes. Todas las noches. To BE ACQUAINTED WITH, TO KNOW. To be acquainted with a man. Conocer (2). Conocer a un hombre. Need. TO WANT. TO BE IN WANT OF. Necesidad. f Necesitar. } Haceb falta. In the phrase hace falta, the Verb is used in the third person, and must agree in number with the thing, and not with the person or per- sons to whom it refers. I want it. I am in want of it. Are you in want of this knife ? I am in "want of it. Are you in want of those knives ? I am in want of them . I am not in want of anything. Is he in want of money ? He is not in want of any. Lo necesito. Me hace falta. t ; Le hace falta a Vd. este cuchi- llo? f A mi me hace falta. 1 1 Le hacen falta a Vd. esos cu- chillos ? f Me hacen falta. f No me hace falta nada. f i Le hace falta a el dinero ? f No le hace falta. What? What are you in want of? What do you want ? Whom ? Of me, of thee, of him. Of her. Of us, of you, of them. Of you (sing.), of you (plur.) Is your father in want of me ? He is in want of you. Are you in want of those books ? I am in want of them. Is he in want of my brothers ? He is in want of them. 2. Conocer, to know beings. iQuE? I Qud le hace falta a Vd. ? I Que' necesita or quiere Vd. ? I De quie'n ? De mi, de ti, de el. De ella. De nosotros, de vosotros, de voso* tras(3), de ellos, de elks. De Vd., de Vds. j Me necesita su padre de Vd. ? Necesita a Vd. I f Le hacen a Vd. falta esos li« bros ? f Me hacen falta. I Necesita el a mis hermanos ? j Los necesita. Saber, to know things. Ex. : Do you know him ? i Le conoce Vd. ? I know him, Le connzco. Do you know how to work ? i Sabe Vd. trabajar ? I know how to work, Si trabajar. 3. We remember here what we have said (Lesson V.) of this Pro- noun, that it is not used in common parlance ; it is merely employed in subhme or serious style, and in poetry, especially in dramatic works. 114 THE SPANISH TEACHER. TO READ LiEEB. Exercise No. 61. Will you do me a favor ? Yes, Sir, which ? Will you tell my servant to make the fire ? I will tell him to make it.' Will you tell him to sweep the warehouses ? I will tell him to sweep them. What will you tell your father ? I will tell him to sell you his horse. Will you tell your son to go to my father ? I will tell him to go to him. Have you anything to tell me ? I have nothing to tell you. Have you anything to say to my father ? I have a word to say to him. Do these men wish to sell their carpets ? They do not wish to sell them. John, art thou here ? Yes, Sir, I am here. What art thou going to do ? I am going to your hatter to (para) tell him to mend your hat. Wilt thou go to the tailor to tell him to mend my coats ? I will go to him. Are you willing to go to the market ? I am willing to go. What has your merchant to sell ? He has to sell some beautiful gloves, combs, good cloth, and fine baskets. Has he any iron guns to sell '{ He has some to sell. Does he wish to sell me his horses ? He wishes to sell them to you. Have you anything to sell ? I have nothing to sell. Exercise No. 62. Is it late ? It is not late. What o'clock is it ? It is a quarter past twelve. At what o'clock does the captain wish to go out ? He wishes to go out at a quarter to eight. What will you do ? I wish to read. What have you to read ? I have a good book to read. Will you lend it to me ? I will lend it to you. When will you lend it to me ? I will lend it to you to-morrow. Have you a mind to go out ? I have no mind to go out. Are you willing to stay here, my dear friend ? I cannot remain here. Whither have you to go? I have to go to the counting-house. When will you go to the ball ? To-night. At what o'clock ? At midnight. Do you go to the Scotchman in the evening PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 115 or in the morning ? I go to him in the morning and in the evening. Where are you going now ? I am going to the theatre. Where is your son going? He is going no- where; he is going to stay at home to (para) write his notes. Where is your brother ? He is at his warehouse. Does he not wish to go out ? No, Sir, he does not wish to go out. What does he wish to do ? He wishes to write to his friends. Will you stay here or there? I will stay there. Where will your father stay ? He will stay there. Has our friend a mind to stay in the garden ? He has a mind to stay there. Exercise No. 63. I A que hora esta el holandes en casa ? Esta en casa to- das las noches a las nueve y cuarto. o. Yo voy, Vd. va, e'l va. Nosotros vamos, Vds. van, ellos van. Tu vas, vosotros vais. Amae. Yo amo. Tu amas. El ama. Nosotros amamos. Vds. aman. Ellos aman. AEEEGLAE — PONEB* EN OEDEN. I Que* arregla Vd. ? Pongo en orden mis libros. Vendee. s ? A. ellos les gusta el te'. To Finish. Now. At once. What are you going to do ? I am going to read. What is he going to do V He is going to write a note. Are you going to give me any- thing? I am going to give you some bread. AcABAR. Ahora. De una vez. ,; Que' va Vd. a hacer ? Voy a leer. I Que' va el a hacer? Va a escribir un billete. iVa Vd. a darme aiguna cosa or algo? Voy a dar a Vd. pan. To know, (to know things.) I know, you know, he knows. We know, you know, they know. !Thou knowest you know. Sabeb.* Yo s6, Vd. sabe, el sabe. Nosotros sabenus, Vds. ellos saben. Tii sabes, vs>sotros sabe'is. saben, 120 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 65. Do you love your brother ? I do love him. Does your brother love you ? He does not love me. My good child, dost thou love me ? Yes, I do love thee. Dost thou love this ugly little man (hombrezuelo) ? I do not love him. Whom do you love? I love my children. Whom do we love ? We love our friends. Do we like any body ? We like nobody. Does any body like us ? The Americans like us. Do you want any thing ? I want nothing. Whom is your father in want of? He is in want of his servant. What do you want ? I want the note. Do you want this or that note ? I want this. What do you wish to do with it {con el) ? I w r ish to open it, in order to read it. Does your son read our notes ? He does read them. When does he read them ? He reads them when he receives them. Does he receive as many notes as I ? He receives more than you. What do you give me ? I do not give you any thing. Do you give this book to my brother ? I do give it to him. Do you give him a bird ? I do give hiin one. To whom do you lend yonr books ? I lend them to my friends. Does your friend lend me a coat ? He lends you two. To whom do you lend your clothes ? I do not lend them to any body. Exercise No. 66. Do we arrange any thing ? We do not arrange any thing. What does your brother set in order ? He sets his books in order. Do you sell your ship ? I do not sell it. Does the captain sell his? He does sell it. What does the American sell? He sells his oxen. Does the Englishman finish his note ? He does finish it. Which notes do you finish? I finish those which I write to the Mexicans. Dost thou see any thing ? I see nothing. Do you see my large garden? I do see it. Does your father see our ships? He does not see them, but we see them. How many soldiers do you see? We see many, we see more than (de) thirty. Do you dvink any thing ? I drink somo PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 121 wine. What does the sailor drink? He drinks some cider. Do we drink wine or cider? We drink wine and cider. What do the Italians drink? They drink some coffee. Do we drink wine? We do drink some. What art thou writing ? I am writing a note. To whom ? To my neighbor. Does your friend write ? He does write ? To whom does he write ? He writes to his tailor. What are you going to do ? I am going to write What is your father going to do? He is going to read. What is he going to read? He is going to read a book. What are you going to give me ? I am not going to give you any thing. What is our friend going to give you ? He is going to give me something. Do you know my friend? I do know him. Exercise No. 67. I Conocen Vds. a mis nifios ? Les conocemos. { Les conocen elloc a Vds. ? No nos conocen. £ A 4111611 conoce Vd. ? No conozco a nadie. i Le conoce a Vd. algnien ? Alguien me conoce. 1 Quien le conoce a, Vd. ? El buen capitan me conoce. ,; Que comes ? Como pan. No come bu hijo de Vd. queso ? No come. £ Cortan Vds. algo ? Cortamos pan. £ Que cortan los comerciantes ? Cortan pano. 1 Me envia Vd. algo ? Le envio a Vd. un buen fusil, ^Le envia a Vd. dinero su padre de Vd. ? Me envia. Edo, Eso, Aquello, and the per- sonal pronoun of the third person ello (it) which is used to determine a phrase or an object whose name is unknown. Lo is used, 1st. before the defining adjectives, when the noun thing is either expressed or understood in English : Lo primero que vi, the first (thing) which I saw. Li que compre, the thing which I bought, or that I bought. 2d. Before qualifying adjectives employed as nouns, and then is generally translated by the. No distingue lo bianco de lo negro, he does not distinguish the white from the black. Edo, Eso, Aquello, are used to designate an object whose name we do not know, or do not wish to express. For instance, if I should see a thing moving at a distance, and I could not perceive whether it was a man or a beast, or a tree ; or if T perceived it, and did not wish to express its name, I should say: ^ Ve Vd. aquello? Do you see the (or that thing)? Observe that the neuter gender has no plural. PEACTICAL EXERCISES. 123 To STUDY. Instead of. EsTTTDIAR. En LUGAJR DE, Or EN YFZ DE. Instead of, is in English followed by the present participle, whilst in Spanish it is followed by the infinitive, as is generally the case when a preposition is used before the verb. To PLAY. To LISTEN. To HEAR. Instead of listening. Instead of playing. Do you play instead of studying? I study instead of playing. That man speaks in-tead of listen- ing To ACHE. To COMPLAIN. I complain, we complain. You complain (sing, and plur.) He complains, they complain. Thou complainest. Have you a sore finger ? Have you the headache ? I have a sore finger. I have the headache ? Jugae. * Escuchab. Oik.* En vez or en lugar de escuchar. En vez or en lugar de jugar. I Juega Vd. en vez de estudiar 1 Estudio en vez de jugar. Aquel hombre habla en vez da escuchar. Doles. * qoejarse. Me quejo, nos quejamos. Vd. se queja Vds. se quejan. El se queja, ellos se quejan. Tii te quejas. f i Tiene Vd. un dedo malo ? j f i Le duele a Vd. la cabeza ? I f 4 Tiene Vd. dolor de cabeza ? f Tengo un dedo malo. f Me duele la cabeza. t Tengo dolor de cabeza. Has your brother a sore foot? He has a sore eye. We have sore eyes. I Tiene su bermano de Vd. un pie malo ? Tiene un ojc malo. Tenemos los ojos malos The study, a closet. The desk. The elbow. The back. The knee. The bed. I have a sore elbow. Thou hast a pain in thy back. He has a sore arm. You have a sore knee. El estudio, un gabincte El escritorio, el bufete. El codo. La espalda. La rodilla. La cama. Tengo un codo malo. A ti te duele la espalda. El tiene un brazo inalo. Vd. tiene una rodilla mala. 124 THE SPANISH TEACHEE. Do you read instead of writing? | i Lee Vd. en vez de escribir ? Does your brother read instead of j i Lee su hermano de Vd. en vez de speaking ? hablar ? Does the servant make the bed ? 1 1 Hace la cama el criado ? He makes the fire instead of mak- Hace el fuego en vez de hacer la ing the bed. I cama. To LEARN. To learn to read. I learn to read. He learns to write. The physician. The jewels. The boots. Aprender. Aprender a leer. Aprendo a leer. El aprende a escribir. El me'dico. Las joy as. Las botas. Exercise No. 68. Do you go to the play this evening ? I do not go to the theatre. What have you to do ? I have to study. At what o'clock do you go out ? I do not go out in the even- ing. Does your father go out ? He does not go out. What does he do ? He writes. Does he write a book ? He does write one. When does he write it ? He writes it in the morning and in the evening. Is he at home now ? He is at home (He is). Does he not go out ? He cannot go out, he has a sore foot. Does the shoemaker bring our shoes ? He does not bring them. Is he not able to work ? He is not able to work, he has a sore knee. Has any body a sore elbow ? My tailor has a sore elbow. Who has a sore arm ? I have a sore arm. Do you cut me some bread ? I cannot cut you any, I have sore fingers {tengo los dedos malos). Do you read your book ? I cannot read it, I have sore eyes {tengo los ojos malos). Who has sore eyes ? The French have sore eyes. Do they read too much ? They do not read enough. What day of the month is it to-day ? It is the third. What day of the month is it to-morrow ? To- morrow is the fourth. Are you looking for any body ? I am looking for nobody. What is the painter looking for ? He is not looking for any thing. Wbom are you looking for ? I am looking for your son. Have you any thing to tell him ? I have something to tell him. What have you to tell him 1 I have to tell him to go to the play this even- ing. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 125 Exercise No. 69. Who is looking for me ? Your father is looking for you. Is any body looking for my brother ? Nobody is looking for him. Dost thou find what thou art looking for ? I do find what I am looking for. Does the captain find what ho is looking for ? He finds what he is looking for, but his children do not find what they are looking for. What are they looking for ? They are looking for their books. Where dost thou take me to ? I take you to the theatre. Do you not take me to the market ? I do not take you thither. Do the Spaniards find the umbrellas which they are looking for ? They do not find them. Does the tailor find his thimble ? He does not find it. Do the merchants find the cloth which they are looking for ? They do find it. What do the butchers find ? They find the oxen and the sheep which they are looking for. What does your cook find ? He finds the chickens which he is looking for. What is the physician doing ? He is doing what you are doing. What is he doing in his study? He is reading. What is he reading ? He is reading your father's book. Whom is the Englishman looking for ? He is looking for his friend, in order to take him to the garden. What is the German doing in his study ? He is learning to read. Does he not learn to write? He does not learn it. Does your son learn to write ? He learns to write and to read. Exercise No. 70. Does the Dutchman speak instead of listening? He speaks instead of listening. Do you go out instead of re- maining at home ? I remain at home, instead of going out. Does your son play instead of studying ? He studies in- stead of playing. When does he study ? He studies every day. In the morning or in the evening ? In the morning and in the evening. Do you buy an umbrella instead of buying a book ? I buy neither the one nor the other. Does our neighbor break his sticks instead of breaking his glasses P He breaks his guns. Do the children of our 126 THE SPANISH TEACHER. instead of writing. What is neighbor read ? They read onr cook doing ? He makes a fire instead of going to the market. Does the captain give you any thing ? He does give me something. What does he give you? He givea me a great deal of money. Does he give you money in stead of giving you bread ? He gives me money and bread. Does he give you more cheese than bread ? He gives me less of the latter than of the former. TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. Do you learn Spanish ? I do learn it. I do not learn it. Spanish. French. English. Italian. Polish. Eussian. Latin. Greek. Syrian, Syriac. German. Arabian. I learn Spanish. My brother learns French. The Pole. The Koman. The Arab, Arabian. Are you an Englishman ? No, Sir, I am an American. Are you a Spaniard ? ifes, Sir, I am a Spaniard. 4 Aprendre Vd. el espafiol? Lo aprendo. No lo aprendo. El espanol. El frances. El ingles. El italiano. El polaco. El ruso. El latin. El griego. El siriaco. El aleman. El arabigo. Aprendo el espanol. Mi hermano aprende el trances. El polaco. El romano. El arabe. I Es Vd. ingles ? No, Sefior, soy americano. ,; Es Vd. espaiiol ? Si, Seiior, soy espafioL When the indefinite article is used in English to denote qualities or professions, the Spaniards make use of no ar- ticle. He is a German. Is he a tailor ? No, he is a shoemaker. El es aleman. I Es sastre ? No, eszapatero. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 127 The fool. The morning. The afternoon. The evening, night. The day. To WISH. I wish yon a good morning. Does he wish me a good evening ? He wishes you a good morning. He wishes you a good journey. The nose. Blue. Black. The coat Large. He has a large nose. He has blue eyes. She has black eyes. Do you like black eyes ? I like them much. A French book. An English book. French money. American gold. Spanish gold. Do you read a Spanish book ? I read a French book. To listen to some one. To listen to something. Do you listen to what the man tells you? I listen to it. Does he listen to what I tell him ? Do you listen to what I tell you ? I do listen to what you say. Do you listen to what my brother says to you ? I do listen to him. To TAKE AWAY. To TAKE OFF. Do you take off your hat? El necio, tonto or bobo La manana. La tarde. La noche. Eldia. Desear. Deseo a Vd. felizes dias. I Me desea e'l felizes noches ? Le desea a Vd. felizes dias. Le desea a Vd. un buen viaje. La nariz. Azul. Negro. La casaca. Largo, grande. El tiene una nariz grande or una narizona. Tiene ojos azules. Ella tiene ojos negros. I Le gustan a Vd. los ojos negros? Me gustan mucho. Un libro trances. Un libro ingles. Dinero frances. Oro americano. Oro espafiol. I Lee Vd. un libro espafiol t Leo un libro frances. Escuchar a alguno. f Escuchar alguna cosa or algo. I I Escucha Vd. lo que el hombre le dice ? f Lo escucho. 1 1 Escucha el lo que le digo ? 1 1 Escucha Vd. lo que le digo ? t Escucho lo que Vd. dice. f ,; Escucha Vd. lo que mi herman J le dice? Lo escucho. QUITAR (iiEVAKSE). QUTTAKSE. f i Se quita Vd. el sombrero ? 128 THE SPANISH TEACHER. I take it off. Does he take off his coat? Take off your coat. Take those plates away. Do you take off your gloves ? We take off our gloves. We take them off. To COBEECT. Does your father correct your exer- cises ? He corrects them. To speak Spanish, To speak English. Do you speak Spanish ? No, Sir, I speak French. To TAKE, TO DBINK. To take or drink coffee. To take, to drink tea. Will you take tea ? I will take some. Do you drink tea every day? I drink it every day. My father drinks coffee. He drinks coffee every morning. f Me lo quito. f iSe quita el la casaca? f Quitese Vd. la casaca. Quite Vd. esos platos. f i Se quitan Vds. los guantcs? Nos quitamos los guantes. Nos los quitamos. Coeeejie. * I Corrije su padre de Vd. sus ejer- cicios? El los corrije. I Hablar el espanol. Hablar el ingles. jHabla Vd. el espanol? No, Sefior, hablo el frances. Tomae. Bebee. Tomar or beber cafe*. Tomar or beber te\ t Qui ere Vd. tomar te*? Tomare* un poco. I Toma Vd. te' todos los dias ? Lo tomo todos los dias. Mi- padre toma cafe. El toma cafe* todas las maSanas. Exercise No. 71. Do you go for any thing ? I do go for something. What do you go for ? I go for some cider. Does your father send for any thing ? He sends for some wine. Does your servant go for some bread ? He goes for some. For whom does your neighbor send? He sends for the physician. Does your servant take off his coat in order to make the fire ? He does take it off in order to make it. Do you take off your gloves in order to give me some money ? I do take them off in order to give you some. Do you learn French ? I do learn it. "Who learns English ? The Frenchman learns it. Does your brother learn German ? He does learn it. Do we learn Italian ? You do learn it. What do the Eng- lish learn? They learn French and German. Do you PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 129 speak Spanish? No, Sir, I speak Italian. Who speaks Polish? My brother speaks Polish. Do our neighbors speak Russian ? They do not speak Russian, but Arabic. Do you speak Arabic? No. I speak Greek and Latin. What knife have you? I have an English knife. What money have you? is it Italian or Spanish money? It is Russian money. Have you an Italian hat ? No, I have a Spanish hat. Are you an Englishman? No, I am a Frenchman. Are you a Greek ? No, I am a Spaniard. Exercise No. 72. Are (son) these men Germans ? No, they are Russians. Do the Russians speak Polish ? They do not speak Polish, but Latin, Greek and Arabic. Is your brother a merchant? No, he is a smith. Are these men merchants ? No, they are carpenters. Are (es) you a cook ? No, I am a baker. Are (somos) we tailors? No, we are shoemakers. Art (eres) thou a fool? lam (soy) not a fool. What is (es) that man ? He is a physician. Do you wish me any thing ? I wish you a good morning. What does the young man wish me ? He wishes you a good evening. Do your child- ren come to me in order to wish me a good evening ? They come to you in order to wish you a good morning. Has the German black eyes? No, he has blue eyes. Has this man large feet ? He has little feet ( pies pequeflos) and a large nose (nariz grande). Have you time to read my book? I have no time to read it, but I have a great desire (un gran deseo) to study Spanish. What dost thou do instead of playing ? I study instead of playing. Dost thou learn in- stead of writing ? I write instead of learning. What does the son of our friend do ? He goes into the garden instead of doing his exercises. Do the children of our neighbors read ? They write instead of reading. What does our cook do ? He makes the fire instead of going to the market. Does your father sell his ox ? He sells his horse instead of selling his ox. 130 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. . 73. £ Estudia el ingles el hijo del pintor? Estudia el griego en vez de estudiar el ingles. I Mata bueyes el carnicero ? Mata ovejas en lugar de matar bueyes. ,? Me escucha Vd. ? Le escucho a Vd. I Me escucha su hermano de Vd. ? Ha- bla en vez de escuchar a Vd. <: Escucha Vd. lo que le digo ? Escucho lo que Vd. me dice. £ Escuchas tii lo que te dice tu hermano ? Lo escucho. i Escuchan los nifios del medi- co lo que les decimos ? No lo escuchan. . Thou extinguishest it. I Sabe Vd. escribir ? Sd escribir. ;Sabe el leer? APAGAB, * ESTINGUTB. * I Apaga Vd. el fuego ? Lo apago. El lo apaga. Tu lo apagas. 132 THE SPANISH TEACHER. To LIGHT, TO KINDLE. Do you light the candle ? I do light it. Often. Ofteneb. Do you often go to the ball ? As often as you. As often as I. As often as he. As often as they. Do you often see my father ? I see him oftener than you. Not so often. Not so often as you. Not so often as I. Not so often as they. The ribbon. The candle, the light. Into, in. Into (meaning to). To go into the garden. Encender. * ,:Enciende Vd. la vela? La enciendo. a menudo, fbecuentementi Mas a menudo. I Va Vd. a menudo al baile ? Tan a menudo como Vd. Tan a menudo como yo. Tan a menudo como 6\. Tan a menudo como ellos. I Ve Vd. a menudo a mi padre ? Le veo mas a menudo que Vd. No TAN A MENUDO. No tan a menudo como Vd. No tan a menudo como yo. No tan a menudo como ellos. La cinta. La vela, la luz. En. A. Ir al jardin. THE ARTICLE USED IN SPANISH AND NOT IN ENGLISH. 1st. Before Collective Nouns when employed to desig- nate the whole collection of individuals comprehended in them : 2d. Before Nouns denoting abstract qualities, when em- ployed in a general sense : T I n e hn^ man) i ^e their existence ,rers f to the Creator. {bondad virtud opinion debe respetarse. Goodness ) Virtue J- must be respected. 3d. Before Adjectives denoting the dignity or profession of a person, when followed by his name : El Jeneral Washington. El Coronel N. I General Washington. Colonel N. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 133 Except befoie Don and Dofla, when they are not preceded by another qualifying Adjective : Don Juan. I El Seilor Don Juan. Dona Juana. | La Seflora Dofla Juana. THE AKTICLE USED IN ENGLISH AND NOT IN SPANISH. 1st. Before the Ordinal Numbers, when the Noun they modify is expressed ; as, Capitulo priniero. I Chapter the first. Carlos segundo. | Charles the Second. 2d. Before a Noun used in apposition to another ; as, Madrid, capital de Espafla. | Madrid, the capital of Spain. Exeecise No. 74. What does your father want ? He wants some tobacco. Will you go for some ? I will go for some. What tobacco does he want? He wants some snuff. Do you want to- bacco (for smoking/ ? I do not want any ; I do not smoke. Do you show me any thing? I show you gold ribbons. Does your father show his musket to my brother? He does show it to him. Does he show him his beautiful birds? He does show them to him. Does the French man smoke ? He does not smoke. Do you go to the ball ? 1 go to the theatre instead of going to the ball. Does the gardener go into the garden ? He goes to the market in- stead of going into the garden. Do you send your valet to the tailor ? I send him to the shoemaker instead of send- ing him to the tailor. Does your brother intend to go to the ball this evening? He does not intend to go to the ball, but to the concert. When do you intend to go to the con- cert? I intend to go this evening. At what o'clock ? At a quarter past ten. Do you go for my son ? I do go for him. Where is he? He is in the counting-house. Do you find the man whom you are looking for ? I do find him. Do your sons find the friends whom they are looking for ? They do not find them. 134 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 75. Do your friends intend to go to the theatre 9 They do intend to go. When do they intend to go ? They intend "to go to-morrow. At what o'clock ? At half-past seven, i What does the merchant wish to sell you ? He wishes to tsell me some pocket-books (carteras). Do you intend to 'buy some ? I will not buy any. Dost thou know any- thing? I do not know any thing. What does your little brother know ? He knows how to write and to read. Does he know French ? He does not know it. Do you know German ? I do know it. Do your brothers know Spanish ? They do not know it, but they intend to study it. Do you know English ? I do not know it, but I intend to learn it. Do my children know how to read Italian ? They know how to read, but not how to speak. Do you know how to swim ? I do not know how to swim, but how to play. Does your son know how to make coats ? He does not know how to make any, he is not a tailor. Is he a merchant ? He is not (no lo en). What is he ? He is a physician. Do you intend to study Arabic ? I do intend to study Arabic and Latin. Does the Frenchman know Russian ? He does not know it, but he intends learning it. Whither are you go- ing ? I am going into the garden in order to speak to my gardener. Does he listen to you ? He does listen to me. Exercise No. 76. Do you wish to drink some cider ?. I wish to drink some wine, have you any ? I have none, but I will send for some. When will you send for some ? Now. Do you know how to make tea ? I know how to make some. Where is your father going ? He goes nowhere, he remains at home. Do you know how to write a note ? I know how to write one. Can you write exercises ? I can write some. Dost thou conduct any body ? I conduct somebody. Whom do you conduct ? I conduct my son. Where do you con- duct him? I conduct him to my friends to (jjara) wish »hom a good morning. Does your servant conduct your PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 135 child? He conducts him. Whither does he conduct it? He conducts it into the garden. Do we conduct any one ? We conduct our children. Whither are our friends con- ducting their sons ? They are conducting them home. THIKTY-FIRST LESSON. Are you acquainted with that man ? I am not acquainted with him. Is your brother acquainted with him? He is aeouainted with him. Do you dlrink cider ? I do drink cider, but my friend drinks wine. Do you receive a note ? I do receive one. "What do we receive ? What do our children receive ? They receive some books. I Conoce Vd. a aquel hombre ? No le conozco. I Le conoce su hermano de Vd. ? El le conoce. I Bebe Vd. sidra ? JBebo sidra, pero mi amigo boba vino. I Recibe Vd. un billete ? Recibo uno. ,; Que recibimos nosotros ? I Que' reciben nuestros nifios ? Ellos reciben libros. Before, beforehand. Before, in presence of. Do you speak before you listen ? Do you smoke before ladies ? Does he go to the market before he breakfasts ? Antes (takes de before the Infinitive). Delante de. I Habla Vd. antes de escuchar ? I Fuma Vd. delante de las sefior^s ? I Va el al mercado antes de almor- zar ? TO BREAKFAST. I breakfast, you breakfast, he breakfasts, we breakfast, you breakfast, they breakfast. The breakfast. He does go before he breakfasts. Do you take off your stockings be- fore you take off your shoes ? Almorzar* or desavunarse. Yo almuerzo, Vd. almuerza, el al- muerza, nosotros almorzamos, Vds. almuerzan, ellos almuerzan. El almuerzo or el desayuno. El va antes de almorzar. £ Se quita Vd. las medias antes da quitarse los zapatos ? TO FINISH. [ finish. We finish. You finish (sing, an&plur.) Be finishes. They finish. Thru finishest. ACABAR, CONCLUTR. Yo acabo or concluyo. Nosotros acabamos or concluimos, Vd. acaba or concluye, Vds. acaban or conoluyen. El acaba or concluye. Ellos acaban or concluyen, Tu acabas or concluyes. 136 THE SPANISH TEACHER. To DEPART, TO SET OUT, 10 SAIL. When do .you intend to depart? I intend to depart to-morrow. I depart, thou dispartest, he de- parts. Partir, salts.* ^Cuando piensa Vd. partir?* (1). Pienso partir mafiana. Yo parto or salgo, tii partes or sales, el parte or' sale. To BEGIN, TO COMMENCE. Do you begin to speak Spanish ? Yes, Sir, I begin to speak it a little. Empezar,* comenzar,* phincipiar. I Empieza Vd. a hablar el espafiol ? Si, Senor, empiezo a hablarlo un poco. Well. Badly. Do I speak well ? Yes, Sir, you commence to well. The broom. The honey. The pistol. BlEN. Mal. Malatmente. I Hablo bien ? Si, Senor, Vd. empieza a hablar bien. La escoba. La miel. La pistola. When the Adjective has two terminations, then amente is added to the positive, dropping the last vowel to make an Adverb, as : Antig^o, a»%wamente. And when, in English, two or more Adverbs in ly follow each other in Spanish, mente is expressed only after the last one, as : real y ver daderamente, really and truly. 1. Partir, if the journey is by land ; Salir, if either by land or by water. Exercise No. 77. Do I read well ? You do read well. Do I speak well ? You do not speak well. Does my brother speak French well? He speaks it well. Does he speak German well? He speaks it badly. Do we speak well ? You speak badly. Do I drink too much ? You do not drink enough. Am I able to make hats ? You are not able to make any, you are no hatter. Am I able to write a note? You are able to write it. Am I doing my exercise well? You are doing it well. What am I doing ? You are doing exercises. What is my brother doing ? He is doing nothing. What do I PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 137 say? You say nothing. Do I begin to speak? You do begin to speak. Do I begin to speak well ? You do not begin to speak well, but to read well. Where am I going ? You are going to your friend. Is he at home ? Do I know it? Am I able to speak as often as the son of our neigh- bor ? He is able to speak oftener than you. Can I work as much as he? You cannot work as much as he. Do I read as often as you ? You do not read as often as I. but you speak oftener than I. Do I speak as well as (tan Men como) you ? You do not speak so well as (tan Men como) I. Do I go (voy yo) to you, or do you come (viene Yd.) to me ? You come to me, and I go (voy) to you. When do you come to me? Every morning at half-past six. Do you know the Russian whom I know ? I do not know the one (al que) you know, but I know another. Exercise No. 78. Do vou drink as much cider as wine ? I drink less cider than wine. Does the Pole drink as much as the Russian ? He drinks just as much. Do the Germans drink as much as the Poles ? The latter drink more than the former. Dost thou give any thing? I do give something. What dost thou give? I give some money. Does your friend receive books ? He does receive some. What do we sell ? We sell some cider. Do the Mexicans smoke ? They do smoke. From whom (de quien) do the Spaniards receive money ? They receive some from the English. Have you as many friends as enemies ? I have less of the latter than of the former. From whom do your children receive books? They receive some from me (de mi), and from their friends. Do our tailors make as many vests as coats ? They make less of the latter than of the former. Exercise No. 79. £ Cuando piensa partir el f orastero ? Piensa partir hoy. I A que hora ? A la una y media, i Piensa Vd. partir esta noche? Pienso partir niafiana. ^ Parte hoy el frances? 138 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Parte aliora. i Adonde va el? Ya a casa de sus amigos. I Va el a casa de los ingleses ? Va a su casa. i Sales tu nianana ? £ Salgo esta noclie ? ,; Cuando piensa Vd. escribir a sus auiigos ? Pienso escribirles hoy. £ Le contestan a Vd. sus amigos ? Me contestan. ,; Contesta su padre de Vd. a su billete V Lo contesta. <; Contesta Vd. a los billetes de mi liermano ? Los contesto. <; Empieza su hermano de Vd. a aprender el espanol? Empieza a aprenderlo. ^ Sabe Vd. hablar el frances ? Se hablarlo un poco. £ Empiezan nuestros amigos a hablar el aleman ? Empiezan a hablarlo. £ Saben ellos escribirlo ? Saben escribirlo. <: Empieza el comerciante a vender? Empieza. como yo ? Voy mas teinprano que Vd. Mas presto, mas pronto. Mis temprano. I Va su padre de Vd. mas teinprano que yo ? El va demasiado temprano. No — TODAvf a (or au»\ Ya. jHabla Vd. ya? No hablo todavia. I Acaba Vd. su billete ? No lo acabo aun. j Almuerza Vd. ya ? ; Viene Vd. a verme ? Verbs of motion always require the Preposition d, and Verbs of rest the Preposition en. Ex. : Voy d ver a mis niSos. Mando d buscar vino. Mando d buscar al me'dico. Voy al teatro. Estoy en el jardin. I go to see my children. I send for some wine. I aia sending for the physician, I am going to the theatre. I stay in the garden. But as we have seen in the foregoing lessons, the Infini- tive is in Spanish sometimes preceded by de, sometimes by a, sometimes by para, and sometimes by que. Jt is used without any of those Prepositions before it, in every other case not specified as requiring any of them. Yet the Arti- cle el is placed before the Infinitive when it is used sub- stantively. Ex. : To eat too much Is dangerous. To speak too much is foolish. 2b do good to those that have of- fended us is a commendable ac- tion. EL comer demasiado es peligroso. El hablar demasiado es necedad. El hacer bien d los que nos ban ofendido es una accion laudable. Exercise No. 82. Do you put on another coat in order to go to the play ? I do put on another. Do you put on your gloves before 144 THE SPANISH TEACHER. you put on your shoes ? I put on my shoes before I put on my gloves. Does your brother put on his hat instead of putting on his coat ? He puts on his coat before he puts on his hat. Do our children put on their boots in order to go to our friends ? They put them on in order to go to them. What do our sons put on ? They put on their clothes and their gloves. Do you already speak Spanish '? I do not si:>eak it yet, but I begin to learn it. Does your father go out already? He does not go out. At what o'clock does he go out ? He goes out at ten o'clock. Does he breakfast before he goes out ? He breakfasts and writes his notes before he goes out. Does he go out earlier than you ? I go out earlier than he. Do you go to the play as often as I ? I go thither as often as you. Do you begin to know that man ? I do begin to know him. Do you breakfast early ? We do not breakfast late. Does the Englishman go to the concert earlier than you ? He goes there later than I. A* what o'clock does he go ? He goes at half^ast seven. Exercise No. 83. I No va Vd. demasiado temprano al concierto ? yoy de- niasiado tarde. <; Escribo yo demasiado ? Vd. no escribe demasiado, pero habla demasiado. £ Hablo yo mas que Vd. ? Vd. habla mas que yo y que mi hermano. £ Es mi sombrero demasiado grande ? No es ni demasiado grande, ni demasiado pequeno. ,; Habla Vd. el espafiol mas a me- nudo que el ingles ? Hablo el ingles mas a menudo que el espafiol. i Compran sus amigos de Vd. mucho grano ? No compran sino un poco. <; Tiene Vd. bastante pan ? Tengo un poco solamente, pero tengo bastante. £ Es tarde ? No es tarde. ^ Que hora es? Es la una. <; Es demasiado tarde para ir a casa de su padre ? Es demasiado tarde para ir a su casa. Injerido. ) Injertado. j Injerto. 1. Bar una causa 6 pleito per concluso — To consider a suit ready to pass sentence upon. 2. Convicto y confeso— Found and plead guilty. 3. Contento, as a Noun, means contentment. + 4. Desierto, as a Noun, means desert. PRACTICAL" EXERCISES. 151 Invertir. To invert. Invertido. Inverso. Juntar. To join. Juntado. Junto. Maldecir. To curse. maldecido. Maldito. Malquitarse To get bated, malquistado. Malquisto. Manifesfcar. >• To sbow. ) To manifest. ) Manifestado. (■ ) Manifiesto (1) Manumitir. To manumit. Manumitido. Manumiso. Marcbitar. To witber. Marchitado. Marobito. Ocultar. To bide. Ocultado. Oculto. Oniitir. To omit. Omitido . Omiso. Oprimir. To oppress. Oprimido. Opreso. Pagar. To pay. Pagado. Pago (famil.) Prender. To seize. Prendido. Preso. Proveer. To provide. Proveido. Provisto. Ranciarse. To grow rancid. Ranciado. Rancio. Repletar. To stuff. Repletado. Repleto. Recluir. To sbut up. Recluido. Recluso. Respouder. To answer. Respondido. Respuesto. Rizar. To curl. Rizado. Rizo. Romper. To break. Rompido. Roto. Salvar. To save. Salvado. Salvo. Situar. To locate. Situado. Sito. Soltar. | To loosen. ) To release. J Soltado. i Suelto. Sujetar. To subdue. Sujetado Sujeto. Suprimir. To suppress. Suprimido. Supreso. Surjir. To anchor. Surjido. Surto. Suspender. To suspend. Suspendido. Suspense Torcer. To twist. Torcido. Tuerto. Zafar. To escape. Zafado. Zafo. 1. Manijiesto, ai 3 a Noun, means r nanifest. Exercise No. 87. Is he a soldier? (*) No, but he has been. Am I not your friend ? No, Sir ; you have been, but you are no longer (ya). Is he young? Yes, Sir, he is. Is she pretty ? No, Sir, she is ugly and old. Is this a gold pen ? It is not of gold, but of silver. Are you well? No, Sir, I am not * The scbolar will bear in mind tbat Ser affirms what a person or thing is ; and Eslar indicates how or where it is. Examples : What is that man ? Que es ese hombre ? He is a physician, a saiioJ, a lawyer, a democrat, a friend or neighbor of mine, a young man, a handsome man, a negro, etc. Es medico, marinero, abogado, democrat^ mi amigo, 6 mi vecino, joven, hermoso, negro. 152 THE SPANISH TEACHER. very well. Is lie an honest man ? I believe lie is. Is he sad ? No, Sir, he is very happy (contenlo). Where is he ? He is here. Has your sister been in the garden ? She has not. If the general has been victorious, he shall be praised and rewarded ; but if he has been beaten (derrotado), he ehall bo blamed, and perhaps also (acaso tambien) punished. Exercise No. 88. Is the door opened ? Yes, Sir, I have opened it. Are the letters opened? No, Sir, nobody has opened them. Have you covered the basket ? It is covered. Have you found out any thing? All has been found out. Is the packet unrolled ? Yes, Sir, I have unrolled it. Have you dissolved the salt (la sal) in water ? It is already dissolved. Has the Assembly (Asamblea) been dissolved ? Not yet. Have you wrapped up all the papers ? They are all ready. What have you resolved on that subject (sobre aquel asunto) ? I have not yet resolved upon any thing. Has she returned ? She has not. Have you told him any thing ? I have not seen him. Have you contradicted him? Has he (se ha) given the lie ? He has not. Had (habia) any body predict- ed to you your fate (suerte) ? Nobody had. How many letters have you already written ? I have not written any yet. What has the physician prescribed for the sick ? He has prescribed nothing yet. Has your friend been banish- ed? Yes, Sir, he is already an exile. What have you done ? I have done nothing. Where is the carpenter who made that table? He is dead, and must be now in the other world. Are you satisfied ? Have you ever seen a How is he? Como estd? He is sick, sad, seated, laid down. Esla malo (or enfcrmo), triste, sentado, acostado. Where is he ? En donde estd ? He is here, at home, out, up stairs, in his room, in Europe, etc. Enid aqui, en casa, fuera, arriba, en su cuarto, en Europa. Finally, when the verb to be is used in English speaking of any thing that has happened, or will at any time happen, it is rendered m Spanish by Ser ; as, he has been, or shall be punished, blamed, reward- ed, applauded, praised, etc. Ha sido 6 sera casligado, culpado, reoom- pensado, aplaudido, alabado, etc. %. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 15? book better printed than this ? It is very well printed Who has placed that picture there? Who has put this (thing) (esto) here? I have (Yo, or yo lo he puesto). Exercise No. 89. Blessed be (sea) the Lord ! Unfortunate is he who (Des- graciado de aquel que) has never blessed Him ! Have you completed your Dictionary? Yes, Sir, it is completed. Have you awaked your brother ? He was (edaba) awaked a long time ago (hacia mucho tiempo). Why (For que) are these birds scattered? Because (porque) the children have scattered them. Who has elected your friend ? He has been elected by the people. Is the meaning of the law well expressed ? Yes, Sir, I think (creo que) the body who have passed it has expressed it weJl. The cook has fried the eggs (huevon), thinking that you liked them fried. Have you included in the bill (cuenla) all that I owe you ? Yes, Sir, it is all included. Is your advertisement inserted? The printer (impi'eso?-) has not inserted it yet. All the flowers (lasjiores) of the garden are withered ; the sun has been too hot (muy fuerte) to-day, and it has withered them. Have you ever hid any thing ? I have never hid anything. A thief has been- seized. Who has seized him? Have you provided your friend with letters ? He is well provided. Is that chair broken ? Who has broken it ? Exercise No. 90. The door is open, because the servant has opened it. He is covered with wounds (de heridas). He has discovered every thing (todo). He has concealed all his crimes (cri- menes). He has unrolled the map (el mapa). The meeting is dissolved. The pamphlet (folleto) is wrapped. He is resolved to marry (a casarse). She has returned. He has said the truth. He has contradicted himself. He has pre- dicted it. I have written the letter. He has inscribed his name. He has prescribed for the sick. He is proscribed. Ho has made all his efforts. This letter is counterfeited 154 THE SPANISH TEACHER. It is undone. Ifc is done over again. I am satisfied. She is dead. He has died. He has placed it here. She has composed it. It is discomposed. It is well disposed. It is exposed. It is imposed. She is indisposed. He is op- posed to that (a eso). I have proposed that. She lias re- placed it. He has supposed that. He has transposed it. She has seen that. I have foreseen it. It is already printed. Exercise No. 91. The soup (sopa) is warm, because the cook (fern,) has warmed it. The book is completed, because the author has completed it. The man is confused, because his friend has confounded him. The boy is contented, because you have pleased him. The criminal is convicted, because the jury has convicted him. The exercise is corrected, because you have corrected it. The youth is corrupted, because bad company has corrupted him. The house is deserted, because the people have deserted it. The child is undress- ed, because the nurse (la nodriza) has undressed him. He is awaked, because somebody has awaked him. THIKTY-SIXTH LESSON. To HAVE HAD. Have you had my book ? I have not had it. Have you had the books ? I have had them. I have not had them. Have I had them ? You have had them. You have not had them. Has he had them ? He has had them. He has not had them. What has he had ? What has been the matter with him? He has had nothing. Nothing has been tbe matter with him. Habek habido or Haber TENIDa I Ha tenido Vd. mi libro ? No lo he tenido. I Ha tenido Vd. los libros ? Los he tenido. No los he tenido. ; Los he tenido yo? Vd. los ha tenido. Vd. no los ha tenido. I Los ha tenido el ? Los ha tenido. No los ha tenido. t i Que* ha tenido el ? f No ha tenido nada. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 155 Have you been hungry ? I have been afraid. He has never been right TO TAKE PLACE. Does the ball take place this even- ing? tt does take place. £t takes place this evening, [t does not take place to-day. When did the ball take place ? Et took place yesterday. Yestebday. the dat before yestebday. How many times ? (how often ?) Once. Twice. Thrice (three times). Many times. JBeveral times. t i Ha tenido Vd. hambre ? f He tenido miedo. t El nunca ha tenido razon. f Teneb eeecto. t Celebbaese or dabse. f i Se da or se celebra el baile esta noche ? f Se da or se celebra. t Se da or se celebra esta noche. f No se da or no se celebra hoy. t i Cuando se dio or se celebro el baile ? f Se dio or se celebro ayer. Ayeb. Anteayeb or Antes de ayeb. I Cuantas vezes ? Una vez. Dos vezes. Tres vezes. Muchas vezes. Varias vezes. fobmerly. Sometimes. Do you go sometimes to the thea- tre? I go sometimes. Have you gone thither sometimes? Have you gone thither often ? Oftener than you. Have the men had my trunk ? They have not had it. Who has had it? Nobody has had it. Somebody has had it. Have they had my knives ? They have not had them. Have I been right in buying books? You have been right in buying some. The work. The silver. En oteo teempo — Anttguamente. Algunas vezes. ^Va Vd. algunas vezes al teatro? Voy algunas vezes. ,iHa ido Vd. alia algunas vezes? j Ha ido Vd. alia a menudo ? Mas a menudo que Vd. I Han tenido los hombres mi baul ? No lo han tenido. I Quie'n lo ha tenido ? Nadie lo ha tenido. Alguien lo ha tenido. I Han tenido ellos mis cuchillos ? No los han tenido. ,;He tenido yo razon de or hechs bien en comprar libros ? Vd. ha tenido razon de or hecho bien en comprar. La obra. La plata. 156 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Haber is employed as an auxiliary verb, and consequently is generally used before a Past Participle. Ex. : He dicho. I have saia. Tenet meaning to have, to hold, ty possess, is generally used as an active verb. Ex. : He dicho que tengo un hijo. I have said that I have a son. .The Past Participle of Haber (habido), is only used impersonally, and it is rendered in English by that of the verb to be. Ex. : Ha habido un rumor, There has been a rumor ; Ha habido un fuego en la ciudad, There has been a fire in the city ; Ha habido un baile, There has been a ball. Haber is also used impersonally in any tense. Ex. : If there should be any thing, I will tell you, Si hubiese algo se lo dire" a Vd. Exercise No. 92. Have you had my pocket-book ? I have had it. Have you had my glove ? I have not had it. Hast thou had my umbrella? I have not had it. Have I had your knife? You have had it. When have you had it ? You have had it yesterday. Have I had your gloves? You have had them. Has your brother had my hammer ? He has had it. Has he had my golden ribbon? He has not had it. Have the English had my beautiful ship ? They have had it. Who has had my handkerchiefs ? Your servants have had them. Have we had the iron trunk of our good neighbor ? We have had it. Have we had his fine gun ? We have not had it. Have we had the mattresses of the foreigners? We have not had them. Has the American had my good book? He has had it. Has he had my silver knife ? He has not had it. Has the young man had the first volume of my work? He has not had the first, but the second. Has he had it ? Yes, Sir, he has had it. When has he had it ? He has had it this morning. Have you had any sugar? I have had some. Have I had any paper ? You have not had any. Has the cook of the Russian captain had any chickens? Hq has not had any. Exercise No. 93. Has the Frenchman had good wine ? He has had some, and he has still (awn) some. Hast thou had large books? I have had some. Has thy brother had any ? He has not PRACTICAL EXERCISER. 157 had any. Has the son of our gardener bad any butter ? He lias had some. Have the Poles had good tobacco ? They have had some. What tobacco have they had? They have had tobacco and snuff. Have the English had as touch sugar as tea ? They have had as much of the one, as jf the other. Has the physician been right ? He has not been right. Have the Mexicans been right or wrong ? They have never been right. Have I been right in buying honey? You have been right in buying some. What has the paint- er had ? He has had fine pictures. Has he had fine gar- dens ? He has not had any. Has your servant had my shoes? He has not had tbem. What has the Spaniard had ? He has had nothing. Who has had courage ? The English sailors have had some. Have the Germans had many friends ? They have had many. Have we had more friends than enemies ? We have had more of the latter than of the former. Has your son had more wine than cider ? He has had more wine than cider. Has the Turk had more hay than corn ? He has had less of the latter than of the former. Has the Italian painter had any thing ? He has had nothing. Exercise No. 94. Have I been right in writing to my brother ? You have been right in writing to him. Have you had a sore foot ? I have had a sore eye. Have you had any thing ? I have had nothing. Did the ball take place yesterday ? It did not take place. Does it take place to-day ? It takes place to-morrow. When does the ball take place ? It takes place this evening. Did it take place the day before yesterday ? It did take place. At what o'clock did it take place ? It- took place at eleven o'clock. Did you go {ha extado Vd.) to my brother's? I went thither (he estado). How many times have you been at my friend's ? I have been twice. Do you go sometimes to the theatre ? I go sometimes. How many times have you been at the theatre ? I have been but once. Have you sometimes been at the ball ? I have often been. Has your brother ever gone to the ball? 158 THE SPANISH TEACHER. He has never gone. Has lie gone there as often as you ? He has gone oftener than I. Dost thou go sometimes into the garden ? I go sometimes. Hast thou often been there ? I have often been there. Does your old cook often go to the market ? He goes there often. Does he go there as often as my gardener ? He goes oftener than he. Did that take place ? It did take place. When did it take place ? I do not know. Exercise No. 95. When have you been at the concert ? I was there the day before yesterday. Did he find any body there ? He found nobody there. Hast thou gone to the ball oftener than thy brothers ? I have not gone thither oftener than they. Has your friend often been at the play ? He has been there several times. Have you sometimes been hun- gry? I have often been hungry. Has your valet often been thirsty ? He has never been either hungry or thirsty. Did yon go to the play early ? I went late. Did I go to the ball as early as you ? You went earlier than I. Did your brother go there too late ? He went there too early. Have your brothers had any thing? They have had no- thing. Who has had my stick and my gloves ? Your ser- vant has had both. Has he had my hat and my gun ? He has had both. Hast thou had my horse and my brother's ? I have had neither yours nor your brother's. Have I had your note or the physician's ? You have had neither the one nor the other. What has the physician had? He has had nothing. Has any body had my gold candlestick ? No- body has had it. Has any one had my silver knives ? No one has had them. THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON. THE PAST INDEFINITE. This tense is formed as the Perfect tense in English, viz. : from the Present of the auxiliai y and the Past Participle of the verb you conju- gate. Examples : PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 159 I have studied this morning. I studied yesterday. I studied last month. I have studied this month. Last month. Last year. Last week. He estudiado esta manana. He estudiado ayer. He estudiado el mes pasado. He estudiado este mes. El mes pasado. El alio pasado. La semana pasada. To MAKE, TO DO— MADE, DONE. What have you done ? I have done nothing. Haceb* — HECHO. J Que* ha hecho Vd. ? No he hecho nada. Has the shoemaker made my boots? He lias made them. He has not made them. I Ha hecho el zapatero mis botas * Las ha hecho. No las ha hecho. To put — PUT. To PUT ON — PUT ON. Have you put on your coat? I have put it on. Have you put on your shoes ? I have put them on. To TAKE OFF, TAKEN OFF. Have you taken off your gloves ? I have taken them off. To TELIi, TO SAY — TOLD, SAID. Ha^ you said the words ? I nave said them. Have you told me the word? I have told you the word. I have told it to you. That, that thing. This, this thing. Has he told you that? He has told me that. Have I told you that ? You have told me that. It. Have you t >ld it to me ? PONEK* — PUESTO. PONERSE — PUESTO, OT CALZARSE- calzado (speaking of shoes). I Se ha puesto Vd. ia casaca ? Me la he puesto. I Se ha calzado Vd. los zapatos ? Me los he calzado. QUITARSE, QUITADO. I Se ha quitado Vd. los guantes ? Me los he quitado. Decir* — dicho. j Ha dicho Vd. las palabras ? Las he dicho. I Me ha dichc Vd. la palabra ? He dicho a Vd. la palabra. Se la he dicho a Vd. Aquello, eso. Esto. I Le ha dicho a Vd. eso ? Me ha dicho eso. I He dicho a Vd. eso ? Vd. me ha dicho eso. Lo — LA. I Me loiia dicho Vd. ? 160 THE SPANISH TEACHEE. The Pronouns me lo (it to me), se lo (it to him, to her, to you), are used separate before the verb, except when the verb is in the Infinitive, Present participle or Imperative, in which case they are placed after the verb an<* joined to it. 1 imagine it. I promised it to you. I may assure it to him. Can you promise it to me ? I have told it to you. I have not told it to you. Has he told it to you 1 He has told it to me. He has not told it to me. Have you told him that? I have told it to him. Me lo figuro. Se Zo.prometo a Vd. Puedo asegurarsefo. I Puede Vd. promete'r?n to ? Se lo he dicho a Vd. No se lo he dicho a Vy de mdnos edad que el. | MAYOR DE EDAD. Mayor de edad (of age), is the person who has arrived at the age fixed by the laws of the country to enable him to transact business on his own account. According to the Spanish law, males are of age at twenty- five, and females at twenty-three. Aged. Old. Youug. Avanzado en edad or afios. Viejo. Anciano. Joven. There is. There are. How many persons are there at the ball? There are nearly twenty. To UNDERSTAND. -j I understand. We understand. You understand (Sing, and Plur.) He understands. They understand Thou understandest. The noise. -j The wind. The noise (roaring) of the wind. Do you hear the roaring of the wind? Hay. ,; Cuantas personas hay en el baile Hay cerca de veinte. Entendeb. * compeender. Yo entiendo. Nosotros entendemo* Vd. entiende. Vds. entiendo i. El entiende. Ellos entienden. Tii entiendes. El ruido. El esibuendo. El susurro. El viento. El ruido, susurro or silbido del viento. { Oye Vd. el ruido del viento ? 184: THE SPANISH TEACHEK. TO HEAK- -HEARD. I liear. We hear. Yon hear. (Sing, and Plur.) He hears. They hear. Thou hearest. X do hear it. To BARK. The barking. Have you heard the barking of the dogs ? I have heard it. To wait for some one or some- thing. To expect some one or some- thing. To hope. Are you waiting for my brother ? I am waiting for him. Do you expect your friends ? I do expect them, but do not wait for them. Oir* — OIDO. Sentib* senttdo. Yo oigo or siento. Nosotros otmos or sentimos. Vd. oye or siente. Vds. oyen or r sienten. El oye or siente. Ellos oyen or sienten. Tii oyes or sientes. Si, lo oigo. Lo siento. Ladrar. El ladrido. ,iHa oido Vd. los ladridos de los perros ? Los he oido. Aguardar por alguien (algun<>) or por algo (alguna cosa). Esperar a alguien (alguno) or algo (alguua cosa). Esperar. I Aguarda Vd. por mi herman * ? Aguardo por e'l. i Espera Vd. a sus amigos ? Los espero, pero no aguardo por ellos. The nobleman. Noblemen. Gentle. Pretty. Tame. Where has the nobleman remain- ed? He has remained at home. Has your brother remained with him? El noble. El hidalgo. Los nobles. Los hidalgos. Gracioso. Lindo. Bonito. Manso. ^Eu donde se ha quedado el hidal- go? Se ha quedado en casa. ,; Se ha quedado su hermanc de Vd con e'l? Exercise No. 110. Do you promise me to come to the ball ? I promise you. Have I promised you any thing ? You have promised me nothing. What lias my brother promised you ? He has promised me a fine book. Have you received it ? Not yet. Do you give me what you have promised me? I give it to PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 185 you. Has your friend received much money ? He has re- ceived but little, How much has he received? He has re- ceived but one dollar. How much money have you given to my son? I have given him thirty dollars. Did you not promise him more ? I have given him what I promised him. Have you Spanish money ? I have some. Will you lend your shoes to my brother ? I will lend them to him. To whom have you lent your hat ? I have not lent it ; I have given it to somebody. To whom have you given it ? I have given it to a pauper (un pobre). Have you read my book ? I have not quite read it. Has your friend finished his books ? He has almost finished them. Do you under- stand me ? I understand you. Does the Frenchman under- stand us ? He understands us. Exercise No. 111. Does your little brother know how to spell? He does know. Does he spell well? He spells well. How has your little brother spelt ? He has spelt so so. How have your children written their exercises ? They have written them badly. Has my neighbor lent you his gloves ? He has refused to lend them to me. Do you know Spanish ? I know it. Does your son speak Italian ? He speaks it well. How do your friends speak ? They do not speak badly. Do they listen to what you tell him ? They listen to it. How have you learned English ? I have learned in this manner. Did you call me ? I have not called you, but I have called your brother. Is he coming? Not yet Where did you wet your clothes ? I wetted them in the garden. Will you put them to dry ? I have already put them to dr} r . Does the nobleman wish to give me any thing to do ? He wishes to give you something to do How old are you ? I am hardly eighteen years old. How old is your brother ? He is twenty years old. Are you as old as he ? I am not so old. How old art thou? I am about twelve years old. Am I younger than you ? I do not know. How old is your neighbor ? He is not quite thirty years old. Are our friends a3 young as we ? They 136 THE SPANISH TEACHER. are older than we. How old are they ? The one is nine- teen, and the other twenty years old. Is your father as old as mine ? He is older than yours. Exercise No. 112. Do you understand what we are telling you ? We under- stand it. Dost thou understand Spanish ? I do not under- stand it yet, but I am learning it. Do we understand English? We do not understand it. Do the English understand us ? They understand us. Do we understand them? We hardly understand them. Do we hear any noise ? We hear nothing. Have you heard the roaring of the wind? I have heard it. What do you hear? I hear the barking of the dogs. Whose dog is this ? It is the dog of the Scotchman. Have you lost your stick ? I have not lost it. Has your servant lost my notes? He has lost them. Did you go to the ball ? I did go. Where did you remain? I remained at home. Where did the nobleman remain? He remained in the garden. Has your father lost as much money as I ? He has lost more than you. How much have I lost ? You have hardly lost one dollar. Did your friends remain at the ball ? They remained there. Do you know as much as the English physician ? I do not know as much as he. How many books have you read ? I have hardly read two. Do you wait for any one ? I wait for no one. Do you wait for the man whom I saw this morning ? I wait for him. Art thou waiting for thy book ? I am waiting for it. Do you expect your father this evening ? I do expect him. Do you expect any friends ? I do expect some. Where is your little brother ? He is gone with the nobleman. Is he gone to the play with him ? He is gone there with him. Exercise No. 113. A lawyer addressing the court one day, spoke so long without imparting any information, that the judge (jvez) interrupted him by remarking that he appeared like {se PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 187 parecia) Necessity. The lawyer demanded the reason of such a comparison, and the judge replied, " Because Necessity knows no law," A young lady went to confess to a priest. He, after having made many inquiries relative to her confession, appeared desirous of knowing whom he confessed, and asked her name. The young lady replied : " Father, my name is not a sin." FORTY-SECOND LESSON. THE FUTURE. The Future Absolute is formed, in all Spanish verbs, by adding tc the infinitive an accented e for the first person singular, as for the 2d., and for the 3d. an accented d ; for the first person plural imos, for the 2d. as, and for the 3d. an. EXAMPLES. TO FINISH. I shall or will finish. We, etc. You, etc. (Sing, and Plur.) He, etc. They, etc. Thou shalt or wilt finish. TO SEE. I shall or will see. We, etc. Y6u, etc. (Sing, and Plur.) He, etc. They, etc. Thou shalt or wilt see. To SERVE. I shall or will serve. We, etc. You, etc. (Sing, and Plur.) He, etc. They, etc. Thou shalt or wilt serve. ACABAR. Acabar^. Acabar£??ios. Vd. acabard. Vds. acabardw. El acabard. Ellos acabardn. Tu acabards. Ver. YerS. "Vertmos. Vd. vera. Vds. verdn. El vera. Ellos verdn. Tu verds. Server. Servird. Ssrvir^mos. Vd. servird. Vds. servirdn. El servird. Ellos servirdn. Tu servirds. The following verbs, and the compounds of the first eight, form all the exceptions to our rule on the formation of the future. We need not give all the persons, as the first person singular of the exceptions beiug once known, all the others are also known. To have. I shall or will have. To go out. I shall or will go out. To do. I shall or will do. To make. I shall or will make. Haber. Tener. Salir. • Hacer. Yo habre*. " tendre. " saldre\ " har ha- bremos perecido Idioms with Hacer. How is the weather? It is fine weather. Is it cold? It is very cold. Is it warm ? It is very warm. Is it windy ? It is very windy. How long ago : ( or How long is it since? It is three years ago. How much does that pitcher hold ? It holds two pints. Virtue renders man happy. Will you have my room swept ? I will have it swept. I will cause the servant to be pun- ished. That actress performs (or plays) her part very well 1. As the phrase i Qui Uempo hace ? has a double meaning, viz. : How is the weather ? and How long is it since or ago ? — in order to avoid mis- undenstanding, it would be preferable to make use of the nex'; one. that is, £ Como estd el Uempo ? I Que* tiempo hace ? (1) I Como esta el tiempo ? Hace buen tiempo. Hace hermoso tiempo. El tiempo esta hermoso. I Hace frio ? Hace mucho frio. I Hace calor? Hace mucho calor. I Hace viento ? Hace mucho viento. £ Cuanto tiempo hace (or ha) ? I Qud tiempo hace (or ha) ? Hace tres afios. I Cuanto hace ese jarro ? Hace dos pintas or azumbres. La virtud hace al hombre feliz. I Hard Vd. barrer mi cuarto ? Lo hari barrer. Hari castigar al criado. Aquella actriz hace (or representa) muy bien su papel. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 199 Mr. N makes a great show (or figure) in this city. Nobody minds him (or takes no- tice of him). He acts as Consul. He performs a good action. The steamer stops to take in water. The vessel leaks. I want to ask you a question. Will you play a game at chess ? You pay me a compliment. Will you pay me a visit ? He boasts of every thing. He faces any one. He braves all dangers. He keeps me waiting too long. He exhausts my patience. The sun shines. The moon shines. Never miud. It is cool here. We shall lodge (or sleep) at Niagara. You reckon without the host. El Sefior N . . . . hace un gran papel en esta ciudad. Nadie le hace caso (or se ocupa de el). Hace de consul. Hace una buena acoion. El vapor se detiene para hacer aguada. El buque hace agua. Quiero hacer a Vd. una pregunta. I Quiere Vd. hacer una partida al ajedrez? Vd. me hace un cumplimiento. I Me hard Vd. una visita ? Hace alarde de todo. Le hace cara or frente a cualquiera. Hace cara a (or arrostra) los peli- gros. Me hace aguardar demasiado. Me hace perder la paciencia. Hace sol. Hace luna. No le hace. Aqui hace fresco. Harimos noche en Niagara. Vd. hace la cuenta sin la huespeda. Idioms with Hacer se. Have you become a merchant ? What has become of my umbrella ? What has become of you ? He has become a man. You get, grow or become rich. He gets, grows or becomes poor. He pretends to be wise. He plays the fool. He gets accustomed to every thing. I will have some one. to accompany me. He makes himself to be loved. The vessel is setting sail. It becomes or is becoming late. It becomes or is becoming night. It grows dark. It is becoming day. I Se ha hecho Vd. comerciante ? <; Qud se ha hecho de mi paraguas ? ,; Que* .se ha hecho de Vd ? Se ha hecho hombre. Vd. se hace rico. Se hace pobre. Se hace el sabio. Se hace el tonto or bobo. Se hace a todo. Me hart" acompahar de alguno. Se hace querer. El buque se hace (or se eMd hacier* do) a la vela. Se hace (or se estd haciendo) tarde. Se hace (se estd haciendo) noche (or simply anochece). f Oscurece. Se hace (se estd haciendo) dia, (or simply amanece). 200 THE SPANISH TEACH EK. The weather is too hot. | El tiempo esta muy caloroso. To ENTEB, TO COME IN. Will you go into my room ? I will go in. Shall I go in? Will you walk in ? To srr DOWN. To SIT, TO BE SEATED. He is seated upon the large chair or arm-chair. She is seated upon the bench. To FILL WITH. To fill a bottle with wine. Do you fill that bottle with water ? I fill my purse with money. The purse. The pocket. Alone. Have you come quite alone ? No ; I have brought all my men along with me. To BEING. He has brought all his men with him. Have you brought your brother along with you ? I have brought him along with me. The stable. j The groom. ■] Have you told the groom to bring horse ? LUVO JUU LU1U 111 me the horse ? Are you bringing me my books ? I am bringing them to you. To TAKE, TO CAEBT. Will you take that horse to the sta- ble? I will take it thither. ENTEAE. PaSAE ADEIANTE. I Quiere Vd. entrar en mi cuarto f Si, Sefior ; entrare'. I Entrare" ? I Quiere Vd. pasar adelante T Sentaese. * estae sentado. El esta sentado en el sillon {or la silla de brazos). Ella -^ita sentada en el banco. Llenae de. Llenar de vino una botella. I Llena Vd. de agua esa botella ? Lleno de dinero mi bolsa. La bolsa. La faltriquera. El bolsillo. Solo. j Ha venido Vd. absolutamente solo ? No ; he traido toda mi jente con- migo. Teaee. Ha traido toda su jente consigo. £Ha traido Vd. consigo a su her^ mano? Lo he traido conmigo. La caballeriza. El establo. El caballerizo. El mozo de caballos, ^Ha dicho Vd. al caballerizo or mozo de caballos que traiga mi caballo ? I Me trae Vd. mis libros ? Se los traigo a Vd. LliEVAE. CONDUCIB. ,; Quiere Vd. llevar ese caballo a 1* caballeriza or al establc ? Lo llevar e" alia. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. Are you carrying that gun to my father ? I carry it to him. The cane, the stick. To GO DOWN, TO COME DOWN. To go down into the well. To go down the hill. To go down the river. To alight from one's horse. To dismount. To alight, to get out. To GO UP, TO MOUNT, TO ASCEND. To go up the mountain. Where is your brother gone 1 He has ascended the hill. To mount the horse. To get into the coach. To GET ON BOARD THE SHIP. To DESIRE, TO BEG, TO PRAY, TO REQUEST. Will you desire your brother to come down ? The beard. The river. The stream. The torrent. To go or come up the river. Does it rain ? It rains. Does it snow ? It snows. Is it muddy ? ] t is muddy. Is it muddy out of doors ? It is very muddy. Is it dusty ? It is very dusty. Is it smoky ? It is very smoky. Out of doors. : Lleva Vd. 201 fusil a mi padre ? Se lo llevo a el. La caua, el baston. Bajar. Bajar al pozo. Bajar la colina, el cerro. Bajar el rio. f Apearse del caballo. Desmontarse. f Apearse, bajar, salir de. SUBIR. MONTAR. Subir el monte. ; Adonde ha ido su hermaro de Vd.? Ha subido la colina. Montar el caballo. Entrar en el coche. Embarcarse. Ib abordo del BUQUE. Desear. Pedir. Rogab. suplicar. I Quiere Vd. suplicar a su he) oaanc de Vd. que baje ? La barba. El rio. La corriente. El torrente. Subir el rio. I Llueve ? Llueve. ,; Nieva ? Nieva. I Hay lodo ? Hay lodo. ,; Hay lodo en las calles ? Hay mucho lodo. ,; Hay polvo ? Hay mucho polvo. I Hay humo ? Hay mucho humo. Afuera, fuera, en la calle. 202 THE SPANISH TEACHER. TO HAVE LEFT. When I have paid for the horse, I shall have only ten dollars left. How much money have you left? I have one dollar left. Country (out of town). Country (region). Country (native land). Country-seat. Country-house. To take care. To take a walk. At last. At length. Parents. QUEDAB. SoBBAB. Cuando yo haya pagado el cabailo, solo me quedaran diez duros. (jCuanto dinero le queda a Yd. ? Me queda un peso. Campo. Pais. Patria. Haciendo de campo. Casa de campo. Tener cuidado. Cuidar. Dar un paseo. Por ultimo. Al fin. Padres. Exercise No. 122. Will you have seen your father when we shall return ? When you will return I shall have seen him. Will all be over before I shall come ? Before you will come all will be over. Shall we have finished this number before the next will be published? You will not have yet finished this, when the next will be published ; because it will soon be published. Will you soon be back ? I shall be back in two years. Will you be back when we shall want you ? When you will want me I shall have returned. Will you have told him what we are looking for, when we shall see him ? I shall have told it to him already. Will you have sent me back my book, when my brother will want it ? I shall have sent it back to you. Will they have written when we shall speak to them ? They will already have written. Will he be banished when he will be eighteen years of age ? Be- fore he will be seventeen he will have been banished. Will the book have been printed when we shall return ? When you will return, the book will have been printed. Will my father be dead when my brother will arrrve home ? When your brother will arrive home, your father will not be dead. Will the servant have put in its place my cousin's book, when he will come? When your cousin will come, the servant will have put the book in its place. Will my aunt PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 203 have already given her order ? "Will the doors be opened when we shall arrive there ? "When you will arrive, the doors will yet be shut (cerradas). Exercise No. 123. Will your parents go to the country to-morrow ? They will not go, for it is too dusty. Shall we take a walk to- day ? We will not, for it is too muddy out of doors. Do you see the country-house of my aunt, behind (detras de) that hill ? I see it. Shall we go in ? We will go in, if you like. Will you go into that room ? I shall not go into it, for it is smoky. I wish you good morning, Madam. Will you not come in ? Will you not sit down ? I will sit down upon this large chair. Will you tell me what has be- come of your brother ? I will tell you. Where is your sister? Do you not see her? She sits upon the bench. Is your father seated upon the bench ? No, he sits upon the chair. Hast thou spent all thy money ? I have not spent all. How much hast thou left ? I have not much left, I have but ten dollars left. How much money have thy sisters left ? They have but three dollars left. Have you money enough left to pay the tailor ? I have enough left to pay him ; but if I pay him, I shall have but little left. How much money will your brothers have left when they shall have paid for their horses? They will have a hundred dollars left. When will you go to Havana ? I shall go as soon as I have (luego que haya) learned Spanish. When will your brothers go to France? They will go thither as soon as they know (sepan) French. When will they learn it? They will learn it when they have found a good teacher. How much money shall we have left when we have paid for our horses? When we have paid for them we shall have only a hundred dollars left. Exercise No. 124. Do you gain any thing by (en) that business ? I do not gain much by it ; but my brother gains a good deal by it ; 204: THE SPANISH TEACHER. he fills his purse with money. How much money have you gained ? I have gained only a little ; but my cousin has gained much by it ; he has filled his pocket with money. With what have you filled that bottle ? I have filled it with wine. Will this man take care of my horse ? He will take care of it. Who will take care of my servant V I will take care of him. Does your servant take care of your horses ? He does take care of them. Is he taking care of your clothes ? He takes care of them, for he brushes them every morning. Have you ever drank Madeira wine {vino de Madera) J I have never drank any. Is it long since you saw my parents? It is almost three years since. Exercise No. 125. Is your father arrived ab last ? Every body ( Todos) says that he has arrived, but I have not seen him yet. Are you pleased with your servant? I am pleased with him, for he is fit for any thing {apto para todo). What doors lie know ? He knows every thing {de todo). Can he ride {Sabe montar a caballo) ? He can. Has your brother returned at last from England ? He has returned thence, and has brought you a fine horse. Has he told his groom to bring it to me ? He has told him to bring it to you. What do you think {Que le parece a Vd., or Que dice Vd.) of that horse? I think that it is a fine and good one {Me parece que es hermoxo y bueno), and I beg you to lead it into the stable. In what did you spend your time yesterday ? I went to the concert, and afterwards {despues) to the play. When did that man go down into the well ? pe went down into it this morn- ing. Has he not come up again yet {vuelto a subir) f He came up an hour ago. Where is your brother ? He is in his room. Will you tell him to come down ? I will tell him bo, but he is not dressed yet. Is your friend still on the mountain ? He has already come down. Did you go down or up the river ? We went down it. Did my cousin speak to you before he started {antes de partir) ? He spoke to mo before he got into the coach. Have you seen my brother ? I saw him before I went on board the ship. Is it better to % PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 205 get into a coach than to go on board the ship ? It is not worth while to get into a coach, nor to go on board a ship when one has no wish to travel (deseo de viajar). Exercise No. 126. The Ass and the Wild Boar. An ass had the impudence to follow a wild boar (jabali) and bray near him to (para) insult him. The courageous animal was at first (at pronto) enraged ; but turning his (/a) head, and seeing whence the insult came, he continued quietly on his way, without honoring the despicable animal with a single word. Silence and contempt are the .only revenge that we ought to take of fools. FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. THE CONDITIONAL, OR POTENTIAL PRESENT. This mood is formed by adding to the Infinitive of any of the three conjugations. SINGULAB. PLURAL. 1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. ia. ias. ia. 1 iamos. iais. ian. To SPEA.K. 1 should speak. We should speak. You should speak. (Sing. andPlur.) He should speak. They should speak. Thou wouldst speak. To BE. I should be. We should be. You would be. (Sing* and Plur.) He would be . They would be . Thou wouldst be. Hablab. Yo hablaria . Nosotros hablar iamos . Vd. Hablaria. Vds. hablarian. El hablaria. Ellos hablarian. Tu hablarias. See, or Estab. Yo seria or estaria. Nosotros ?.e riamos or estariamos. Vd. seria or estaria. Vd. serian or estarian. El seria or estaria. Ellos serian or estarian . Tu serias or estarias. 206 THE SPANISH TEACHER. The following; Verbs form all the exceptions to our rule for the forma- tion of the Conditional. It must be remembered that the lirst personal singular of the exceptions being once known, all the other persons are likewise known. To be contained, to hold in. 1 1 Caber. Yo cabria. should be contained. » To tell or say. I should tell or Decir. Yo diria. say. and its compounds, except maldecir (to curse), and bendecir (to bless), which follow the general rule. To have. I should have, To make, to do. I should make, do. To be able. I should be able. To put, place. I should put, place. To wish, to want. I should wish, &c. To know. I should know. To go out. I should go out. To have. I should have. To be worth. I should be worth. To come. I should come. Haber. Yo habria. Hacer. Yo haria. and all its compounds •Poder. Yo podria. Poner. Yo pondria. and all Us compounds. Querer.. Yo querria. Saber. Yo sabria. Salir. Yo saldria. and all its compounds Tener. Yo tendria. and all its compounds. Valer. Yo valdria. and all its compounds Venir. Yo vendria. and all its compounds. Whenever this mood is used, there is always an if in the sentence, expressed or understood ; as, If I had (or, Had I) some money I would buy a new coat. But in Spanish, if is always expressed, and we say, Si yo luviera (or tuviese) dinero compraria una casaca nueva. The Verb which immediately follows if, must be in the Imperfect of the Subjunc- tive. To GIVE. If I should give. If we should give. If you would give. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would give. If they would give. If thou wouldst give. Dar. Si yo diera or diese. Si dieramos or diesemos. Si Vd. diera or diese. Si Vds. die- ran or dieisen. Si el diera or diese. Si ellos dieran or diesen. Si tii dieras or dieses. TO BE. If I should be. If we should be. Estar. Si yo estuviera or estuviese. Si estuvie'ramos or estuvie'semos. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 207 If you would ba (Sing, and Plur. ) If he would be. If they would be. If thou wouldst be. Andar is conjugated like Estar. Si Vd. estuviera or estuviese. SI Vds. estuvieran or estuviesen. Si el estuviera or estuviese. Si ellos estuvieran or estuviesen. Si tii estuvieras or estuvieses. To have. (An auxiliary.) If I should have. If we should have. If you would have. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would have. If they would have. If thou wouldst have. HvBER. Si yo hubiera or hubiese. Si hu- bie'ramos or hubie'semos. Si Vd. hubiera or hubiese. Si Vds. hubieran or hubieseu. Si e'l hubiera or hubiese. Si ellos hubieran or hubiesen. Si tu hubieras or hubieses. Teneb and its compounds are conjugated like Haber. To MAKE, TO DO. If I should do. If we should do. If you would do. (Sing, and Plur. ) If he would do. If they would do. If thou wouldst do. And all its compounds Haceb. Si yo hiciera or hiciese . Si hiciera- mos or hicie'semos. Si Vd. hiciera or hiciese. hicieran or hiciesen. Si el hiciera or hiciese. hicieran or hiciesen. Si tu hicieras or hicieses. Si Vds. Si ellos To KNOW. Ef I should know. If we should know. If you should know. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would know. If they would know, [f thou wouldst know. Sabeb. Si yo supiera or supiese. Si supie- ramos or supiesemos. Si Vd. supiera or supiese. Si Vds. supieran or supiesen. Si e'l supiera or supiese. Si ellns supieran or supiesen. Si tu supieras or supieses. To being. If I should bring. If we should bring. If you would bring. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would bring. If they would bring. K thov wouldst bring. Tbaeb. Si yo tr ajera or trajese. Si trajdra- mos or traje'semos. Si Vd. trajera or trajese. Si Vds. trajeran or trajesen. Si el trajera or trajese. Si ellos trajeran or trajesen. Si tii trajeras or trajeses. And all its compounds. 208 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Advertir, and all verbs having an e in the last syllable but one of till infinitive, change e into i in the imperfect of the subjunctive, as : Si yo advirtiese or 6 dvirtrera. Si advirtiesemos or advirtieramos. Si Vd. advirtiese or advirtiera. Si Vds. advertiesen or advirtieran. Si el advirtiese or advirtiera. Si ellos advirtiesen or advirtieran. Si tii advirtieses or advirtieras. If I should observe. If we should observe. If I should observe. {Sing, and Plur. If he would observe. If they would observe. If thou wouldst observe. TO LOVE, TO WISH. If I should wish. If we should wish. If you would wish. (Sing, and Plur. If he would wish. If they would wish. If thou wouldst wish. Querer. Si yo quisiera or quisiese. Si qui- sie'ramos or quisidsemos. Si Vd. quisiera or quisiese. Si Vds, quisieran or quisiesen. Si e'l quisiera or quisiese. Si ellos quisieran or quisiesen. Si tii quisieras or quisieses. To TELE, TO SAT. If I should say or tell. If we should say, etc. If you would say. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would say. If they would say. If thou wouldst say. Dectr. Si yo dijera or dijese. Si dijerantos or dije'semos. Si Vd. dijera or dijese. Si Vds. dijeran or dijesen. Si e'l dijera or dijese. Si ellos di- jeran or dijesen. Si t'i dijeras or dijeses. And all its compounds. To CONDUCT. If I should conduct. If we should conduct. If you would conduct. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would conduct. If they conduct. If thou wouldst conduct. CoNDUCTR. Si yo condujera or condujese. Si conduj eramos or conduj e"semos . Si Vd. condujera or condujese. Si Vds. conduj eran or conduj esen. Si el condujera or condujese. Si ellos condujeran or condujesen. Si tii condujeras or condujeses. All verbs ending in ducir, as traducir (to translate), inducir, producir, reproducir, reducir, seducir, etc., are conjugated like conducir. Togo. If I should go. If we should go. If you would go. (Sing, and Plur.) If he would go. If they would go. If thou wouldst go. Ir. Si yo fuera or fuese. Si fuerainos o»* fuesemos. Si Vd. fuera or fuese. Si Vds. fueran or fuesen. Si e'l fuera or fuese. Si ellos fueran or fuesen. Si t u fueras or fueses. *> PRACTICAL EXEIiCISES. 209 Verbs ending in eer, oir, or uir. in those terminations which. 1 avo an i, change it into y whenever it is to be joined to another vowel ; as, Oir, t< hear ; si yo oyera or oyese, if I should hear ; Creer, to believe ; si yo oreyera or creye.se, if I should believe ; Hair, to ilee ; si yo huyera or huye.se, if I should flee, etc. The verbs dormir, to sleep ; morir, to die ; poner, to put or place ; poder, to be able ; podrir, to rot ; and their compounds, change o into u ; as, si yo durmiera or durmiese, if I should sleep ; si yo muriera or muriese, if I should die, etc. If I had money I would buy a new coat. If you could do this you would do that. Si yo tuviera (or tuviese) dinero, compraria (comprara) una casaca nueva. Si Vd. pudiera (or pudiese) hacer esto, querria (or quisiera) hacer aquello. The termination ra is common to both the conditional and the imper- fect of the subjunctive, and may be used for either of the termination ia or se, as in the above example ; but, for the sake of euphony, it should not be used in both tenses in the same sentence, especially when the same verb is made use of in both tenses ; as, "If I had money I would have a fine hat," a phrase which may be rendered in various ways : Si yo luoiera dinero, tendria un sombrero fino, or, Si yo tuviese dinero, tuviera or tendria, etc. ; but not Si yo tuviera dinero, tuviera, etc. If he could, he would. I would go, if I had time. If he knew what you have done, he would scold you. If there were any wood, he would make a fire. Should the men come, it would be necessary to give them something to drink. Should we receive our letters, we would not read them until to- morrow. Si el pudiese (or pudiera), e'l quer- ria (or quisiera). Yo iria (or fuera), si tuviese (or tuviera) tiempo. Si el supiese (or supiera) lo que Vd. ha hecho, le regaiiaria (or rega- hara). Si hubiese (or hubiera) leQa, el haria (or hiciera) fuego. Si viniesen (or vinieran) los hom- bres, seria (or fuera) menester darles algo de beber. Si recibiesemos (or recibie'ramos) nuestras cartas, no las leeriamoa (or leye'ramos) hasta maiiana. Exercise No. 127. "Would you come to see me of tener if I were iu the .;ity ? If you were in the city I would come to see you every day. What would you buy if you had a great deal of money ? If I had the money you would know it. Would you love me if 210 THE SPANISH TEACHER. I were a cousin of yours? If you were my cousin, perhaps I would love you a great deal. Would you take me to the country if the weather was not so bad? If it were fine weather, I would certainly take you whenever (adonde) you liked. Would you bring your brother along with you were he well ? If he were well I would bring him along with me. Would you come with us were you not busy? If I were not so busy, I would go with you with the greatest (mayor) pleasure. Would you go to bed were you sleepy? If I were sleepy, I would without doubt go to bed. Would you warm yourself were you cold ? If I were cold I would like to warm myself. Would you translate a letter into Spanish for me, if I should ask -you? I would do it with the greatest pleasure. Would you go to the opera if my cousin would go ? I should tell you, if she would go. Would you study your Spanish lesson better than you do, had you not some other lessons to study? If I had but the Spanish to study, I would certainly learn it better, for I like it (me gusta) very much. Exercise No. 128. Would this trunk hold all my clothes (ropa) were it a little larger ? I think it would (que cabria). Would you tell me all that you wish were you alone with me ? I would (Si, Seftor). Would you have done what I told you if you had had time ? I would certainly have done it, but you know that I have had no time. Would you do it if you could ? If I could, I would do it with great pleasure. Would you put on (Se pondria Vd.) your new hat to-day, if it were finished ? If it were finished, I should put it on to- morrow. Would your sister go out to-day if it were fine weather ? I believe she would not go out even if it wero the finest weather. Would it be worth the trouble ( Valdria la pena) to go to school (la escuela) to-day if it were fine weather ? It would certainly be worth the trouble, because to-morrow you would be worth more than (de lo que) you are (worth) to-day. Would you come to see me every other day, if I were at home ? If I were certain always to PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 211 meet you at home, I would come and see you, not every other day, because I am now more busy than formerly, but I would come as often as I could. Exercise No. 129. If I accepted (aceptar) this proposition, woald I be blamed ? You would be blamed if you accepted it. Would he have answered my letter if he had received it in time (a tiempo) ? He would have answered it. Would he arrive in time if he had started ( partir) an hour ago ? He would arrive in time. Would your uncle finish his house if he had the means (los medio*) ? He would finish it if he were richer than he is. Would you sit down if you had time ? I would sit down with great pleasure, if I had time. Would you buy these books if you wanted them ? I should buy them if I wanted them. Would you dance with your cousin if you were not engaged (comprometer) ? If I were not engaged I would dance with him, if he wished. Would you read a little if you had time ? If I had time I would read a little ; but my teacher of music (maestro de musica) will come at ten o'clock, and I have not yet prepared my lesson, so that I have not a single moment to spare (un nolo momento que perder). Exercise No. 130. give an answer to the following questions i I Que me daria Vd. si yo le dijese un secreto ? £ Que comprariamos si tuviesemos dinero ? ,? Saldrian Vds. hoy si hiciera buen tiempo ? <; Seria mas amable su amigo de Vd. si fuera muy rico ? £ Me haria Vd. una visita si yo se lo supHcase? £ Haria Vd. una partida al ajedrez con su pri- rao de Vd., si el supiera jugar ? ,; Tocaria Vd. el piano si su prima de Vd. se lo pidiera ? £ Bailaria conmigo su hija de Vd. si yo la invitara ? £ Comeria Vd. hoy con nosotros si se lo suplicaramos ? Si yo le hiciese a Vd. una proposicion, 212 THE SPANISH TEACHER. I la aceptaria Vd. ? £ Estudiaria Vd. si yo estudiara ? ^Estaria Vd. en casa si no lloviese? jlria Vd. a la Habaua si yo fuese ? £ Irian al concierto sus primas de Vd. si Vds. fuesen ? £ Querria Vd. a mi hermanito si fuese bueno y estudioso ? £ Me haria Vd. un favor si yo se le pidiera ? Exercise No. 131. Cierto sujeto que se habia casado con una muda, se canso de vivir condenado a perpetuo silencio, y acudio a un medico para que procurase restituirla el uso de la lengua. Tuvo la mujer la felicidad de recobrarle ; y de tal suerte se daba priesa a desquitarse del tiempo de su mudez. que hablaba, como suele decirse, hasta por los codos. Cansado el marido de tanta cliarla, volvio al facultativo a suplicarle que emplease en enmudecer a su mujer la misma habilidad que habia manifestado para hacerla hablar. " Esta en mi mano," le contesto el medico, " liacer hablar a una mujer ; pero se necesita mucha mayor ciencia para hacerla callar. Solo encuentro un remedio, calmante a lo menos, que es dejar a Vd. sordo." FOUTY-SIXTH LESSON. CONDITIONAL, OR POTENTIAL PAST. This is formed from the Present of the Conditional of the Auxiliary, and the Past Participle of the verb to be conjugated. I should have, We should have. You would have (Sing, and Plur). He would have, They would have. Thou wouldst have. Yo habria, Habriamos. Vd. habria, Yds. habrian. El habria, Ellos habrian. Tii habrias. SPOKEN. HABLADO. 1 should have, We should have. You would have (Sing, and Plur). He would have. They would have. Thou wouldst have. Yo habria, Habriamos. Vd. habria, Vds. habrian. El habria, Ellos habrian. Tii habrias. m PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 213 DEPAKTED. If I had received my money, I would have bought new shoes. If you had risen early, you would not have caught cold. If they had got rid of their old horse, they would have procured a better one. If he had washed his hands, he would have wiped them. If I knew (if I had known) that, I would have behaved differently. If thou hadst taken notice of that, thou wouldst not have been mis- taken. paetido. Si yo hubiera (or hubiese) reeibido mi dmero, habria comprado za- patos nuevos. Si Vd. se hubiera levantado tern- prano, no se habria resfriado. Si se hubieran deshecho de su ca- ballo viejo, habrian conseguido otro mejor. Si dl se hubiera lavado las manos, se las habria enjugado. Si yo hubiera sabido eso, me habria comportado de otro modo. Si hubieras advertido eso, no te ha- brias equivocado. Would you learn Spanish, if I learn- ed if? I would learn it, if you learned it. Would you have learned German, if 1 had learned it ? I would have learned it, if you had learned it. Would you go to France, if I went thither with you ? I would go if you went with me. Would you have gone to Germany, if I had gone with you ? Would you go out if I remained at home? I would remain at home if you went out. Would you have written a letter, if I had written a note ? There is my boot. Here is my book. There it is. There they are. Here I am. That is the reason why. Therefore I say so. I Aprenderia Vd. el espafioL si yo lo aprendiera ? Yo lo aprenderia si Vd. lo apren- diera. I Habria Vd. aprendido el alemau si yo lo hubiera aprendido ? Yo lo habria aprendido, si Vd. lo hubiese aprendido. I Iria Vd. a Francia, si yo fuese con Vd.? Yo iria si Vd. fuera conmigo. I Habria Vd. ido a Alemania, si yo hubiera ido con Vd. ? I Saldria Vd. si yo me quedara en casa ? Yo me quedaria en casa si Vd. sa- liera. I Habria Vd. escrito una carta, si yo hubiera escrito una esquela ? Alii esta mi libro. Alii tiene Vd. mi libro. He' alii mi libro. Aqui esta mi hbro. Aqui tiene Vd. mi hbro. He aqui mi libro. Alii esta. Alii lo tiene Vd. Heloalli. Alliestan. Alii lo tiene Vd. He'losalli Aqui estoy. Aqui me tiene Vd. He'teme aqui. Esta (or esa) es la razon por que'. He aqui (or ahi) la razon por que. Por eso (or por tanto) lo digo. 214 THE SPANISH TEACHER. My feet are cold. His feet are cold. Her bauds are cold. My body is cold. My bead hurts me. I have tbe headacbe. Her arm hurts her. He has a pain iu his aide. Her tongue hurts her very much. The son-in-law. The step-son. The daughter-in-law. The step-daughter. The father-in-law. The step-father. The mother-in-law. The step-mother. The sister-in-law. The brother-in-law. Tbe progress. To improve in learning. Tbe progress of a malady. A plate. f Tengo los pies frioa f Tiene los pies frios. f Tiene las manos frias. f Tengo el cuerpo frio. t Me duele la cabeza. f Tengo dolor de cabeza. f Le duele el brazo. t Tiene dolor de costado. f Le duele mucho la lengua. El yerno, or hijo politico. El bijastro, or entenado. La nuera, or hija politica. La hijastra, or entenada. El suegro, or padre politico. El padrastro. La suegra, or madre politica. La madrastra. La cufiada, or hermana politica. El cufiado, or bermano politico. El progreso. Adelantar en los estudios. Los progresos de una enfermedad Un plato. Exercise No. 132. Who is there ? It is I (Soy yo). Who are those men ? They are foreigners who wish to speak to yon. Of what country are they? They are Americans. Where is my book ? There it is. And my pen ? Here it is. Where is your sister ? There she is. Where are our cousins (fern.) ? There they are. Where are you, John (Juan) ? Here I am. Why do your children live in Spain ? They wish to learn Spanish ; that is the reason why they live in Spain. Why do you sit near the fire ? My hands and feet are cold ; that is the reason why I sit near the fire. Are your sister's hands Cold ? No ; but her feet are cold. What is the mat- ter with your aunt? Her arm hurts her. Is there any thing the matter with you ? My head hurts me. What ia the matter with that woman ? Her tongue hurts her very much. Why do you not eat ? I shall not eat before (sin) I have a good appetite. Has your sister a good appetite ? PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 215 She has a very good appetite ; that is the reason why she eats so much. If you have read the books which I have lent you, why do you not return them to me ? I intend reading them once more (volverios a leer) ; that is the rea- son why I have not returned them to you ; but I will return them to you as soon as I have read them a second time (haya leido otra vez). Why have you not brought my shoes? They were not made, therefore I did not bring them ; but I bring them to you now ; here they are. Why has your daughter not written her exercises ? She has taken a walk with her companion (fern.), that is the reason why she has not written them ; but she promises to write them to-mor- row, if you do not scold her. Exercise No. 133. Would you have money if your father were here ? I should have some if he were here. Would you be pleased if I had some books ? I should be much pleased if you had some. Would you praise my little brother if he were good ? If he were good I should certainly praise him. Would my sister be praised if she were not assiduous ? She would certainly not be praised if she were not assiduous and good. Would you give me someifciing if I were very good ? If you were very good, and if you worked well, I would give you a fine book. Would you write to your sister if you were in Paris? I would write to her, and send her something handsome, if I were there. Would you speak if I listened to you ? I would speak if you listened to me and if you would answer me. Would you have spoken to my mother if you had seen her ? I would have spoken to her. and have begged of her to send you a handsome gold watch, if I had seen her. Exercise No. 134. One of the valets-de-chambre (ayuda de cdmara) of Louis XIV. requested that prince, as he was going to bed (a/ 216 THE SPANISH TEACHER. tiempo que el se xba a la cama), to recommend to the first Pre- sident a lawsuit (un pleito) which he had against (contra) his father-in-law : and, in urging him (urjiendole) , said : " Ah, Sire (Ah, Seilor), you ( Vuestra Majedad) have but to say one word." "Well," said Louis XIV., "it is not that which embarrasses me (me embaraza); but tell me, if thou wert in thy father-in law's place, and thy father-in-law in thine, wouldst thou be glad (te alegrarias) if I said that word ? If the men should come, it would be necessary to give them something to drink. If he could do this, he would do that. I have always flattered myself (me he lisonjeado), my dear brother, that you loved me as much as I love you; but I now see that I have been mistaken. I should like to know why you went walking without me. I have heard, my dear sister, that you are angry (edda enfadada) with me, because I went walking without you. I assure you that, had I known you were not ill, I should have come for you ; but I inquired at your physician's about your health, and he told me that you had been keeping your bed the last eight days (habias edado en cama durante ocho dias). Exercise No. 135. A French oflfoer having arrived at the court of Vienna,, the Empress Theresa asked him (la emperatriz Teresa le pre- guntb) if he believed that the Princess of N., whom he had seen the day before (el dia anterior), was really the hand- somest woman in the world (delmundo), as was said. " Ma- dam," replied (replied) the officer, "I thought so yesterday." How do you like that meat? I like it very well. May I ask you for a piece (Paedo tomarme la libertad de pedir a Vd. un poco) of that fish? If you will have the goodness to pass me your plate, I will give you some (le pondre a Vd.) Would you have the goodness to pour me out something to drink (echarme de beber) ? W T ith much pleasure. Cicero seeing his son-in-law, who was very short, arrive with a long sword (que era may pequeKo, venir con una espada larga) at his side (a la cinla), exclaimed : " Who has fasten- ed (atado) my son-in-law to that sword?" PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 217 FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON. The Present Participle in Spanish is formed from the Infinitive, by changing, for the first conjugation, the termination ar into ando; and for the two others, er and ir into iendo. Ex. : To speak, — speaking. To sell, — selling. To write, — writing. 1. Hablar, — hs.bla.ndo. 2. Vender, — vendiendo. 3. Escribir, — escvibiendo. The above rule holds good for all Verbs, whether regular or irregular. There are, however, some exceptions, which are confined to some Verbs of the 2d and 3d conjugations. To attract, — attracting. To believe, — believing. To gnaw, — gnawing. To hear, — hearing. To flee, — fleeing. To ai-gue, — arguing. To distinguish, —distinguishing. To laugh, — laughing. Atraer, — atrayendo. Creer, — cieyendo. Roer, — xoyendo. Oir, — oyendo. Huir, — huyendo. Argiiir, — nrgayendo. Distinguir, — distinguiendo. Reir, — r iendo. Verbs of the 3d conjugation having an e in the last syllable but one, change the e into i before taking the termination iendo. Ex. : To say, — saying. To follow,— following. To amuse, — amusing. Decir, — diciendo. Seguir, — siguie?ido. Divertir, — divirtiendo. The four following Verbs change o into u, to take the termination of the Present Participle : To be able,— being able. To sleep,— sleeping. To die,— dying. To rot, — rotting. Poder, — pudiendo. Dormir, - - durmierafo. Morir, — muriendo. Podir, — pudrierafo. It is to be observed that the Present Participle is not so often used in Spanish as in English ; for, whenever it is used in English after a Preposition, it is rendered in Spanish by the present of the Iufinitive(l). Moreover, it is often substituted by the Infinitive with one of the Pre- positions con or en. Ex. : I. pass my time in reading. I gain nothing by going there. Paso el tiempo en leer (leyendo). Nada gano con ir (yendo) alia. 1. Excepting only the Preposition en (in), when it has the meaning of cuando (when), as in the following instances : En casdndose (cuando se case) sera masfeliz, when she gets married she will be happier ; En yendo (cuando vaya) a su casa, le hablare, when I go to his house, I will speak to him. 218 THE SPANISH TEACHER. > The Article, preceded by the Preposition d, is used before an Infini- tive, when "tiempo de" (time of) is understood. Ex. : At (the time of) arriving at my house. In going out of the church. Upon opening the door. Al llegar a mi casa. Al salir de la iglesia. Al abrir la puerta. Yet the Present Participle is used when an agent performs two tions at the same time. Ex. : He learns while teaching. I correct while reading. It instructs while delighting. El aprende ensefiando (1). Corrijo leyendo (or mie'ntras leo). Instruye deleitando. When a certain continuation or succession of time is to be expressed, the Present Participle is made use of with the Verb estar, and some- times with ir. Ex. : I am writing. Are you reading ? He is telling me his misfortunes. He is gathering flowers in the gar- den. She was crying all day. Her grief is consuming her by de- grees. You are thinking. What were you doing when I ar- rived? I was dining. To QUESTTOH, The cravat. The carriage. The family. The promise. The leg. The sore throat. I have a sore throat. The meat. Estoy escribiendo. j Esta Vd. leyendo ? Me esta contando sus desgracias. Esta cojiendo flores en el jardin. Estuvo Uorando todo el dia. Su dolor la va consumiendo gra- duahneDte, or por grados. Vd. esta pensando. I Que estaba Vd. haciendo cuando yo llegue' ? Estaba comiendo, or comia. Peeguntae. La corbata. El carruaje. La familia. La promesa. La pierna. El mal de garganta. Tengo mal de garganta. f Tengo la garganta mala. La came. ' 1. While is expressed by mie'ntras or entreianto ; but we cannot say El aprende mienlras ensehando, for if we make use of mi/.niras, the Verb which follows must be in the Infinitive, unless the verb Estar is used before the Present Participle : El aprende mi£nlra>s enseia, or widntras esta ensenando. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 219 The salt meat. The fresh meat. Cool water. The food, the victuals. The dish (mess). Milk food. The traveller. Carne salada. Carne fresca. Agua fresca. El alimento, la comida. El plato. Lacticinios. El viajero, or viajante. To MARCH. To WALK. To STEP. I CAMINAR. AnDAE. * I>AR* UN PASO. I have walked a good deal to-day. | Hoy he caminado muchisimo. Caminar or Andar must not be mistaken for Pasear. The former means to walk ; and the latter, to walk for pleasure. He estado paseando con mi madre I have been walking in the garden with my mother. To walk, to travel a league, two leagues. To walk a step. To take a step (meaning, to take measures). To go on a journey. To make a speech. A piece of business, an affair. To transact business. TO MEDDLE WITH SOMETHING. -j What are you meddling with *? I am meddling with my own busi- That man always meddles with other people's business. I do not meddle with other people's business. Others. Other people. He employs himself in painting. •) The art of painting. -j Chemistry. The chemist. The art Strange. Surprising. It is strange. en el jar din. Caminar (andar or hacer) una legua, dos leguas. Dar* un paso. j Tomar sus medidas or providea- cias. f Hacer un viaje. f Salir a un viaje. Hacer un discurso. Un negocio, un asunto. Hacer negocios. Meterse. mezclarse or entro- METERSE EN ALGUNA COSA. I En que se mete or mezcla Vd. ? Me mezclo en mis propios asuntos. Ese hombre se mezcla siempre en los asuntos de otros or ajenoB. No me mezclo en los asuntos ajenos. Otros. Otra jente. f Trabaja de pintor. El se ocupa en la pintura. El arte de la pintura. La pintura. La quimica. El quimico. El arte. Estrauo. Singular. Sorprendente. Es estraiio. TO EMPLOY ONE'S-SELF IN. EmPLEAESE (Or OCUPARSE) THE SPANISH TEACHER. To CONCERN SOME ONE. TO LOOK AT SOME ONE. I do not like to meddle with things that do not concern me. To concern one's-self about some- thing. To trouble one's head about some- thing. TOCAR, CoNCERNIR, ImPORTAR, In- TERESAR, INCUMBIR, PeRTENECER. MlRAR A ALGUNO. No me gusta mezclarme en las cosas que no me conciernen (or tocan). Molestarse por (or de) al'guna cosa. Inquietarse por (or de) alguna cosa. To ATTRACT. Loadstone attracts iron. Her singing attracts me. To charm. To enchant. I am charmed with it The beauty. The harmony. The voice. The power. Atraer*. El iman atrae el hierro. Su canto me atrae. Encantar. Hechizar. Embelesar. Estoy encantado de ello (or con ello). La hermosura. La armonia. La voz. El poder. To repeat. The repetition. The commencement, the beginning. The wisdom. Study. The Lord. A good memory. A memorandum. The nightingale. All beginnings are difficult To create. Creation. The Creator. The benefit. The benefactor. The fear of the Lord. Heaven. Earth. Solitude. The lesson. The goodness. Floixr, meat The mill. Kepetib. La repeticion. El principio. La sabiduria, el saber. El estudio. El Senor. Una buena memoria. Memoranda, nota, apunte. El ruisefior. Todos los principios son diffcilea. Cbear. Criap La creacion. El Creador. El beneficio. El bienhechor, or benefactor. El temor de Dios, or del Sefior, El cielo. La tierra. La soledad. La leccion. La bondad. La harina. El molino. » h> PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 221 Exercise No. 136. Will you dine with us to to-day ? With much pleasure. What have you for dinner ? We have good soup, some fresh and salt meat, and some milk food. Do you like milk food ? I like it better than any other food. Are you ready to dine ? I am ready. Do you intend to set out soon ? I intend setting out next week. Do you travel alone (solo) f No, Madam, I travel with my uncle. Do you travel on foot or in a carriage ? We travel in a carriage. Did you meet any one in your last journey to Berlin ? We met many travellers. How do you intend to spend your time this summer ? I intend to take a short journey. Did you walk much in your last journey ? No ; I like much to walk, but my uncle likes to go in a carriage. Did he not wish to walk ? He wished to walk at first, but got into the coach after having walked a little, so that I did not walk much. What have you been doing at school to-day? We have been listening to our professor. What did he say? He made a long speech on the goodness of God. After saying, " Repetition is the mother of studies, and a good memory is a great benefit of God," he said, " God is the Creator of Heaven and earth ; the fear of the Lord is the beginning of all wisdom." What are you doing all day in this garden ? I am walking in it. What is there in it that attracts you ? The singing of the birds attracts me. Are there any night- ingales in it ? There are, and the harmony of their singing enchants me. Have those nightingales more power over (sobre) you than the beauties of painting, or the voice of your tender (tierna) mother so much ? I confess that the harmony of the singing of those little birds has- more power over me than the most tender words of my dearest friends. Exercise No. 137. What does your niece amuse herself with in her solitude ? She reads a good deal, and writes letters to her mother. What does your uncle amuse himself with in his solitude ? He employs himself in painting and chemistry. Does he no 222 THE SPANISH TEACHER. longer do any business ? He no longer does any, for lift ig too old. Why does he meddle with your business ? He does not generally (jeneralmeate) meddle with other people's business ; but he meddles with mine because he loves me. Has your master made you repeat your lesson to-day ? H made me repeat it. Did you know it ? I knew it pretty well. Have you also written your exercises ? I have written some ; but what is that to you, I beg (sir vase Vd. decirme que le importa eso a Vd.) ? I do not generally meddle with things that do not concern me, but I love you so much that I concern myself much about what you are doing. Does any one trouble his head about you ? No one troubles his head about me, for I am not worth the trouble. "Who corrects your exercises ? My master corrects them. How does he correct them ? He corrects them in reading them, and in reading them he speaks to me. How many things does your master do at the same time (a la vez) ? He does four things at the same time. How so ( Ccmo) ? He reads and corrects my exercises, speaks to me and ques- tions me, all at once (todo a la vez). Does your sister sing while dancing ? She sings while working, but she cannot sing while dancing. Has your mother left ? She has not left yet. When will she set out ? She will set out to- morrow evening. At what o'clock ? At a quarter to seven. Have your sisters arrived ? They have not arrived yet ; but we expect them this evening. Will they spend the evening with us ? They will spend it with us, for they have promised me to do so. Where have you spent the morning ? I have spent it in the country. Do you go every morning to the country ? I do not go every morning, but I go twice a week. Why has your niece not called upon me ( venido a verme) f She is very ill, and has spent the whoje day in her room. Exercise No. 138. Pedaretes, no habiendo tenido el honor de ser escojido por uno de los trescientos que tenian cierto rango de distincion en la ciudad, volvio a su casa muy contento y alegre, did' ^^ PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 223 endo que estaba lleno de gozo porque Esparta habia hallado trescientos hombres mejores que el. Alejandro el Grande, rey de Macedonia, habiendo vencido a Dario, rey de Persia, tomo un gran numero de prisioneros, y entre otros la mujer y la madre de Dario. Segun las leyes de la guerra de aquel tiempo, podia haberlas hecho esclavas ; pero tenia un alma demasiado elevada para abu- sar de la victoria : el por lo tanto las trato como a reinas, y les mostro las mismas atenciones y respeto que si hubiera sido su vasallo : lo que habiendo llegado a oidos de Dario, dijo este, que Alejandro habia merecido ser victorioso, y era el unico digno de reinar en su lugar. La virtud y grandeza de alma compelen a prestar alabanzas aun a los mismos enemigos. Julio Cesar, primer emperador de los romanos, estaba tambien poseido de un grado eminente de humanidad y grandeza de alma. Despues de haber vencido al granPom- peyo en la batalla de Farsalia, perdon6 a todos aquellos que, segun las leyes de la guerra que entonces rejian, podia haber condenado a muerte ; y no solo les concedio la vida, sino que tambien les devolvio sus bienes y honores. Con cuyo motivo Ciceron, en una de sus oraciones, hace esta bella observacion hablando a Julio Cesar : La fortuna no podia hacer mas por ti, que darte el poder de perdonar tarda jente ; ni la naturaleza seruirte mejor, que dandote la voluntad de hacerlo. Se ve por estos ejemplos cuanta gloria y ala- banzas se ganan obrando bien ; ademas del placer que se siente interiormente, y que escede a todos los demas. Preguntado {for Habiendo sido preguntado) Caton, i por que, habiendo merecido bien de la patria, no le habian eriji- do estatuas ? " Quiero mas," respondio, " que me hagan esa pregunta, que si me preguntaran por que me las habian erijido." 224 THE SPANISH TEACHER. FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON. HOW LONG ? Till. Until. Till twelve o'clock. Till noon. Till to-morrow. Till the day after to-morrow. Till Sunday. Till Monday. Till this evening. Till evening. Until morning. Until the next day. Until that day. Until that moment. Till now. Hitherto. Till then or that time. Then. Till I return. Till my brother's return. Till my brother returns. Till four o'clock in the morning. Till midnight Till twelve o'clock at night. The return or coming back. I CuANTO TISMPO } I Hasta cuando ? ,; Hasma que hoba ? Hasta. Hasta las doce. Hasta el medio dia. Hasta manana. Hasta pasado manana. Hasta el domingo. Hasta el limes. Hasta esta noche. Hasta la noche. Hasta la manana. Hasta el dia siguiente. Hasta aquel dia. Hasta aquel momento. Hasta ahora. Hasta aquf. Hasta ent6nces. Entonces. Hasta que vuelva. Hasta mi vuelta. Hasta la vuelta de mi hermano. Hasta que vuelva mi hermano. Hasta las cuatro de la manana. Hasta media noche. Hasta las doce de la noche. La vuelta. How long did you remain at my father's house ? I remained till eleven o'clock. It is. . . They (the people). It is said (that is, people say). I Hasta que* hora se estuvo (or que- do) Vd. en casa de mi padre ? Me estuve (or quede") hasta las onco. Se . . . (or, a verb in the third person). Se dice or dicen. When it is not determined whether it is one or many persons who perform the action represented by the verb, the reciprocal pronoun ia generally used in Spanish. Ex. : It is said that only the Americans have been able to take the castle of San Juan de Uliia. Se dice que solamente los Ameri- canos han podido tomar el caa- tillo de San Juan de Ulua. But they is sometimes used without determining whether it modifies a masculine or feminine noun. In such a case we put the verb in the PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 225 third person plural, which has the same import as they in English ; but we do n jt express the pronoun. Ex. : They say that the \merican Union will, in a short time, be the most powerful nation on the earth. Have they brought my hat ? They have brought it. They have not brought it. What have they said ? They have not said any thing. They have said nothing. What have they done ? They have not done any thing. They have done nothing. TO BE WILLING (WISH)— BEEN WILLING (WISHED). Have they been willing to mend my coat? They have not been willing to mend it. Have they been willing to mend my coats? They have been willing to mend them. To BE ABLE (CAN)— BEEN ABLE i (COULD). J Have they been able to find the book? They could not find it. It could not be found. Can they find it ? Can it be found ? They cannot find it. It cannot be found. Can they do what they wish ? They do what they can, but not what they wish. Dicen que, en poco tiempo, sera la Union americana la nacion niaa poderosa de la tierra. I Han traido mi sombrero ? Lo han traido. No lo han traido. ,i Que* han dicho ? No han dicho nada. Nada han dicho. I Que hail hecho ? No han hecho nada. Nada han hecho. QuERER* — QUERIDO. I Han querido componer mi rasa. ca? No han querido componerla. I Han querido componer mis cas? Han querido componerlas. Poder* — PODIDO. ,; Han podido hallar el libro ? No han podido hallarlo. No lo han podido hallar. No se ha podido hallar. No ha podido hallarse. I Pueden hallarlo ? ^Lo pueden hallar ? I Se puede hallar ? 1 Puede hallar.se ? No pueden hallarlo. No lo pueden hallar. No se puede hallar. No puede hallarse. i Pueden hacer lo que quieren Hacen lo que pueden, pero no lo qut quieren. 226 THE SPANISH TEACHER. What do they say ? What do they say now ? They say nothing now. Something new. Any thing new. Nothing new. Not any thing new. Do they believe that ? They do not believe it. Do they speak of that ? They do speak of it. They do not speak of it. To brush. The brush. I Que' dicen ? I Que' se dice ? I Que dicen de nuevo ? I Que* se dice de nuevo ? No dicen. nada de nuevo. No se dice nada de nuevo. Nada dicen de nuevo. Nada .se dice de nuevo. Algo de nuevo. Nada de nuevo. I Oreen eso ? 1 Se cree eso ? No lo creen. No se cree. ,; llablan de eso ? j Se habla de eso! Hablan de ello. £e ZiaWa de ello ? No hablan de ello. No se ftafr/a de ello. Acepillar. El cepillo. Exercise No. 139. How long have you been writing ? I have been writing until midnight. How long have I been working? You have been working until four o'clock in the morning. How long did my brother remain with you? He remained with me until evening. How long hast thou been working ? I have been working until now. Hast thou still long to write ? I have to write till the day after to-morrow. Has the physician still long to work ? He has to work till to- morrow. Am I to remain here long ? You are to remain here till Sunday. Is my brother to remain long with you ? He is to remain with us till Monday. How long are we to work ? You are to work till the day after to-morrow. Have you still long to speak? I have still an hour to speak. Did you speak long ? I spoke till the next day. Did you remain long in my counting-house ? I remained there until this moment. Have you still long to live at the Frenchman's house ? I have still long to live at his house. How long have you to remain at his house ? Till Tuesday. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 227 Has the servant brushed my clothes? He has brushed them. Has he swept the room ? He has swept it. How long did he remain here ? Till noon (el medio dia). Does your friend still live with you ? He lives with me no longer. How long did he live with you ? He lived with me only a year. How long did you remain at the ball ? I remained there till midnight. How long did you remain in the ship ? I remained an hour. Have you remained in the garden till now ? I have remained there till now. Exercise No. 140. What do you do in the morning ? I read. And what do you do then (despues) ? I breakfast and study. Do you breakfast before you read? No, Sir ; I read before I break- fast. Dost thou play instead of studying? I study in- stead of playing. Does thy brother go to the play instead of going into the garden ? He goes neither to the play nor into the garden. What do you do in the evening ? I study. What hast thou done this evening ? I have brush- ed your clothes, and (have) gone to the theatre. Didst thou remain long at the theatre ? I remained there but a few minutes. Are you willing to wait here ? How long am I to wait here ? You are to wait till my father returns. Has any body come ? Somebody has come. What did they want ? They wanted to speak to you. Would they not wait? They would not wait. Have you waited for me long ? I have waited for you two hours. Have you been able to read my note ? I have been able to read it. Have you understood it ? I have understood it. Have you shown it to any body ? I have shown it to nobody. Have they brought my fine clothes ? They have not brought them yet. Have they swept my room and brushed my clothes ? They have done both (lo uno y lo otro, or dmbas cosas. ) What have they said? They have said nothing What have they done ? They have done nothing. Has your little brother been spelling? He has not been willing to spell. Has the merchant's boy been willing to work ? He has not been willing. What has he been willing to do ? He has not been willing to do any thing. 228 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Exercise No. 141. Has any thing been lost ? Nothing has been lost. Is it known who has been elected ? It is not yet known with certainty (con cerleza, or de cierto), but it is said that your father will be elected. Do they think so ? Almost every- body does. Has any thing been found out about that af- fair ? Nothing has been found out yet. Do they say any thing about it ? There is a little said in the papers, but nobody believes any thing of what they say. Where is your book sold ? It is sold at every bookstore in (de) the city. Does it sell well ? They say it sells very well. They say it is very dear (caro). It cannot be sold cheaper (mas barato). They sell everything cheap in this country (pais). If your book were a little cheaper, many more would be sold. That cannot be doubted. By the by, be pleased to be seated and tell me what language is spoken in Mexico, South America, and the West Indies (Anlillas). The Span- ish language is spoken in all those countries. What lan- guage is spoken in your country? The English is the only one spoken in my country. And in your country, what language is spoken there? In my country all lan- guages are spoken. How is that word pronounced ? It is pronounced thus .... How is it spelled (se escribe) ? It is spelled thus .... Is your work published ? It has not yet been printed, that is the reason why it has not yet been published. Can you lend me your Spanish Gram- mar ? I cannot lend it to you. Will you give those flow- ers to my children ? I will give them to them with great pleasure. Will you send your umbrella to my brother ? I have sent it to him already. How many houses have been burnt down ? It is believed that more than (de) six have been burnt down. Who has told you that ? Your servant has told it to me. Has he told it to you ? He has told it to me. Will you tell it to my sons ? I will tell it to them. Have you told it to your cousin? I have not told it to him yet, but I will (tell it to him). Have you told it to your brother ? I have not told it to him, because he told it to me. Who has told it to your friend ? I have told it to him. You did not tell it to me. No ; but I tell it to you now. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 229 Exercise No. 142. los dos amigos. Dos amigos que hacia mucho tiempo que no se veian, se encontraron por casualidad {by chance). pens to me. Moreover the Subjunctive is employed after the impersonals already mentioned, when they are used with a pronoun, but when the pronoun is not expressed or otherwise understood, the verb is put in the present of the Infinitive. Ex. Es necesario, lastima, justo, or conveniente que Vd. lo haga. Es necesario, lastima, etc., hacerlo. Farther, the Subjunctive is used after the following conjunctions, which are the only ones, after which it is always indispensably used. It is necessary, a pity, just, or proper for you to (or that you should) do it. It is necessary, a pity, etc., to do it. Con tal que, provided. A menosque, ) ^ Q ^ A no ser que, J Para que, ) th t { d ft t A fin deque, j ' Ora, ya or j whether Sea que, Men sea que, \ For temer de que, (for fear that No sea que, J or lest that. Antes que, before. No porque, not because, etc. Quiera Dios que, \ would to God Ojalu que, J that, etc. En caso que, in case, etc. Sin que, without. Puede ser que, it may be that, etc. Quienquiera que, whoever. Gualquiera que, whichsoever. Nadie que, nobody who. Por (grande or any other adjective) que, however. Por mas (an adjective) que, how- ever, etc. Sea el (la or lo)que, ] fuere ( Sea de ello lo que, [ or ) Oomo quiera que, ) sea, ( ?itas it may. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 237 Exercise No. 146. give an answer to the following questions ! I Quiere Vd. que yo vuelva hoy, 6 manana ? j Que le a^onseja a Vd. su maestro que estudie ? £ Que desea Vd. que yo le diga a mi hermano ? h*e cle bien. 246 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Although that man is not very well, he notwithstanding works a great deal. Although that woman is not very pretty, still she is very amiable. Although that mau has not the least talent, yet for all that he boasts a great deal. I received your letter on the fifth. On the sixth. Aunque ese hcmbre no este* muy bueno, no deja de trabajar mu- chisimo. Aunque esa mujer no sea muy bo- nita, con todo es muy amable. Aunque ese hombre no tenga el meuor talento, no deja de jactarse muchisimo de e'l. Recibi su carta de Vd. el cinco. El seis. To GO BACK, TO RETURN. YOLVEB. The top. The bottom. Up to the top. From top to bottom. The eldest brother. The eldest sister. He is the eldest. El tope. La cima. Lo alto. La CUMBRE. El pie. El fondo. Lo bajo. Hasta el tope. Hasta arriba. De arriba abajo. El hermano mayor. La hermana mayor. El es el mayor. To APPEAR, TO SEEM. I appear, thou appearest, he ap- pears. To KEEP, TO MAINTAIN. •? My keeping or maintenance. My keeping costs me six hundred dollars a year. To drive in. To sink. To converse with. A conversation. To spare. Spare your money. To get tired. To be tired. To handle. To lean against. Lean against me. Lean against the wall. Pareceb. Yo parezco, tii pareces, e'l parece. Tener. Conservar. Mantener, Sostener. Mi mantenimiento or manuten- cion. Mis gastos. Mis gastos ascienden a seiscientoa pesos al afio. Clavar. Hundir. Conversar con. Una conversacion. Ahorrar. Economizar. Ahorre or economize Vd. su dinero Cansarse. Estar cansado. Mauejar. Apoyarse. Reclinarse. Recostarse. llecue'stese Vd. sobre mi. Apoyese Vd. en la pared. PRACTICAL EXEECISES. 247 To AIM AT. Short. To stop short. Virtue is amiable. Vice is odious. Apuntae. Asbstae. Dirijib, Corto. Breve. Pararse. Acortarsa La virtud es amable. El vicio es odioso. The definite article is used in Spanish before substantives taken in a general sense, and in the whole extent of their signification. In sucn instances no article is made use of in English. Ex. : Men are mortal. Gold is precious. Corn is sold at a dollar a bushel. Beef costs sixpence a pound. The horror of vice and the love of virtue are the delights of the wise. Los hombres son mortales. El oro es precioso. El maiz se vende a un peso la fanega. La carne cuesta a medio real la libra. El horror del vicio y el amor de la virtud, son las delicias del sabio. England is a fine country. | Inglaterra es un hermoso pais. The definite article is not used by modern writers before the names of kingdoms, countries, and provinces, especially when preceded by a pre- position. (1.) Italy is the garden of Europe. I shall go to Germany on my return to France. The dog is the friend and compa- nion of man. Italia es el jardin de Europa. Ird a Alemania a mi vuelta da Francia. El perro es el amigo y el companero del hombre. The articles are repeated in Spanish before every substantive, and agree with it in gender and number. Ex. : He ate the bread, meat, apples and cakes, and drank the wine, beer and cider. Beauty, gracefulness, and wit, are valuable endowments when heigh- tened by modesty. El se comi6 el pan, la carne, las manzanas y los dulces ; y se be- bi6 el vino, la cerveza y la sidra. La hermosura, las gracias, y el in- jenio, son dotes apreciables cuan- do estan adornadas de la mo- destia. 1 . El Japan, el Peru, el Canada", la Habana, la Florida, la Barbada, el Ferrol, la Coruna, el Brasil, el Paraguay, are exceptions to the rule. 248 THE SPANISH TEACHER. To be shot. f Ser pasado por las arnuuk To shudder. Aturdir. To take leave. Despedirse To inhabit. Habitar. Inhabitants. Habitantes. A law-suit. Un pleito. Court-house. Casa de los tribunales. Even if. Aunque. Aim cuando. Kingdom. Empire. Reino. Imperio. The West Indies. Las Antillas. The South. El Sur or Mediodfa. England. France. Inglaterra. Francia. Spain. Portugal. Espafia. Portugal. Germany. Holland. Alemania. Holanda. Italy. Poland. Italia Polonia. Russia. Prussia. Rusia. Prusia. Sweden. Switzerland. Suecia. Suiza. The Alps. Los Alpes. The Pyrenees. Los Pirineos. Englishman. Ingles. Frenchman. Frances. Spaniard. EspaiioL Italian. Italiano. Pole. Polaco. Portuguese. Portugues. German. Aleman. Dutchman. Holandes. Russian. Ruso. Prussian. Prusiano. Swede. Sueco. Swiss. Suizo. Mahometans. Mahometanos. Exercise No. 151. Though it should rain (Uover) to-day, the weather will not be cooler. If my father should arrive next Monday I shall certainly relate to him this affair. Should my suit be finished to-morrow, I sball depart immediately. Even when such a thing should have happened (mceder) before he arrives, do not divulge (divulgar) it. Should it not have PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 249 rained to-morrow by ten o'clock, we will find all the plants withered (marchitas). If they should have pronounced the sentence before we reach the court-house, we shall have walked in vain. The general issued an order that all the soldiers who might desert should be shot. If he should not come to-day, I will not wait any longer. If the contract had been made last year, it would be valid (vdlido), and there would be no necessity that another should be made. There are some men who would not shudder, even if the whole world were to perish. By what appellation (nombre) should we distinguish the wretch who should repay with ingratitude the favors received in time of need? What words can express the pity we feel (sentir) for him who has an irresistible desire to do good, and not the means of doing it? Exercise No. 152. Where shall you go next year ? I shall go to England, for it is a fine kingdom where I intend spending the summer on (a) my return from France. Where shall you go in the winter ? I shall go to Italy and thence to the West Indies, but before that I must go to Holland to take leave of my friends. What country do these people inhabit ? They inhabit the south of Europe ; their countries are called Italy, Spain. Portugal, and they themselves are called Italians, Spaniards, or Portuguese, but the people called Russians, Swedes and Poles, inhabit the north of Europe ; and the names of their countries are Russia, Sweden and Poland. France is separated from Italy by the Alps, and from Spain by the Pyrenees. Though the Mahometans are forbidden the use of wine, yet for all that, some of them drink it. Has your brother eaten any thing this morning ? He has eaten a great deal ; though he said he had no appetite, yet for all that he ate all the meat, bread, and vegetables, and drank all the wine, beer and cider. Are eggs dear at present V They are sold at one dollar a hun- dred. Do you like grapes (nvas) ? I do not like grapes only, but also plums, almonds, nuts, and all sorts of fruit 250 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Though modesty, candor, and an amiable disposition are valuable endowments, yet for all that, there are some ladies that are neither modest, candid, nor amiable, The fear of death, and the love of life, being natural to men, they ought to shun {liuir) vice, and practice virtue. FIFTY-THIKD LESSON. OF THE IMPERATIVE. This mood is used in the same manner as in English. It is used to command, exhort, entreat or permit. For the first conjugation it is formed by changing the termination ar, of the Infinitive : 1st Per. 2d 3d. For tho singular into .... a or e (1), e. For the plural into emos, ad or en (2), en. and for the second and third conjugations, by changing er and ir, For the singular into For the plural into Infinitive . Amar*. ama or ame, Temer. teme or tema, Sufrir. sufre or surra, Tu. Vd. 1st Per. amos, 2d. e or a (3), j$ [or an (4), 3d. a. Examples. Imperative. ame, ameraos, tema, temamos, sufra, suframos, El. Nosotros. amaa" or amer?, amen. temed or teman, teman. sufrid" or sufran, sufrara. Vosotbos. Vds. Ellos. Whenever the Imperative is used with a negation, the conjugation ot the same, in all verbs, whether regular or irregular, is exactly alike as that of the Present of the Subjunctive. Look. Let him look. Let us look. Look ye. Let them look. Mira tu. Mire Vd. Mire el. Miremos nosotros. Mirad vosotros. Miren Vds. Miren ellos. 1. According to the pronoun that should be made use of : if it is tu, then, the termination is a, as, ama tu; if it is Usted, the termination should be e, as, ame Vd. 2. Ad is the termination, when using the pronoun vosot.'os, as, amad vosotros ; and en, when using Ustedes, as, amen Vds. 3. The termination e belong to the pronoun tu, as, teme or sufre tu ; and a is used with listed, tema or sufra Vd. 4. Ed and id should be used with the pronoun vosotros, as, ienvil or sufrid vosotros; and the termination an, when using bstedes, as teman or suj'ran Vds % PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 251 Do not look Let us not look. Do not do that. Do not say that. Do not deny that. Let us not deny that. Do not believe that. Do not go. Let us not go. No mires tii. No mire Vd. No mire'is vosotros. No miren Vds. No miremos. No hagas eso. No haga Vd. eso. No hagais eso. No hagan Vds, eso. No digas eso. No diga Vd. eso! No digais eso. No digan Vds. eso. No niegues eso. No niegue Vd. eso. No negudis eso. No nieguen Vds. eso. No neguemos eso. No creas eso. No crea Vd. eeo No creais eso. No crean Vds. eso. No vayas tii. No vaya Vd. No vayais vosotros. No vayan Vds. No vayamos. The reciprocal pronouns which belong to reflective verbs, and the dative and accusative of personal pronouns that precede the verb, must be placed after the imperative and joined to it so as to form a single word when it is affirmative, and precede it when it is negative, each pro- noun being placed separately. Give it to me. Do not give it to me. Send it to him. Do not send it to him. Tell it to me. Do not tell it to me. Return it to him. Do not return it to him. DameZo. ~D6melo Vd. No me lo des. No me lo dd Vd. Envia.sdo. Enviesefo Vd. No se lo envies. No se lo envfe Vd. Dimelo. Dig&melo Vd. No me lo digas. No me lo diga Vd. Devue'lvesefo. Devuelvasafo Vd. No se lo devuelvas. No se lo de- vuelva Vd. The first and second person plural of the Imperative of the reflective verbs, lose the final s and d before the reciprocal pronouns nos and os respectively, when they follow the verb, that is, when it is not used ne- gatively. Ex. : Let us raise ourselves. Arm ye, yourselves. Let us not raise ourselves. Do not arm yourselves. Let us go away. Let us not go away. Levante'monos. Armaos. No nos levantemos. No os arme'is. Vamonos. Vayamonos. (1 ) No nos vayamos. The conjunction and, which in English is used after the verbs to come, to go, and to stay, when another verb follows them, is rendered in Spanish by the preposition d. Ex. : 1. Vayamonos is more grammatical, but vamonos is more in use, with* oat a negative. 252 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Come and dine with me. Go and see him . Stay and sup with us, To borrow. I will borrow some money of you. I will borrow that money of you. Borrow it of him. I borrow it of him. If you want to know the worth of a dollar, ask the loan of it. Patience. Impatience. The neighbor. The snuff-box. Be good. Be good. Be ye good. Know it. Know it. Know ye it. Obey your masters and never cause them any trouble. Pay what you owe, comfort the af- flicted, and do good to those that have offended you. Love God and thy neighbor as thy- self. To obey. To comfort. To offend. Let us always love and practise vir- tue, and we shall be happy both in this life and the next. Ven, or vengaVd. a comer conmigo. Ve, or vaya Vd. d verle. Quddate, or que'dese Vd. & cena* con nosotros. Pedir prestado. Quiero pedir a Vd. prestado algun dinero. Quiero pedir a Vd. prestado esa dinero. Pidaselo Vd. prestado a el. Se lo pido prestado a el. Si quieres saber el valor de un peso, pidelo prestado. Paciencia. Impaciencia. El projimo. La caja de polvo. La tabaquera. Se bueno. Sea Vd. bueno. Sean Vds. buenos. Sed buenos. Sepalo Vd. Sepanlo Vds. Sabedlo vosotros. Obedezca 7d. a sus maestros, y no les cause jamas ninguna molestia. Pague Vd. lo que deba, consuele a los aflijidos, y haga bien a loa que le hayan ofendido. Ama a Dios, y a tu projimo como a ti mismo. Obedecer. Consolar. Amparar. Ofender. Amemos y practiquemos siempre 1» virtud, y seremos dichosos tanto en esta vida como en la otra. To practise. Praotice. Let us see which of us can shoot best. Practicar. Practica. Veamos cual de nosotros sabe tirar mejor. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 253 To express. To express one's self. To make one's self understood. To have the habit. J To accustom . 1 To accustom one's self to some- thing. Children must be early accustomed to labor. To be accustomed to a thing. Espresar. Espresarse. Hacerse entender, or comprender. Tener la costumbre de. . . . Estar acostumbrado. Acostumbrarse. Soler. Acostumbrarse a alguna cosa. A los nifios es menester acostum* brarlos temprano al trabajo. Estar acostumbrado a una cosa. I cannot express myself in English, because I am not in the habit of speaking it. You speak properly. I am afraid of being laughed at. To converse. To talk. To chatter. To prate. A chatterer. A prattler. To permit. To allow. The permission. I permit you to go there. Do good to the poor, have compas- sion on the unfortunate, and God will take care of the rest. To do good. To have compassion on some one. Pity. The rest. If he comes, tell him I am in the garden. Ask the merchant whether he can let me have the horse at the price I have offered him. I read and was told. "What we conceive well, we express clearly. We do not like to see those to whom we are under many obligations. No puedo espresarme en ingles, porque no tengo la costumbre de hablarlo. Vd. habla con propiedad. Tengo miedo de que se rian de mf. Conversar. Charlar. Platicar. Un charlatan. Un hablador. parlanchin. Un Permitir. Conceder. El permiso. Le permito a Vd. que vaya alia. Haga Vd. bien a los pobres, tenga compasion de los desgraciados, y Dios cuidara de lo demas. Hacer bien. Tener compasion, or compadecerse de alguno. Lastima. Lo demas. El resto. Si el viene, digale Vd. que estoy en el jardin. Preguntele Vd. al comerciante si puede venderme el caballo al precio que le he ofrecido. Lei, y me dijeron. Lo que se concibe bien, se espresa con claridad. No nos gusta ver a aquellos a quie- nes debemos muchos favores. 254 THE SPANISH TEACHER. It is from a king (Agesilaus) we have this excellent maxim : ''That a man is great only inasmuch as he is just. To be sad. Be not sad. Sadness. Be not afraid. Do not fear. Pray lend me that. Borrow it of somebody else. To draw a landscape. Tolerably well for so short a time. So, so. You jest. He kept his word. Not quite. That will come in time. He fell asleep. That is nothing. To behave well or badly. Bad behavior or conduct To do harm. To be angry. To natter. Creditors. Debtor. Notwithstanding. However. In spite of that. Besides. Moreover. Further. Just now. You have said it just now. He is gone just now. Tutor. Bitter. Iu short. Strong. Strongly. Since. With all my heart. Added he going away. De un rey (Ajesilao) es de quien tenemos aquella gran maxima : "Que uno no es grande sino en cuanto es justo." Estar triste. No estd Vd. triste. La tristeza. No tenga Vd. miedo. No tema Vd. No tenga Vd. cui- dado. Hagame Vd. el favor de prestarme eso. Pidaselo Vd. prestado a otro. Dibujar un paisaje. Bastante bien para tan corto tiem- po. Asi, asi. f Vd. se chancea. f Cumplio con su palabra. f No del todo. No enteramente. f Eso vendra con el tiempo. } Se quedo dorm i do. f Eso no es natta . >?* no le hace. Comportarse bien 6 mal. Mai proceder. Mala conducta. Hacer daiio. Estar enfadado. Lisonjear. Adular. Acreedores. Deudor. No obstante. Sin embargo. A pesar de eso. Ademas. En este momento. Vd. acaba de decirlo Acaba de irse. Ayo, preceptor. Amai'go. En una palabra. Fuerte. Fuertemente. Ya que. Desde que. f De todo corazon. Aiiadio al irse. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 255 Exercise No. 153. Have patience, my dear friend, and be not sad ; for nothing is gained by sadness ; and impatience makes bad worse. Be not afraid of your creditors ; be sure that they will do you no harm. They will wait if you cannot pay them yet. When will you pay me what you owe me ? A3 soon as I have money I will pay all that you have lent me. I have not forgotten it, for I think of it every day. I am your debtor, and I shall never deny it. What a beautiful inkstand you have there ! pray lend it to me. What do you wish to do with it ? I wish to show it to my sister. Take it, but take care not to break it. Do not fear. What do you want of my brother? I want to borrow some money of him. Borrow some of somebody else. If he will not lend me any, I will borrow some of somebody else. You will do well. Do not wish for what you cannot have, but be contented with what Providence has given you, and consider that there are many men who have not what you have. Life being short, let us endeavor to make it as agreeable as possible. But let us also consider that the abuse of pleasure makes it bitter. Have you done your exercises ? I could not do them, because my brother was not at home. You must not haye your exercises done by your brother, but you must do them yourself. What are you doing there ? I am reading the book which you lent me. You are not right in reading it always. What am I to do ? Draw this landscape, and when you have drawn it, you shall decline some substantives with adjectives. Exercise No. 154. What must be done in order to be happy ? Always love and practice virtue, and you will be happy both in this life and. in the next. Since we wish to be happy, let us do good to the poor, and let us have compassion on the unfortunate ; let us obey our masters, and never give them any trouble ; let us comfort the unfortunate, love our neighbor as our- selves, and not hate those that have offended us ; in short, 256 THE SPANISH TEACHEB. let us always fulfil our duty, and God will tak<} care of the rest. My son, in order to be loved, you must be laborious and good. You are accused of being idle and negligent in your affairs. You know, however, that your brother has been punished for being naughty. Being lately in town, I received a letter from your tutor, in which he strongly com- plained of you. Do not weep. Now to your room, learn your lesson, and be a good boy. I shall be so good, my dear father, that you will certainly be satisfied with me. Has the little boy kept his word? Not quite; for after having said that, he went into his room, took his books, sat down at the table, and fell asleep. He is a good boy when he sleeps. He is a good boy when he sleeps, said his father, seeing him some time after. Good morning, Miss N. Ah ! here are you at last ; I have been waiting for you with impatience. You will pardon me, my dear, I could not come sooner. Sit down, if you please. How is your mother ? She is better to-day than she was yesterday. I am glad of it. Were you at the ball yesterday? I was there. Were you much amused. Only so so. At what o'clock did you return home ? At a quarter past eleven. Exercise No. 155. Have you been learning Spanish long ? No, Sir, I have been learning it only these six months. Is it possible ! you speak tolerably well for so short a time. You jest ; I do not know much of it yet. Indeed, you speak it well already. I think you flatter me a little. Not at all ; you speak it properly. In order to speak it properly one must know more of it than I know. You know enough of it to make yourself understood. I still make many mistakes. That is nothing ; you must not be bashful ; besides, you have made no mistakes in all you have said just now. I am still timid, because I am afraid of being laughed at. They would be very impolite to laugh at you. Who would be so impolite as to laugh at you ? Do you not know the proverb ? What I>roverb? He who wishes to speak well must begin by PEACTICAL EXERCISES. 257 speaking badly. Do you understand all I am telling you ? I understand and comprehend it very well ; but I cannot yet express myself well in Spanish, because I am not in the habit of speaking it. That will come in time. I wish it with all my heart. Do you sometimes see my brother? I see him some- times ; when I met him the other day he complained of you. "If he had behaved better, and had been more economical," said he, " he would have had no debts, and I would not have been angry with him." I begged him to have compassion on you, telling him that you had not even money enough to buy bread. " Tell him when you see him," replied he to me, " that notwithstanding his bad behavior towards me, I pardon him. Tell him also," continued he, " that one must not laugh at those to whom one is under obligations. Have the goodness to tell him this, and I shall be much obliged to you," added he, going away. Exercise No. 156. Come and take a walk. I thank you, I will rather stay at home till you return. Let us go and pay a visit to Miss B. No, because I have promised your mother to stay and take dinner with her. Come and take a cup of chocolate. I am much obliged to you ; I am in a hurry. I have to go and see my uncle, who has just arrived from China. Come and speak Spanish to this gentleman, I cannot speak it well yet. Finish your exercise. I have finished it already. Let us send to the Post-office for our letters. I have sent the boy for them already. Don't sell all your books. I have to sell them all, because I am going to Europe ; and besides that, I am short of money. Tell the servant to dress the children and take them to school. Count that money. How much is it ? Three thousand and thirty-five dollars. 258 THE SPANISH TEACHEB. FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. To double. The double. Your share, your part. That merchant asks twice as much as he ought. You must bargain with him ; he will give it to you for the half. You have twice your share. You have three times your share. To renew. To stun. Wild, giddy. Open, frank. I told him yes. I told him no. Allow me, my lady, to introduce to you Mr. G. , an old friend of our family. I am delighted to become acquaint- ed with you, sir (or to make your acquaintance). I shall endeavor to deserve it. Ladies, allow me to introduce to you Mr. B., whose brother has rendered eminent services to your cousin. Sir, we are very happy to see you at our house. To whip. A whipping. At farthest. He may have a hundred dollars, at farthest. Even. And even then he will not be able to pay all his debts. I have paid him, and we are even. Doblar or duplicar. El duplo or el doble. Su parte de Vd. Aquel comerciante pide el duplo de lo que debe pedir. Vd. debe ajustarse con dl ; el se lo dara por la mitad. Vd. tiene doble parte de lo que le toca. Vd. tiene tres vezes mas de lo que le toca. Kenovar. Aturdir. Atontar. Atolondrado, atronado. Franco, injenuo. Le dije que sf. Le dije que no. Permitame, Vd., Sefiora, que le presente al Sefior de G., antigue amigo de nuestra familia. Celebro mucho, caballero, de hacer su conocimiento. Me esforzare en merecerlo. Sefloras, permitanme Vds. que le« presente al Senor de B., cuyo hermano ha hecho importantes servicios al pnmo de Vdo. Caballero, nos alegramos mucho de ver a Vd. en nuestra casa. Azotar, zurrar. Una zurra. A lo mas. El puede tener cien pesos & lo mas. Aiin. Y aiin ent6nces el no podra pagar todas sus deudas. Le he pagado, y estamos en paz. PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 259 Further. Further improvements I cannot go further. To deliver. To deliver a letter. To deliver a speech. To report. A report. Off hand. To preach off hand. Good luck. Faith ! Sloth. Pro and con. A beautiful turn. To conceal. To be deeply concerned in spiracy. Resolutely. Torture. Will that do i To enchant Ulterior. Mas adelante. Mejoras ulteriores. No puedo ir mas adelante. Entregar. Entregar una carta f Pronunciar un discurso. Informar. Un informe. f De improviso. t Predicar de improviso. Buena suerte. Buena fortuna. Por cierto ! La pereza. En pro y en contra. Un hermoso rasgo. Ocultar or esconder. Estar muy iniplicado en una cons* piracion. Resueltamente. La tortura. f i Bastara eso ? Encantar. Exekcise No. 157. Have you already received your share ? Of course ; and have you received yours ? Not yet. Has your brother re- ceived his ? He has received twice his share. Have you ever bought of that merchant ? No, because he asks for every thing three times as much as he ought Allow me, Sir, to introduce to you Mr. A., an intimate friend of mine. I am delighted to become acquainted with you, Sir ; I shall be happy to cultivate your acquaintance. I shall endeavor to deserve it, Sir. Ladies, allow me to introduce to you Mr. M., who has just arrived from Europe. He is a stran- ger in this country. Sir, we are very happy to see you at our house. Why does that man wish to whip that boy ? Because he deserves a good whipping. Do you intend to make any further advance of money to that man V I do, because otherwise he will not be able to go any farther with his work. When did you deliver my letter to your father ? I delivered it to him yesterday. Where did your brother deliver his speech ? He delivered it at the Capitol ( Capitolio). 260 THE SPANISH TEACHES. Exercise No. 158. *A man had two sons, one of whom liked to sleep very late in the morning ; the other was very industrious, and always rose at day-break. The latter having one day gone out very early, found a purse filled with money. He ran to his brother to inform him of his good luck, and said to him : " See, Louis, what is got by rising early." " Faith!" answered his brother, " if the person to whom it belongs had not risen earlier than I, he would not have lost it." A lazy fellow was asked what made him lie in bed so long. "lam busied," said he, " in hearing counsel every morning. Industry advises me to get up ; sloth to lie still. I always hear what is said on both sides, and by the time the cause is over, dinner is ready (y cuando la causa se ha concluido, la comida estd lista)" It was a beautiful reply given by a distinguished lady, who being asked where her husband was, when he lay con- cealed for having been deeply concerned in a conspiracy, resolutely answered she had him hid. This confession drew her before the king, who told her that her discovering where her lord was concealed could save her from tor- ture. " And will that do ?" said the lady. " Yes," replied the king, " I will give you my word for it. " Then," said she, " I have hid him in my heart, where you will find him." This surprising answer disarmed her enemies. Exercise No. 159. Cornelia, la ilustre madre de los Gracos, despues de la muerte de su marido, quien le dejo doce.hijos, se dedico al cuidado de su familia con tal acierto y prudencia que le granjearon (1) la estimacion universal. De los doce, sola- mente tres vivieron hasta edad madura ; una hija, Sem- pronia, que caso con el segundo Escipion el Africo-no, y dos hijos. Tiberio y Cayo, a quienes educo con tanto cuidado, que aunque se confesaba jeneralmente que habian uu.eulo PRACTICAL EXERCISES. 261 con fas mejores disposiciones, se juzgaba que aim mas de- bian ellos a la educacion que a la naturaleza. La respuesta que dio Cornelia a una seiiora de Campania (2) con refe- renda aellos, es muy famosa, y contiene una grande instruc- cion para las seiloras y las madres. Esta senora, que era muy rica y apasionada a la pompa y a la ostentacion (3), habiendole ensenado sus diam antes, sus perlas y sus mas ricas joyas, suplico con mucho empeno a Cornelia que le dejase ver tambien las suyas. Cornelia dirijio diestramente la conversacion a otro asunto para dar tiempo a que volviesen sus kijos (4), quienes habian ido a la escuela. Cuando volvieron y entraron en la sala (5) de su madre, esta, ensefiandoselos a la senora de Campania, le drjo : " He aqui mis joyas y los unicos adornos que yo apre- cio (6)." Y adornos como estos, que son la fuerza y el sosten (7) de la sociedad, dan un lustre mas relevante a la hermosura (8) que todas las joyas del Oriente (9). 1. Granjearon, acquired. 2. Una senora de Campania, a Campanian lady. 3. Apasionada a la pompa y d la ostentacion, fond of pomp and show. 4. Cornelia dirijio diestramente la conversacion d otro asunto para dar tiempo d que volviesen sus hijos, Cornelia dexterously turned the conversation to another object to give time for the return of her sons. 5. Sola, apartment. 6. He aqui mis joyas y los unicos adornos que yo aprecio, There are my jewels, and the only ornaments I prize. 7. La fuerza y el sosten, the strength and support. 8. Dan un lustre mas rele- vante a la hermosura, add a brighter lustre to the iair. 9. Oriente, East. FIFTY-FIFTH LESSON. RULES TO DISTINGUISH THE GENDER OP NOUNS. Rule 1. — Nouns ending in a, d, ie, ez, umbre, or ion, arc feminine ; ending otherwise are masculine. Exceptions to this rule will be found below. Rule 2. — The names of the letters of the alphabet are feminine ; the months of the year and days of the week are masculine. 262 THE SPANISH TEACHER. Masculine Nouns having a feminine termination : Adalid, the chief of a Escorpion, scorpion. band of war- Gorrion, sparrow. riors. Guarda or guar- custom-houso Agricola (sub.), a lover of agricul- dacosta, cutter. ture. Guardamarina, midshipman. Agricola (adj.), agricultural. Guardia (2). a soldier of the Ajedrez, chess. king's guard. Alerta, watchword. Guion, dash. Albacea, executor. Herrumbre, rust. Almirez, mortar. Huesped, guest. Alumbre, alum. Idioma, language. Azumbre, pint. Laud, lute. Anagrama, anagram. Lema, lemma. Antipodas, antipodes. Mana, manna. Apotegma, apothegm. Mapa, map. Ardid, stratagem. Morrion, mui-rion. Aroma, aroma. Paraguas, umbrella. Ataud, coffin. Panorama, panorama. Axioma, axiom. Planeta, planet. Cesped, turf. Poema, poem. Clima, climate. Prisma, prism. Colera (plague) cholera. Problema, problem. Coineta (1), comet, Relumbre, brightness. Cortapliimas, penknife. Sarampion, measles. Crisma, chrism. Sintoma, symptom. Dia, day. Sistenia, system. Diagrama, diagram. Sofa, sola. Dilema, dilemma. Soiisma, sophism. Diploma, diploma. Sud, south. Dogma, dogma. Tapaboca, a slap giveu on Drama, drama. the mouth Emblema, emblem. Tema, theme. Embrion, embryo. Teorema, theorem. Enigma, enigma. Viva, cheer, huzza. Epf grama, epigram. Feminine Nouns, though they do not terminate in a, d, ie, umbre, ez, or ion : the Armazon, carcass or frame. Bilis, bile. Arte, art Bocacalles, junction of Ave, fowL streets. Base, basis. Cal, lime. 1. Cometa, meaning a kite, is feminine. 2. When guardia means a guard, a body of soldiers, then it is femin- ine. TRACTICAL EXERCISES. 263 Calle, street. Hiel, gall. Canal (1), gutter. Hijiene, hygiene. Capital (2), metropolis. Hinchazon, swelling. Carcel, prison. Hipotesis, hypothesis. Cargazon, cargo. Hoz, sickle. Carne, flesh, meat. Hueste, host. Oatastrofe, catastrophe. Hiperbole, hyperbole. Catedral, cathedral. Imajen, image. Cerviz, nape. Indole, temper. Clase, class. Ingle, groin. Cicatriz, a scar. Jente, people. Clavazon, a row of nails. Labor, Work. Clave, key-stone, key. Larinje, larynx. Clin or crin, mane. Leche, milk. Codorniz, quail. Ley, law. Col, cabbage. Liebre, hare. Coliflor, cauliflower. Liendre, nit. Corriente, stream. Ligazon, contexture. Corte (3), court. Lombriz, a sort of worm. Coz, kick. Luz, light. Creciente. flood-tide. Llave, M- Crisis, crisis. Mano, hand. Cruz, cross. Marjen (5), bank (of a river). Ciispide. cuspis. Matriz, matrix. Desazon, uneasiness. Menguante last quarter. Diocesi, diocese. Mente, mind. Estirpe, race. Metamorfosu*, m etamorphosis Falanje, phalanx. Metropoli, metropolis. Fase, phase. Miel, honey. Fauces (plural), fauces. Mies, crop. Faz, face. Mole, mass. Fe, faith. Moral, ethics, moral. Fiebre, fever. Muerte, death. Frase, phrase. Nave or nao, ship. Frente (4), forehead. Nariz, nose. Fuente, fountain. Nieve, snow. Flor, flower. Noche, night. Grey, flock. Nube, cloud. Hanibre, hunger. Orden (6), command 1. When meaning canal or channel, is masculine. 2. When meaning money, is masculine. 3. When corte means the sharp edge of a tool, a pattern for a dress, it is masculine. 4. When frente means the front, it is masculine. 5. When marjen means the margin of a book, then it is masculine. 6. When meaning regular disposition, or methodical arrangement of things, it is nraculine. 264 THE SPANISH TEACHEB. Parafrasis, Paralisis, Parte (1), Patente, Paz, Perdiz, Perifrasis, Poste, Piel, Pir&inide, Plebe, Podre, Prole, Raiz, Razon, Res, Sal, Sangre, Sarten, Sazon, Sede, paraphrase. Segazon, palsy. Segur, part. Serial, patent Serpiente, peace. Sien, partridge. Sierpe, periphrasis. Simientc plague. Sincope, skin. Sinrazon, pyramid. Sintaxis, common people. Sobrepelhz, pus. Suerte, issue. Tarde, root. Tilde, reason. Torre, head of cattle. Tos, salt. Trabazon, blood. Tribu, frying-pan. Ubre, seasoning. Vocal (2), a see. Voz, reaping season. axe. signal. serpent. temple. young serpent seed. syncope. injustice. syntax. surplice. chance, fate. afternoon. a dot tower. cough juncture. tribe. udder. vowel. voice. Nouns which are common to both genders, and therefor* may be used with the masculine or the feminine article, thus : el cutis or la cutis, the skin. Anatema, anathema (for ex- Guia, guide. communication). Lente (5), eye-glass. Azucar (3), sugar. Mar (6), sea. Cisma, schism. Puente, bridge. Cutis, skin. Reuma, rheum. Dote (4), gift 1. When parte means a report, it is masculine. 2. When vocal means a member of a corporation, it is masculine. 3. Azucar is most commonly used with the masculine article. 4. Dote, when meaning a gift of nature or endowment, is femininej and it is generally used in the plural (las dotes). 5. Lente is more generaUy used with the masculine article. 6. Mar, when qualified by the adjectives Red, Mediterranean, etc., is masculine (El mar hojo). CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. FIRST CONVERSATION. Good morning or good day, Sir. Good afternoon, Madam. Good evening or good night, Miss . How do you do ? Very well, and you ? Very well, at your service. Good-bye. Until to-morrow. Until the day after to-morrow. 1 shall be very happy to see you. Buenos or felizes dias, Seflor (1), Buenas or felizes tardes, Senora. Buenas or felizes noches, Sefiorita I Ooino lo pasa Vd. ? May bien, - t y Vd. ? Sin novedad, para servir a Vd. (2. A Dios. Hasta manana. Hasta pas ado mafiana. Me alegrare mucho de ver a Vd. How do you do, Sir ? Very well, and you ? Very well, at your service. Good evening, Miss. Good evening, Sir. Good-bye, Sir, until the day after to-morrow — perhaps {tat vez or quizd) to-morrow. I shall be very happy to see you. Thank you (gracias). SECOND CONVERSATION. Will you favor me with your name? If you please. With much pleasure. I am much obhged to you. Not at all. I present to you my best respects, Miss. I am your humble servant, Sir. I Quiere Vd. hacerme el favor de darme su nombre ? Si Vd. gusta. Con mucho gusto. f Quedo a Vd. muy agradecido (3). f No hay de que*, f A los pies de Vd. (4) SeSorita. fBeso a Vd. las manos (5) ca- ballero. 1. In Spanish we never say "good morning," but "good day." buenos dias, in the plural. 2. Para servir 6- Vd. t — it is used also as an equivalent of the English expression, "You nro wc-kiome," to answer any person who thanks us. 3. If it is a female, it must be agradecida, to agree in gender. 4. Literally translated, ;i I am at your feet" (to be said only to ladies). 5. Literal translation, "I kiss your hand," (to be said only to gentle- men). Tb& Spaniards use also in their letters, as a polite expression, the following writing bcluie the signature — Que besa sus manos (who kissea your hands), abbreviated thus : Q. B. S. M. 2G6 TIIE SPANISH TEACHER. Good morning, Sir. How do you do? Very well, Sir, and you ? Very well, at your service. Will you favor me with your name? Yes, Sir, with much pleasure. I am much obKirCMi to you, Sir. N ot at all. I present to you my best respects, Miss. I am your humble servant, Sir. Good-bye, until to-morrow, r l a. t Aprender de memoria. t Para entonces. f Parte baja de la ciudad. t Parte alta de la ciudad. f Rio arriba. t Rio abajo. Un trineo. How have you been able to recite your lesson so well ? Because I learnt it by heart. I am going up town ; will you come with me ? No, Sir, I have to go down town, and then (despues) I will take the steamboat that travels (ec vd- por que nduegd) up the river. Will you have the kindness to hand my card to your brother ? With much pleasure. What are you doing ? I am teaching this boy his lesson. 804 THE SPANISH TEACHER. That is right. Can you pay me to-day ? No, Sir, out I can give you a promissory note. Is it very cold to-day ? No, Sir, it is neither cold nor warm. It is a very line day. It is very line weather. Have you gone through the book ? not yet. Look, what a beautiful child ! What a handsome sleigh ! To-morrow evening will be given the last opera of this season {lemporada). ■ I beg your pardon, Sir ; it will not be the last, but the last but one. I am very glad. I am very sorry. I wish to advise my brother what he ought to do, but he is not accustomed to receive advice from any body. How often is this paper published ? It is published every other week. I wish to make a quotation from it, in order to pay a compliment to the editor. You may do it if you wish. Do you wish a copy of this work (obra) ? As you please. I wish to copy fairly this letter. Here is a pen, ink and paper. Will you take a sleigh ride (dar un paseo en trineo) ? I have no sleigh. Why do you not buy one? This sleigh is sold very cheap. How much do they wish for it ? Only fifty dollars. Then I shall buy it. Be- fore doing it, permit me to advise you in this matter. Cer- tainly. I shall be very much obliged to you for your kind- ness. FIFTIETH CONVERSATION. Real estate. Personal estate. Dog-days. Mad dog. Bull-dog. Mad-house. Madmen. Crazy. Insane. Are you crazy ? Are you angry ? Are you mad ? Are you vexed ? Td be well oft". Is there ? Are there ? Neither pro nor con. We are even. At oven or odds. f Bienes raizes, f Bienes muebles. f La canicula. f Perro rabioso. f Perro de presa. f Casa de locos, f Loco rabioso. f Loco delirante. Demente. I Esta Vd. loco ? ^Esta Vd. colerico ? I Esta Vd. enfadado ? f Estar bien. *Hay? Ni en pro ni en contra. Estamos iguales. A pares y nones. CONVERSATIONAL EXERCISES. 305 For ever and ever. Ever since. Now more than ever. I For siempre jamas. Desde entonces. Ahora mas que nunca , Why are there so many mad dogs this year ? Because the dog-days are very hot. Have you been to see the mad- house ? No, because I don't like to see madmen. Are you mad ? No, Sir, but I am vexed. What are you going to do ? Are you crazy ? What is the matter with that man ? He is insane. Mr. N. is worth (tiene) a million of dollars in real estate. Yes, Sir, and is worth also half a million of dollars in personal estate. He is very well off. Does that great lawyer speak against my cause ? He speaks neither pro nor con. Then I and my enemy are even. How long have you been here ? I came here this morning, and have been here ever since. FIFTY-FIRST CONVERSATION. The house was full or crowded. A good house. Overflowing. The steamer P. has made the quickest time on record. House of Representatives. To be running about. To get clear. To ran away. To make his (her, etc.) escape. Be it so. So it be no trouble to you. From afar. By far. At x distance. Though ever so good. At public auction. For my sake. f El teatro estaba lleno. f Una bueua entrada. f Rebozando. f Ei vapor P. ha hecho el viaje maa breve de que hay memoria. t Cainara de los Representantes. t Andar de zeca en Meca. f Salir bien. f Tomar las de Villadiego ; esca parse, huirse. f Euhorabuena. } Con tal que no le incomode a Vd f Desde lejos. t Con mucho. t A lo lejos. \ Por bueno que sea. } En venduta piiblica. f Por mi. What news does the steamer bring? She brings very good news. Are you ready ? Yes, I am ready. Let us go, then. Wait a moment, I wish to put out the light. Why have you not come to see me before ? Because I thought you were vexed with me. You were much mistaken. I am glad to know that I was mistaken. That being the case, 1 308 THE SPANISH TEACHER. shall come as often as ever. You are going to the Post- office, are you not ? Yes. Do you wish me to accompany you ? I should be very glad, if it be no trouble to you. Have you seen Mr. N.... ? I met him by chance this morning. Why does your sister not marry my nephew ? He is a very honest man. She does not wish to marry him, though he may be ever so honest. She is going to be married to a gentleman who is richer, by far, than your nephew. Your sister is coming. How do you know it? I have seen her at a distance. Where is the vessel ? She is far off. FIFTY-SECOND CONVERSATION. Country (out of town). Country (region). Country (native land). Ancient. TJonsolation. The people (folks). The peopie (at large). The town. The exile. As yet. Hitherto. To cause to be done. A fortnight. The neighborhood. Campo. Pais. Patria. Antiguo. Consuelo. La jente, Las jentes. El pueblo. El pueblo. El destierro. Hasta ahora. Hacer que se haga. f Quince dias. La vecindad. Do you wish to read the journals of your country ? Cer- tainly. Then I will send to you a few that I have recently received, Miat you may read them. I shall be very much obliged to you, for in this my exile, like Ulysses, to hear of my country is all my consolation. What do you intend to do in this country ? I intend to visit the ancient monu- ments of this city, and then I shall go to see a friend of mine who lives in the country, from whom I hope to obtain some information of the manners and customs of the people of the country at large, and of the folks in his neighbor- hood in particular. What a pity that our President died so soon ! It was his intention to cause many things to be done that had hitherto been neglected ; which would have been of great importance to the country. How long is it since he died? It is not yet a fortnight. A SYNOPSIS OF THE SPANISH GRAMMAR, ETYMOLOGY. THE AKTICLES. Iii Spanish there are three Articles : the Definite ; the Indefinite ; and the Partitive. DEFINITE ARTICLE. Singular. Mas. Fern. Neat. Nbm el la, lo. Poss del, de la, de lo. Obj al, a la, a lo. Plural. % om , , los ' , J"" (The Neuter has no The Neuter Article is used before the masculine singular of adjectives, to express an abstract quality, as : lo bueno t the good ; lo util, the useful ; lo hermoso, the beautiful. INDEFINITE ARTICLE. Mas. Fern. tfom un, una. Poss de un, de una. Obj a un, & una. 308 ETTMOLOGI. — SUBSTANTIVES — ADJECTIVES. PARTITIVE ARTICLE Singular. JVo'w . . . Mas, algun, Fern. alguna. de alguna. a alguna. Poss. . 06/.... ...de algun, ... a algun, Plural. Nom. . . Poss. . . Obj.... Mas. . . . algunos or unos, . . . de algunos or unos, . ..a algunos or unos, Fern. algunas or unas. de algunas or unas. a algunas or unaa. SUBSTANTIVES. The names of rivers, kingdoms, towns, winds, and those which denote males or their professions, &c, are masculine. The names of arts and sciences, figures of Grammar, Poetry and Rhetoric, letters of the alphabet, and those which denote females, their professions, &c, are feminine. Nouns ending in a, d, ie, ez, umbre or ion, are feminine ; ending otherwise, are masculine. Exceptions to this rule will be found in Lesson 60th. To form the plural add s to the singular ; but if the sub- stantive ends in a consonant, or in ey, add es. For more particulars, see Lesson 9th. Augmentatives end in on, azo, masculine ; ona, aza, femi- nine. Diminutives of endearment end in ito, ico, mascu- line ; and ita, ica, feminine ; those of contempt, in illo, mas- culine, ilia, feminine. They are added sometimes to adjec- tives as well as to substantives ; and if the adjective or sub- stantive end in a vowel, that vowel is suppressed before the augmentative or diminutive. For particulars see Lesson 9th. ADJECTIVES, If the masculine ends in o, change it into a for the femi- nine ; if the masculine ends in on or an, add a for the femi- nine. If the adjective expresses a national quality, as ingle*, ETYMOLOGY. — PRONOUNS. 309 English, add a; if tlie masculine ends in a, the feminine and the masculine are then the same. All others are the same in both genders. Form the plural of all, the same as if they were substantives. See Lesson 15th, for particulars. COMPARISON. Regular. Positive. Boberbio, Comparative. mas soberbio, el mas Superlative. soberbio, or la mas soberbia. Irregular. bueno, malo, grande, pequeno, alto, bajo, mejor, peor, mayor, menor, superior, interior, 6ptimo. pe'simo. maximo. minimo. supremo. innmo. For more part iculars, see Lesson 30th. PRONOUNS. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Singular. 1st Per.— m. and f. Yo, I. 2d Tu, Thou. 3d m El, He or it. / Ella, She or it. n Lo, Ello, It. . m. and f. Usted, You, Your Honor, or Your Worship. Plural 1st Per. — m. andf. Nosotros-as or nos, "We. 2d Vosotros-as or vos, You. 3d ... . ...in Ellos, They. / Ellas, They. n ( The Neuter has no plural. ) m. andf. Ustedes, You, or Your Honors, &c. Sing m. andf. Se, Himself, herself, itself ; or to himself, to herself, to itself. Plur m. andf. Se, Themselves, or to themselves. Usted is commonly written V., or Vd., and ustedes Vs., or Vds., and they require the verb in the third person. Yo 310 ETYMOLOGY.— PRONOUNS. makes mi, and tu makes It, in the oblique cases Oonmigo, with me ; contigo, with thee ; consigo, with himself, with herself, with itself, with themselves ; con el, with him ; con ella, with her ; con ellos, con ellas, with them. Objective case : a mi, or me ; a nosotros or nos; a ti or ie ; a vosotros, or os; a el, or le; a ella, or le; a ellos, or les; a ellas, or les. POSSESSIVE. Singular. Plural. Mas. Fern, Mas. Fern. Mio, mia, mios, mias, my. tuyo, tuya, tuyos, tuyas, thy. suyo, suya, suyos, suyas, his, hers, theirs. nuestro, nuestra, nuestros, nuestras, our. vuestro, vuestra, vuestros, vuestras, your. KELATIVE. Que (that, who, or which), is of all genders, numbers, and cases. Cual (which, plural cuales), is of both genders. Quien (who, plural quienes), relates to persons only. Cuyo (whose), almost always precedes its substantive, and follows the declension of adjectives of two terminations. Ambos, entrdmbos, and ambos a dos, both, are declined in the same manner. DEMONSTRATIVE. Singular. Mas. Este, ese, aquel, Fern. Neut. esta, esto, this, esa, eso, ) «. aquella, aquello, J ' Plural. Mas. estos, esos, aquellos, Fern. estas, these. esas > I *u™« aquellas, \ those - (The neuter has no plural.) CONJUGATION OF AUXILIARY VERBS. Haoer, to have. INFINITIVE. Haber, to have. PRESENT PARTICIPLE, Habiendo, having. PRESENT. Yo lie, I have, &c. Tu has, El ha, Nosotros hemos, Vosotros habeis, Ellos hm IMPERFECT. Yo habia, I had, &c. Tu habias, El habia, Nosotros liabiamos, Vosotros babiais, Ellos habian. PAST PARTICIPLE. Habido, had. INDICATIVE. PERFECT. Yo hube, / had, &c. Tu hubiste, El hubo, Nosotros liubimos, Vosotros hubisteis. Ellos hubieroii. FUTURE. Yo habre, / shall or will have, Tu habras, El habra, Nosotros habremos, Vosotros habreis, Ellos habran. [do CONDITIONAL. Yo liabria, I should have, &c. Nosotros liabriamos, Tu habrias, Vosotros habriais, El habria, Ellos habrian. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Yo liaya, that I have t &c. Tu hayas, El haya, Nosotros hayamos, Vosotros hayais, Ellos hayan. IMPERFECT. Yo hubiera — hubiese, that 1 [should have, &c. Tii liubieras — hubieses, El hubiera — hubiese, Nosotros hubieramos — hu- biesemos, Vosotros hubierais—hubieseis, Ellos hubieran — hubiesen. 312 ETYMOLOGY. FUTURE. Yo hubiere, that 1 shall have, Tu lmbieres, \&c. El lmbiere, Nosotros hubieremos, Vosotros hubiereis, Ellos hubieren. As haber is now only employed as an auxiliary, the compound tenses are omitted Formerly it was used as an equivalent to tener, and was conjugated throughout the compound, having habido for its paitieipla past. Ser, to be. INFINITIVE. Ser, to be. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. Siendo, being. PRESENT. Yo soy, I am, &c. Tu eres, El es, Nosotros somos, Vosotros sois, Ellos son. PAST PARTICU-Uk Sido, been. INDICATIVE. PERFECT. Yo fui, Twos, &C. Tu fuiste, El fue\ Nosotros fuimos, Vosotros fuisteis, Ellos fueron. IMPERFECT. Yo era, I wan, &c. Tu eras, El era, Nosotros erarnos, Vosotros erais, Ellos eran. FUTURE. Yo sere, I shall be, &c Tu seras, El sera, Nosotros seremos, Vosotros sereis, Ellos seran. CONDITIONAL. Yo seria, I should be, dec. Tu serias, El seria, Nosotros seriamos, Vosotros seriais, Ellos serian. CONJUGATION OP AUXILIARY VERBS. 313 SUBJUNCTIVE. I RESENT. IMPERFECT. Yo sea, that I be, &c. Yofuera — fuese, that I should Tu seas, Tu. fueras — fueses, [be, Sc. El sea, El fuera — fuese, Nosotros seamos, Nosotros fueramos — fuese > mos. Vosotros seais, Vosotros fuerais — fueseis, Ellos sean. Ellos fueran — fuesen. FUTURE. Yo fuere, that I shall be, &c. Nosotros fuereruos, Tu fueres, Vosotros fuereis, El fuere, Ellos fueren. IMPERATIVE. Se tu, be thou, dec. Sed vosotros, Sea el, Sean ellos. Seamos nosotros, COMPOUND TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. PRESENT. PERFECT. Yo he sido, etc., I have been, Yo hube sido, etc., I had been, [&c. [fa IMPERFECT. FUTURE. Yo habia sido, etc., I had been, Yo habre sido, etc., I shall have [&c. [been, &o. COMPOUND TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. IMPERFECT. Yo kaya sido, etc., I may have Yo hubiera ) . , I might, [been, &c. Yo hubiese j sldo ' should or [would have been, &c, FUTURE. Yo hubiere sido, etc., I should have been, &o, COMPOUND TENSE OF THE CONDITIONAL. Yo habria sido, etc., I would have been % &c. 314 ETYMOLOGY. Estar, to I>e« INFINITIVE. Estar, to be. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. Estando, being. PRESENT. Yo estoy, I am, &o. Tu estas, El esta, Nosotros estamos, Vosotros estais, Ellos estan. IMPERFECT. Yo estaba, I was, &c. Tu estabas, El estaba, Nosotros estabamos, Vosotros estabais, Ellos estaban. Yo estaria, I should be, Tu estarias, El estaria, PAST PARTICIPLE. Estado, been. INDICATIVE. PERFECT. Yo estuve, I was, do. Tu estuviste, El estuvo, Nosotros estuvimos, Vosotros estuvisteis, Ellos estuvieron. FUTURE. Yo estare, / shall be, dbc. Tu estaras, El estara, Nosotros estaremos, Vosotros estareis, Ellos estaran. CONDITIONAL. &c. Nosotros estariamos, Vosotros estariais, Ellos estarian. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Yo estd, that I be, &c. Tu estes, El este, Nosotros estemos, Vosotros esteis, EUos esten. IMPERFECT. Yo estuviera — estuviese, that (I should be, &c. Tu estuvieras— estuvieses, El estuviera — estuviese, Nosotros estuvieramos — estu- viesemos, Vosotros estuvierais — estuvie- seis, Ellos estuvieran — estuviesen. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERBS. 315 FUTURE. Yo estuviere, that I shall be, &e. Nosotros estuvieremos, Tu estuvieres, Vosotros estuviereis, El estuviere, Ellos estuvieren. IMPERATIVE. Esta tu, be thou. Estad vosotros, Este el, Esten ellos. Estemos nosotros, COMPOUND TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. PRESENT. PERFECT. Yo he estado, etc., Thave been, Yo hube estado, etc., I had [&c. [been, &c. IMPERFECT. FUTURE. Yo habia estado, etc., I had Yo habre estado, etc., I shall [been, &c. [have been, &e. COMPOUND TENSE OF THE CONDITIONAL. Yo habria estado, etc., I would have been, &c. COMPOUND TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. IMPERFECT. Yo hay a estado, etc., I may Yo hubiera ) . -, . [have been, &c. Yo hubiese j estaao > etc -> I might, should or would have been, &c. FUTURE. Yo hubiere estado, etc., / should have been, &c. FIRST CONJUGATION. INFINITIVE. Anaar, to Iotc PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. Amando, loving. Amado, loved. 316 ETYMOLOGY. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. Yo amo, I love, &c. Tu anias, El ama, Nosotros amamos, Vosotros amais, Ellos aman. IMPERFECT. Yo amaba, / love, &c. Tu amabas, El amaba, Nosotros amabamos, Vosotros amabais, Ellos amaban. PERFECT. Yo ame, I loved, &c. Tu amaste, El amo, Nosotros amaraos, Vosotros amasteis, Ellos amaron. FUTURE. Yo amare, 1 shall love, &c. Tti amaras, El amara, Nosotros amaremos, Vosotros amareis, Ellos amaran. CONDITIONAL. Yo amaria, I should love, &c. Nosotros amariamos, Tti amarias, Vosotros amariais, El amaria, Ellos amarian. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. Yo ame, that I love, &c. Tti ames, El ame, Nosotros amemos, Vosotros ameis, Ellos amen. Yo amare, that I shall love. Tii amares, El amare, IMPERFECT. Yo amara — amase, that I should [love, &c. Tti amaras — amases, El amara — amase, Nosotros amaramos — amase- mos, Vosotros amarais — amaseis, Ellos amaran, amasen. FUTURE. Nosotros amaremos, Vosotros amareis, Ellos amaren. IMPERATIVE. Ama tti, love thou, &o. Amad vosotros, Ame el, Amemos nosotros, Amen ellos. CONJUGATION OF THE BEGULAB VERBS. 317 SECOND CONJUGATION. INFINITIVE. Temer, to fear. PRESENT PARTICIPLE, Temiendo, fearing. PAST PARTICIPLE. Temido, feared. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. To temo, I fear, &c. Tu temes, El teme, Nosotros tememos, Vosotros temeis, Ellos teuien. IMPERFECT. Yo temia, I feared, &c. Tu tenrias, El temia, Nosotros temiamos, Vosotros temiais, Ellos temian. PERFECT. To temi, I feared, So. Tu temiste, El temio, Nosotros temimos, Vosotros temisteis, Ellos temieron. FUTURE. To temere, / shall fear, &c* Tu temeras, El temera, Nosotros temeremos, Vosotros temereis, Ellos temerai?. CONDITIONAL. To temeria, I should fear, &c. Nosotros temeriamos, Tu temerias, Vosotros temeriais, El temeria, Ellos temerian. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. To tern a, that I fear, &c. Tu temas. El tema, Nosotros temamos, Vosotros temais, Ellos tenian. IMPERFECT. To temiera — temiese, that I [shoidd fear, &c. Tu temieras — temieses, El temiera — temiese, Nosotros temieramos — temie- esemos, Vosotros temierais— temieseis, Ellos temieraii — temiesen. 318 ETYMOLOGY. FUTURE. YotemiereJhalT shall fear,d;c. Nosotros temiereinos, Tu temieres, Vosotros temiereis, El temiere, Ellos teniieren. IMPERATIVE. Teme tu, fear thou, &c. Temed vosotros, Tema el, Teman ellos. Teinauios nosotros, THIED CONJUGATION. INFINITIVE. Partir, to divide. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. Partlendo, dividing. Partido, divided. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. PERFECT. To parto, I divide, &c. Yo parti, I divided, &o* Tu partes, Tu partiste, El parte, El parti6, Nosotros partimos, Nosotros partimos, Vosotros partis, Vosotros partisteis, Ellos parten. Ellos partieron. IMPERFECT. FUTURE. Yo partia, I divided, &c. Yo partire, / shall divide, &c, Tu partias, Tu partiras, El partia, El partira, Nosotros partiamos, Nosotros partiremos, Vosotros partiais, Vosotros partireis, Ellos partian. Ellos partiran. CONDITIONAL. Yo -p&rhiria,, I should divide,dcc. Nosotros partiriamos, Tu partirias, Vosotros partiriais, El partiria, Ellos partirian. . REFLECTIVE YERBS. 319 SUBJUNCTIVE. * PRESENT. IMPERFECT. Yo parta, that I divide, dec. Yo partiera — partiese, that I [should divide, f.i\, Tu partas, Tu partieras — partieses, El parta, El partiera — partiese, Nosotros partamos, Nosotros partieramos — par- tiesemos, Vosotros partais, Vosotros partierais — partie- seis, Ellos partan. Ellos partieran — partiesen. FUTURE. Yo partiere, that I shall divide, Nosotros partieremos, [dec. Tu partieres, Vosotros partiereis, El partiere, Ellos partieren. IMPERATIVE. Parte tu, divide thou, dec. Partid vosotros, Parta el, Partan ellos. Partamos nosotros, REFLECTIVE VERBS. INFINITIVE. Ocultarse, to hide one's self. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. Ocultandose, hiding one's self. Ocultadose, having hid one*s [self. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. Yo me oculto, I hide myself, dec. Nosotros nos ocultamos, Tu te ocultas, Vosotros os ocultais, El se oculta, Ellos se ocultan. The other simple tenses are conjugated in like manner. Yo me he ocultado, I have hid Nosotros nos hemos ocultado [myself, dec. Tu te has ocultado, Vosotros os habeis ocultado^ El se ha ocultado, Ellos se nan ocultado. 320 ETYMOLOGY. The other composed tenses are conjugated in like manner. IMPERATIVE. Ocultate, hide thyself, &c. Ocultaos, Ocultese, Ocultense. Ocultemonos, THE PASSIVE EORM. The passive voice is formed with the auxiliary ser and the participle of the verbs. INFINITIVE. Ser amado, to be loved. PRESENT PARTICIPLE. PAST PARTICIPLE. Siendo amado, being loved. Sido amado, been loved. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. IMPERFECT. Yo soy amado, I am loved, &e. Yo era amado, I was loved, &c. Tu eres amado, Tu eras amado, El es amado, El era amado, Nosotros somos amados, Nosotros eramos amados, Vosotros sois amados, Vosotros eraia amados, Ellos son amados. Ellos eran amados. PERFECT. FUTURE. Yo fui amado, I was loved, &c. Yo sere amado, I shall be loved, Tti fuiste amado, Tu seras amado, El fue amado, El sera amado, Nosotros fuimos amados, Nosotros seremos amados, Vosotros fuisteis amados, Vosotros serels amados, Ellos fueron amados. Ellos seran amados. CONDITIONAL. Yo seria amado, I should be Nosotros seriamos amados, [loved, &c. Tu serias amado, Vosotros seriais amados, El seria amado, Ellos serian amados. IMPERSONAL VERBS. SUBJUNCTIVE. 321 PRESENT. IMPERFECT. To sea amado, that I be loved, To fuera — fuese amado, that 1 [&c. [should be loved, &c, Tu seas amado, Tu fueras — fueses amado, El sea amado. El fuera — fuese amado,^ Nosotros seamos amados, Nosotros fueramos — fuesemos amados, Vosotros seals amados, Yosotros f uerais — fueseis ama- dos, Ellos sean amados. Ellos fueran — fuesen amados. FUTURE. To fuere amado, thai I shall be Nosotros fueremos amados, [loved, &c. Vosotros fuereis amados, Tu fueres amado, Ellos fueren amados. El fuere amado, IMPERATIVE. Se amado, be (thou) loved, &g. Sed amados, Sea amado, Sean amados. Seamos amados, IMPERSONAL VERBS Are almost always used in the third person singular, as : Tronar, to thunder. Granizar, to hail. Helar, to freeze. Llover, to rain. Nevar, to snow. Amanecer, to dawn. icont e eee r ,} toha ^ en - Deshelar, to thaw. Lloviznar, to drizzle. Relampaguear, to lighten. Anochecer, to become night. Suceder, to happen. Placer, to please. TABLE OF THK FIKST Inf. Pres. Ind. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. Acertar to guess. acierto aciertas acierta acertamos acertais aciertan. Kegular. Reg. Reg. Acordar to agree. acuerdo acuerdas acuerda acordamos acordais acuerdan. Beg. Reg. Reg. Reg. Reg. anduve anduvisto Reg. Andar to walk. anduvo anduvlmos anduvisteis anduvieron. doy Reg. dl Reg. das diste da di6 Dar to give. danios dais dan. dimo« disteia dieroii. — - CONJUGATION. Conditional. Subj. Pres. Imperf. Imperative. Participles, Beg. acierte aciertes acierte acertemos acertels acierten Beg. acierta acierte acertad acierten. Beg. Beg. acuerde acuerdes acuerde acordemos acorde'is acuerden. Beg. acuerda . acuerde acordad acuerden. Beg. keg. Reg. anduviera —ese anduvieras — eses anduviera — ese anduvie'ramos — dsenios anduvidrais — e'seis anduvieran — esen. Beg. Beg. Beg. Beg. diera —ese dieras — eses diera —ese die'ramos — dsemos dierais — e'seis dieran — esen. Beg. Keg. 324 ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Pres. Ind. Pres. Imperfect. Perfeet. Future. Jugar to play. juego juegas juega jugamos jugais juegan. Beg. Reg. Reg. SECOND Aborrecer to hate. aborrezco aborreces aborrece aborrecemos aborrecdis aborrecen. Reg. Reg. Reg. Atender to pay attention. atiendo atiendes atiende atendemos atenddis atienden. Reg. Reg. Reg. quepo Reg. cupe cabrd cabes cupiste cabras Caber to be contained. cabe cabemos cupo cupimos cabra cabrdmos cabeis cupfsteis cabrdis caben. cupieron cabran. caigo Reg. cai Reg. caes caiste Caer to/all. cae caemos cadis caen. cay6 caimos cafsteis cayeron. [RREGULAR VERBS. 325 Conditional. Subj. Pres. Imperf. Imperative, Partieiples. Reg. juegue juegues juegue juguemos jugue'is jueguen. Keg. juega juegue jugad jueguen. CONJUGATION. Reg. aborrezca aborrezcas aborrezca aborrezcamos aborrezcais aborrezcan. Reg. aborrece aborrezca aborreced aborrezcan. Reg. Reg. atienda atiendas atienda atendamos atendais atiendan Reg. atiende atienda atended atiendan. Reg. cabria quepa cupiera — ese cabe Reg. cabrias quepas cupieras — eses quepa cabria quepa cupiera — ese cabed cabrfamos quepamos cupie'ramos — dsemos quepan. cabrfais quepais cupidrais — e'seis cabrian. quepan. cupieran — esen Reg. caiga cayera — ese cae Pres. —cay en- do. caigas cayeras — eses caiga caiga cayera — ese caed caigamos cayeramos — dsemos caigan. caigais caye'rais — dscis caigan. cayeran — esen. 326 ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Pres. liid. Pics. Imperfect. Perfect. Fatiue. Cocer to cook. cuezo cueces cuece cocemos coce'is cuecen Regular. Keg. Reg. hago Beg. nice hare haces hiciste haras Hacer to do. hace hacemos hizo hicimos hara haremos hacdis hicfsteis harels hacen hicieron haran Mover to move. muevo mueves mueve movemos movels mueven Reg. Reg. Reg. Oler to smelL huelo hueles huele olemos olels huelen Reg. Reg. Reg. puedo Reg. pude podrd ' puedes pudiste podras Poder iu he able, puede podemos pudo pudimos podra podre'mos podels pudlsteis podrels pveden pudieron podran IRREGULAR YERBS. 327 Conditional. Subj. Pres. lmperf. Imperative. Participles. Beg. cueza cuezas cueza cozamos cozais cuezan Reg. cuece cueza coced cuezan Reg. harla haga hiciera — ese haz Past — hecho. harias hagas hicieras — eses haga haria haga hiciera — ese haced harfamos hagamos hicie'ramos — e*semos hagan harfais hagais hicie'rais — eseis harian hagan hicieran — esen Keg. mueva muevas mueva movamos movais muevan Reg. mueve mueva moved muevan Reg. Beg. huela huelas huela olamos olais huelan Reg. huele huela oled huelan Reg. podria pueda pudiera —ese warding. Pres. — purU^ [endo podrias puedas pudieras — eses podria pueda pudiera — ese podrfamos podamos pudieramos — esenios podrfais podais pudidrais — e*seis podrian puedan pudieran — esen 328 ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Pics. Intl. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. pODgO Beg. puse pondre' pones pusiste pondras Poner topvi. pone ponemos puso pusimos pondra pondremos poneis pusfsteis pondrels ponen pusieron pondran quiero Reg. quise querrd quieres quisiste querras Querer to wish. quiere queremos quiso quisimos querri querre'moa quereis quisfsteis querrela quieren quisieron querran sd Eeg. supe sabrd sabes supiste sabras Saber to know. sabe sabemos supo supiinos sabra sabremos sabgis supfsteis sabre*ia saben supieron sabran tengo Reg. ' tuve tendre" tienes tuviste tendraa Tener to have. tiene tenemos tuvo tuvimos tendra tendre'mos teneis tuvfsteis tendre'is tienen tuvieron tendran IRREGULAR VERBS. 329 Conditional. Subj. Prcs. Imperf. Imperative. Participles. pondria pondrias pondria pondriamos pondrfais pondrian ponga pongas ponga pongamos pongais pougan pusiera — ese pusieras — eses pusiera — ese pusie'ramos — e'semos pusie'rais — e'seis pusieran — esen pon ponga poned pongan Past— puesto. querria querrias querria querrfamos querriais querrian quiera quieras quiera queramos querais quieran quisiera — ese quisieras — eses quisiera — ese quisie'ramos — e'semos quisie'rais — e'seis quisieran — esen quiere quiera quered quieran Keg. sabria sabrias sabria sabriamos sabriais sabrian sepa sepas sepa sepamos sepais sepan supiera — ese supieras — eses supiera — ese supidramos — esemos supie'rais — e'seis supieran — esen sabe sepa sabed sepan Reg. tendria tendrias tendria tendriamos teudriais tendrian tenga tengas tenga tengamos tengais tengan tuviera — ese tuvieras — eses tuviera — ese tuvie'ramos — e'semos tuvierais — e'seis tuvieran — esen ten tenga tened tengan Keg. d'dO ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Pres. Inrt. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. traigo Beg. traje Reg. traes trajiste Traer to bring. trae traemos tradis traen • trajo trajimos trajfsteis trajeron Valer to be icorth. valgo vales vale valemos vale'is valen Reg. Reg. valdre* valdras valdra valdremos valdre'is valdran Ver veo ves ve veia veias veia Reg. Reg. to see. vemos vels ven veiamos veiais veian THIRD Asir asgo ases ase Reg. Reg. Reg. to seize. asimos asfs asen conduzco Reg. conduje Reg. conduces condujiste Conducir to conduct. conduce conducimos conducis conducen condujo condujimos condujlsteis condujeron IRREGULAR VERBS. 331 Conditional. Subj. Fres. Imperf. Imperative. Participles. tog, traiga trajera — ese trae Pres. — trv [yendo. traigas trajeras — eses traiga • traiga trajera — ese traed traigamos trajdramos - — e'semos traigan traigais traje'rais — eseis traigan trajeran — esen valdria valga Reg. vale Reg. valdrias valgas valga valdria valga valed V valdriamos valgamos valgan valdrlais valgais valdrian valgan Beg. vea veas vea veamos veais vean Reg. ve vea ved vean Past — visto. CONJUGATION. asga asgas asgamos ;ais asgan Reg. asid asgan Reg. Bee;. conduzca conduzcas conduzca conduzcamos conduzcais conduzcan condujera — ese condujeras — eses condujera — ese condujeraniO! — e'semos condujerais — Cseis condujeran conduce conduzca conducid conduzcan Reg. 332 ETYMOLOGY. Int. Prcs. Iinl. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. digo Reg. dije dire- dices dijiste diras Decir to say. dice decinios dijo dijimos dira dire'mos decis dijisteis dire'is dicen dijeron diran duermo Reg. dormi Reg. duermes dormiste Dormir to sleep. duerme dormimos dormis durmi6 dormimos dormfsteis duermen durmieron huyo Reg. hui Reg. huyes huiste Huir tofly. huye huimos huis huyen huy6 huimos huisteis huyeron voy iba fui ird vas ibas fuiste iras Ir to go. va vamos iba ibamos fud fuimos ira iremos vais ibais fuisteis irels van iban fueron iran IRREGULAR VERBS. 333 Conditional. Snbj. Pres. Imperf. Imperative. Participles. diria diga dijera - ese di Pres. dirias digas dijeras — eses diga diciendo diria diga dijera — ese decid Past dirlamos digamos dijeramos — e'semos digan dicho dirfais digais dije'rais — dseis dirian digan dijeran — esen Keg. duerma durmiera — ese duerme Pres. — dur- [miendo. duermas durmieras duerma duerma durmiera — ese dormid durmamos durmieramos — esemos duerman durmais durmierais — e'seis duerman durmieran — esen Reg. buy a huyera — ese huye Pres.— huyeu- Tdo. huyas huyeras — eses huya huya huyera — ese huid huyamos huye'rumos — e'semos huyan huyais huyerais — e'seis huyan huyerau --esen iria vaya fuera — ese vd Pres.— yenda irias vayas fueras — eses vaya iria vaya fuera — ese id iriamos vayainos fue'ramos — e'semos vayan irlais vayais fudrais — e'seis irian vayan fueran — esen 334 ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Prcs. Inrl. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. Lucir to shine. luzco luces luce lucimos lucis lucen Reg. Keg. Reg. pido Reg. Reg. Reg. pides Pedir pide to ask. pedimos pedis piden pudro Reg. pudri Reg. pudres pudriste Podrir pudre pudri6 to rot podrimos podris pudren pudrimos pudrfsteis pudrieron salgo sales Reg. Reg. saldre" saldras Salir sale saldra to go oui. salimos salis salen saldre'mos saldre'is saldran siento Reg. Reg. Reg. sientes siente Sentir tofeel. sentimos sentis sienten IRREGULAR YERBS. 335 Conditional. Subj. Pres. Impel f. Imperative. Participles. Keg. luzca luzcaa luzca luzcamos luzcais luzcan Reg. luce luzca lucid luzcan Reg. Reg. pida pidiera pide Pres. — pi- [diendo. pidas pidieras — eses pida pida pidiera — ese pedid pidamos pidie'ramos — e'semos pidan pidais pidie'rais — eseis pidan pidieran — esen Reg. pudra pudriera — ese pudre, Pies. — pu- [driendo pudras pudrieras pudra pudra pudriera — ese podrid podramos pudrie'ramos — esemos pudran podrais pudrie'rais — dseis pudran pudrieran — esen saldria saiga Reg. sal Reg. saldrias saigas saiga saldria saiga salid saldriamos salgamos salgan saldrfais salgais saldrian salgan Reg. sienta sintiera — ese siente Pres. — sin* [tiendo. sientas sintieras — eses sienta sienta sintiera — ese sentid sintarnos sintieraruos — e'semos sientan sintais sintie'rais — dseis sientan sintieran — €sen ETYMOLOGY. Inf. Prcs. Ind. Pres. Imperfect. Perfect. Future. vengo Reg. vine vendr^ vienes viniste vendras Venir to oome. viene venimos vino vinimos vendra vendremos venis vinfsteis vendreis vienen vinieron vendr&n The verb haber, used impersonally, is employed alike in both num- bers ; and like most impersonal verbs, it is used only in the third per- son of the several tenses, as follows : Ind. Present. hay, there is or there are. Imperf. habia, there was or there were. Perfect. hubo, «< <( Future. habrd, there will be. Conditional. habria, there would be. Subj. Present. haya, there may be. Imperf. j hubiera, l hubiese, there should, might or would be. Future. hubiere, there should be. Imperative. Imya, let there be. OBSERVATIONS ON THE IRREGULAR VERBS. The verbs in car, cer, cir, gar, ger, guir and quir, are not irregular, although those ending in car change the c into qu when the c is to be followed by an e ; those in cer and | ' a ellas, (f.) To it (n), a ello or a lo. (The neuter has no plural.) Examples : Se me did ;' se did d mi, etc. In the singular, when to it refers to no particular object, but to a circumstance, or sentence, or adjective used in the neuter, it is expressed d ello, d lo ; but when to it refers to an object, the pronouns a el, m., d ella, f., must be used ac- cording to the gender of the substantive to which it refers ; the reason is, that in Spanish, all substantives are either masculine or femenine. IV. The accusative case is expressed before the verb in the following manner : Sing. — 1. Me, me. PluraL — 1. Us, nos. 2. Thee, te. 2. You, os. 3. Him or it (m.),le(l); q Th j los. (m.) her or it (f.), la. d * lhem ' { las. (f.) It (n.), lo. 1. Some eminent authors use lo in the accusative masculine, for Ai?a oi it, masculine, instead of le. It is also much used in speaking. PRONOUNS. Sbd After the verb the accusative is expressed as the dative after the verb. V. The dative and accusative cases are some times twice expressed for the sake of greater energy ; sometimes twice before the verb, sometimes once before, and once after the verb. Examples : Ella me amaba a mi, she loved me ; a mi me consla la verdad, to me the truth is evident ; se alabaron a s% mismos, they praised themselves. VI. When both the dative and accusative are governed by the same verb, there is sometimes a manner of express- ing the dative different from what is mentioned in Rale IV. ; thus, I give him, is le doy, and I give it, is lo doy ; but, I give it to him, must be expressed se lo doy. In expressions of this kind, se means to him, to her, or to them. When the dative and accusative are governed by the same verb, the dative precedes the accusative.- The following list com- prises those combinations of datives and accusatives which are most frequently used : , * !■ him or it, to me. . e , e [ him or it, to thee. me lo ) le lo ) me la her or it, to me. le la her or it, to thee. Z. t" } them to me - fe ^ } them to thee - nos le ) , . ., , os le } , ■ ... noslo J ^m or it to us. ^ j him or it, to you. nos la her or it, to us. os la her or it, to you. nos los ) , i , os los ) J-, , •08 te I them t0 ua os las \ them t0 y° u - , !• him or it, to him, to her, or to them. se la her or it, to him, to her, or to them. se los 1 se las \ ^ nem ' ^° hi m > to her, or to them. In using the above pronouns, the accusative should al- ways agree in gender and number with the thing spoken of ; thus in speaking of a book (libro) we say, se lo ha en- viado ; but in speaking of a table (mesa), se la ha enviado. It must be observed that se is used in the above manner 364 SYNTAX. only when the person to whom it refers is distinctly known; but if there would be any doubt as to the person or persona to whom it refers, it must be expressed after the verb, by a el, to him ; a ella, to her ; a ellos, m., a ellas, f., to them ; the accusative remaining before the verb. Examples : lo enviare a el y no a ellos. If there were only one person or several persons to whom it should be sent, and if the person or persons were distinctly known, so that no doubt could be entertained, then se indicates that per- son or those persons. The following examples will exhibit the manner of using those pronouns : I had a table,but I gave it to them. Yo tenia una mesa, mas la di a ellos, m., a ellas, f.; or se la di, m. and f. I shall have a hat, but I will give it to him — to her. Tendre un sombrero, mas lo dare a el — a ella, (se lo dare, m. and t) I found the fan, and sent it to her. Halle el abanico, y se to envie ; or lo envie a ella. 1 found his coat, and sent it to him. Halle su casaca, y se la envie ; or la envie a el. He had ten books, but he gave them to them, til tenia diez lihros, mas se los did ; or los did a ellos, in., a ellas, f. Where are her gowns? The servant has sent them to her. I En dbnde estdn sits batas f La criada se las ha enviado ; or tus ha enviado u ella. YII Vuestra mereed or vuesa merced ; Your Honor or Your Worship ; Sir, Madam, is generally contracted, and pronounced usted, and written V., or Vd. The plurals will consequently be vuestras mercedes, vuesas mercedes, ustedes, VV., or Vds. The verb agrees with them in the third per- son ; they are used in speaking to both males and females, and the adjective agrees in gender with the person spoken to. This is the most polite manner of speaking. The second person plural is not so polite ; and the second person sin- gular is used in speaking to servants and children, also to brothers and sisters, and others with whom we are on terms of very great intimacy ; but children generally address their parents by Vds. VIII. The personal pronouns may be placed either before PRONOUNS. 365 or after tlie verb, unless the verb have its nominative ex- pressed before it. Examples: Yo tenia; lemato; tenia yo ; mat'ole; losbuenos me aman, and not aman me. Between two verbs, the latter of which is governed by the former, the pronouns may be placed before both, or after either of them. Examples: Le voy a buscar; voyle a buscar, or voy a bus- carle. The pronouns, mi, ti, si, with their prepositions, are placed either before or after the verb. Examples : Be mi hacen, or dicen de mi; para ti viene la, carta, or viene para ti la carta; a mi ttegb la noticia, or llegd a mi la noticia. IX. In the following phrases, the English impersonal verb, it is, must be rendered in Spanish by ser, agreeing with the nominative which follows; as, it is I, soy yo; it is he, es d; it is we, somos nosotros; it is you, sois vosotros, or #s Vd., singular, son Vds., plural ; it is they, son ellos. X. The following expressions, myself, thyself, &c, when in the nominative, are always rendered by mismo, or misma, singular, mismos, or mismas, plural, according to the gender and number of the person or persons. If a female spe&ks, she says yo misma; but a male person says yo mismo. In speaking to a female, we say Vd. misma, or tu misma; it a man, Vd. mismo, or tu mismo. The rest are :. Mas. Fern. M mismo, he himself. Ella misma, she herself. ellos mismos, they themselves, ellas mismas, they themselves. nosotros mismos, we ourselves, nosolras minmas, we ourselves. vosrtros mismos, you your- vosotras mismas, you your- selves, selves. Vfc. mismos, you yourselves. Vds. mismas, you yourseb es. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. I. As the most polite mode of speaking is by usted and. ustedes, which are third person, we must, when speaking SYNTAX. thus, use su and sus ; also, suyo, suyos, suya, suyas, when we wish to say your. Examples : How are your sisters ? g Como estdn sus her- manas de Vd. t My houses are larger than yours ; Mis casas eon mas grandes que las suyas de Vd., or que las de Vd. I live in his, or their house ; Habito en su casa. Observe, that the possessives always agree with the thing possessed, and not with the possessor. II. It is mine, is expressed es mio, or es mia, according to the gender of the thing possessed. They are mine, son mios, or son mias. The others are : It is thine, es tuyo or tuya; they are thine, son tuyos or tuyas. It is his or hers, es suyo or suya; es de el, or de ella. They are his or hers, son suyos or suyas; son de 61 or de ella. It is ours, es nuestro or nueslra; they are ours, son nuestros or nuestras. It is yours, es vuestro or vuestra; es de Vd. or de Vds. It is theirs, es suyo or suya; es de ellos or de ellas. They are yours, son vuestros or vuestras; son deVd. or de Vds. They are theirs, son suyos or suyas; son de ellos or de ellas. The above shows the manner of using the possessives with the verb to be, in Spanish, ser ; but when they are Used without the verb ser, the article must be prefixed. Examples : My father and thine ; Mi padre y el tuyo. Your brothers and mine ; Sus hermanos, or los hermanos de Vd. or Vds. y el mio, sing., or los mios, plur. His children and ours ; Sus hijos y los nuest7*os. Her sisters and yours ; Sus hermanas, or las hermanas de ella y las de Vd., or de Vds. My hens are fatter than his, hers, or theirs ; Mis gallinas estdn mas gordas que las suyas. III. In speaking of the parts of the body, the Spaniards use the definite article where the English use the possessive pronoun ; but this occurs only where there could be no doubt as to the person of whose body we are speaking. Examples : He broke my leg ; Me rompib la pierna. My finger is sore ; Me duele el dedo. They pierced his body ; Le atravesaron el cuerpo. They stole our flocks ; Nos robaron los rebaflos. PKONOUNS. . 367 In these examples the pupil should observe, that the pro- noun expressing the person of whose body we speak, is pre- fixed to the verb in the dative case. Where loss or damage is sustained it is similarly expressed, as in the last example. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. I. In English, the pronouns who, whom, ivhich and that, are of both numbers, and consequently remain unchanged, whether they relate to one individual or many ; as, the man who walks, the men who walk, &c. ; but in Spanish they all admit a plural form, except que, which never varies. The relatives agree in gender and number with the antecedent, or noun to which they relate ; as, el hombre al cual lo di, las mujeres a las cuales lo di. Quien, who, relates to persons only ; que and cual, (who, which or that), to both persons and things ; cuyo, whose, relate? to an antecedent which may be either a person or a thing, and it agrees in gender and num- ber, not with the antecedent, but with another noun, before which it is commonly placed. Quien and cuyo never re- quire the definite article ; que requires it but very seldom ; and cual requires it almost always. Cual indicates the gen- der and number of its antecedent ; quien indicates only the number; que and cuyo indicate neither the gender nor number of the latter noun with which it agrees. Examples : El hombre a quien liable; el hombre or la mujer con quien sefue ; los hombres or las mujeres con quienes sefue ; el hombre que pasea ; la mesa que rompieron; la que me habla (she who speaks to me) ; los or las que me hablan (they who speak to me) ; el hombre or la mujer, or los hombres or las mujeres que amo ; el sujeto del cual yo hablaba; el hermano del cual, la hermana de las cuales, las hermanas de las cuales habld mi padre,- un templo cuya elevacion era grande; los hombres cuyo injenio es agudo : las casas cuyos corredores son largos; las seftoritas cuya hermosura me encantb; la nifta cuyos zapatoa se perdieron. II. The following will exhibit the manner of rendering any of the English relatives into Spanish : Sing, que, quien, (m. & f.), el cual (m.) la cual, (f.) Who, nom. -^Plur. que, quienes, (m. & f.) los cuales, (m.) las cuales, (f.) 368 . SYNTAX. 'Sing, que, a quien, (m. & f., al cual, (m.) a Id Whom, ace. i -n-, V v' , , N , 7 7 , x ' rlur. que, a quienes, (m. & t.) a los cuales, (m.) a las cuales, (£.) To whom, dat., — same as ace. except that que is not used. ( Sing, gwe, (m. & f.), el cual, (m.), la cual, (f.) "Which, or that, -jPlur. ^we, (m. & f.), tos cuales, (m.), /as ( cuales, (f.) The dative, when applied to things, is the same as when applied to persons, except that quien is not used, and que becomes a que. The genitive of all are formed by adding de to the nominative. The pupil should observe, that in Eng- lish the word that, is frequently used for who or whom, as well as for which. It will be necessary, therefore, to ex- amine whether it would make good sense in English, to sub- stitute who whom, or which, and after discovering the one with which the sense would be correct, the above table will render the translation perfectly easy. Que is used in Span- ish much in the same way that that is used in English. Examples : The man that walks, or the man who walks ; el hombre que pasea. The girl that I love, or whom I love ; la muchacha que amo, or a quien amo. The means that were taken, or which were taken ; los medios que se tomaron. Quien is never used in the nominative except as an inter- rogative Who and whom are generally rendered by que, if it immediately follow its antecedent ; if not, who — el cual ; whom — a quien. III. The relatives are called interrogatives when they are used in asking questions. The question who? is always asked by quien, singular, quienes, plural. The question what ? is asked by qui, singular and plural, unless the verb to be separates it from the noun to which it belongs ; in the latter case it is rendered cual singular, cuales pluraL The question whose? is asked by de quien ? Examples : i Quien es este ? $ Quienes lo han visto ? & Que hizo Yd. ? I Que mirito tiene el ? i Que cosas han hecho ? iCuhlfuela consecuencia ? $ Guales son las consecuenciasf PRONOUNS. 369 hbro f IV. Lo que, that which, or what, is used in speaking of something indefinite. It is always in the singular. Examples : La virtud es lo que mas me (junta. Todo lo qne tengo es poco. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. The demonstrative pronoun that, may be rendered iu Spanish either by ese or aquel ; but not indiscriminately. Ese denotes an object at a moderate distance from the speaker ; aquel, an object that is more remote. When this and that refer to two preceding nouns, this is rendered by esle, and that by aquel. Examples : Esos drboles me gustan mueho, pero aquellos me gutian mas. El dinero y los libros son ambos utiles; estos para hacernos sabios, y aquel para proporcionarnos lujo. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. Some of the indefinite or indeterminate pronouns were omitted in the Etymology, as the words of which they are composed may be known by translating, and their use is much the same as in English. Observe, however, the fol- lowing. — Some have no plural, and are the same in both genders ; as, dlguicn, nadie, algo, nada, quienquiera, cualquiera : some have no singular ; as, umbos, dmbas, varios, varias, en- trdmbos, entrdmbas : tal and cualquiera have the same termi- nation for both genders, and make, in the plural, tales, cua- lesquiera. All the rest form the feminine and plural accord- ing to the rules of adjectives. The following must be trans- lated differently in the singular and plural : uno, una, one, unos, unas, some, mucho, mueha, much, muchos viuchas, many ; poco, poca, little, pocos, pocas, few ; uno d otro, each other, unos d otros, one another ; ww y otro, etc., both ; n% uno ni otro, etc., neither ; cada uno, coda una, each or every Dne. Alguno, some one, ninguno, no one, lose the last letter 370 SYNTAX. before a noun masculin and singular (1), and in plural are translated some. VEEBS. USE OF THE TENSES. INDICATIVE MOOD. The present and future are used in the same manner in Spanish as in English. The imperfect represents either an unfinished action, or one which signifies continuation of time. It may always be used when was or were, with the present participle, can be used in English. Examples : Cenaba yo cuando entro mi hermano ; I was supping, etc. Los romanos cuUivaban las artes ; cultivated (continued to cultivate) the arts. The perfect is used when we speak of an action entirely past. Examples : El afto pasado edifique una casa. Ayer perdi a mi madre. The perfect compound is used much in the same manner as in English ; and is composed of the Present Indicative of haber, and the past participle. The pluperfect has a double form in Spanish, one or the other of which must be used whenever the same tense is in English. One form of this tense (which is most com- monly used), is composed of the Perfect Indicative of haber, and past participle. The former should always be used, except preceded by one of the following adverbs of time viz.: cuando, despues que, asi que, no bien, etc.; as, luego \ue le hube visto. The future compound is used in Spanish as in English ; as, habrd almorzado, he or she will have breakfasted. (1) The same is to be observed of the objectives buer,o, malo, primero, and postrero Tercero and grande may be used, the former without the last letter, the latter without the last syllable. Santo before a proper name loses the last syllable. Cieuto loses the last syllable before a noun and before nil. VEltBS. 871 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. In this Mood the learner cannot be guided so much by l,he time implied by the verb, as by the preceding verb oi conjunction, by which the tenses of this mood are commonly governed. It will therefore be necessary here, and in treat- ing of the Infinitive, to introduce the regimen or govern- ment of verbs, in order to show when verbs are required to be in the Subjunctive or Infinitive, and to point out when and under what circumstances the several tenses of those moods ought to be used. As this is one of the most difficult parts of Spanish Grammar, it will claim our particular at- tention. There are three general observations which ought to be attended to. 1st. The Subjunctive is always used when anything conditional, contingent or doubtful is implied. 2d. All the tenses of the Subjunctive, except the imperfect, are governed by some preceding verb or conjunction. 8d. The termination ra being common to both the perfect and the conditional, when it is used for the latter it is gov- erned by no preceding word, and may, like the conditional, begin a sentence ; but when used for the perfect, it is gov- erned in the same manner as that tense. The present is almost always preceded by some conjunc- tion expressing contingency or doubt, such as : que, aunque, bien que, a menos or a no ser que, antes que, en caso que, para que, por tal que, puede ser que, hasta que, con tal que, sea que, sin que, etc., in which it will be observed that que is used in all those conjunctions where contingency etc., are implied. Of those, que is the most frequently used, and it is generally preceded by a verb in the present or future of the Indica- tive. When this tense is governed by any other conjunction than que, such conjunction may begin a sentence or phrase without being preceded by a verb. This tense is as fre- quently translated in English by the present or future indi- cative, as by the sign may, which must not be an invariable guide in our translation. Examples : Desea que yo se lo de; deseard que yo se lo de. Aunque los soldados sean dcsarmados; en caso que Ikgue. Es- 372 SYNTAX. pero que este Yd. bueno, I hope you are well ; iemo que no venga su padre de Vd., I fear your father will not come. Observe, that, in free translations, que may be frequently omitted, as in the above examples ; and in translating all euch phrases as: I wish he may go, she fears he will be pun- ished, we think he is safe, the word que, that, must be in- serted in Spanish ; thus, quiero que vaya, I wish that he may go ; teme que sea castigado, she fears that he may be punish- ed ; pensamos que este salvo, we think that he may be safe. The imperfect or conditional, is the only tense in this mood which can begin a sentence without being preceded by a conjunction or another verb ; it is translated by the English potential would, and sometimes should; but the latter can be used only in the 1st person singular and plural. Examples : Yo amaria el juego si I would love or I should love play if £l le malaria si he would kill him if ... . Sometimes this tense is preceded by que or «, but it is always in cases where inclination is implied, which is the distinguishing characteristic of this tense. Si, thus used, is equivalent to whether. Examples : Me prometib que vendria ; that he would come (inclination). Me preguntb si escribiria ; if (whether) I would write (inclination). The termination ra may always be used for ria, except in sentences similar to the last two examples. The former two examples might with equal propriety stand thus : Yo amara el juego ; el le matara. The perfect is always subjunctive, that is, subjoined 01 placed after some verb or conjunction. With a conjunction, such as si, aunque, sino, etc., or an interjection expressing desire, it may begin a sentence ; but it is much more fre- quently governed by a verb followed by que. The preceding verb is generally in the imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or fu- ture Indicative. The termination se is moreused than ra, after cuando, antes que, donde, cuanto, el que, etc., implying contingency ; but after si and aunque, ra is more used than VEKBS. 373 m. The English signs of this tense are might a.icl should (but never would) ; however, it is frequently translated by the perfect Indicative, in the same manner as the present is translated by the present Indicative. Thist ake place gener- ally after conjunctions, but especially after si and aunque. Examples : Si yo conociera or conociese las personas, if I knew the persons ; aunque me suplicara or suplicase, though he might beseech me, or should beseech me ; me dijo que viniera or viniese, he told me to come ; suplieaban aljuez que oyer a, or para que oyese sua descargos, they entreated the judge to hear, or that he should hear their defence. The future is used when we use the future Indicative, preceded by when or if. This tense may be rendered by ivill, shall, or should. If si and cuando, when used with the perfect, do not always apply to past time, they never apply to a future time, as when used with this tense. Examples : Cuando yo bebiere el vino, when I shall drink the wine (not cuando bebere) ; si me diere, if he will give me (not si me dar)d; si el edijicare las casas, if he should build the houses (not edificard). The compound tenses in the Subjunctive are formed by prefixing to the past participle the tenses of haber, in the Subjunctive. The rules for the use of these tenses is the same as those for the simple ones. They are never used unless the English verb be preceded by have or had ; as, quiero que venga, I wish he may come ; aunque hay a venido, although he may have come. The following examples will explain the use of those tenses : and in order to render them more intelligible, I shall make use of the same verbs which in the foregoing ex- ample were used in their simple tenses. Present Compound. Espero que haya escrito, I hope he may have written. Aunque haya ido, Though he may have gone. Imperfect Compound. Yo habria or hubiera amado el I would have loved play, if . ., juego, si. . . . 374 SYNTAX. Me aseguro que habna or hu- He assured me that lie would biera venido, si ... . have come, if ... . Perfect Compound. Me dijo que habna or hubiera He told me that he might or venido, si hubiese or hubiera should have come, if he had conocido las pei'sonas, known the persons. Future Compound. Cuando yo hubiere bebido el When I shall have drank the vino, wine. Si el hubiere edificado las casas. If he will have built the houses. If these examples be compared with the simple tenses, their use and regimen will be found exactly the same. From the foregoing observations it appears evident that the termination ra is of more frequent use than ria, or se t as it is used for both, bat it is oftener used for se than for ria. Ria can never be used for se, nor se for ria; as there is a material difference between — dijo que el soldado vendria, and — dijo que el soldado viniese ; the former that the soldier would come, the latter that the soldier should come; the former denoting inclination on the part of the soldier, the latter implying an obligation to come, whether with or with- out his inclination. The following rules will be necessary to complete our ob- servations on the regimen of this Mood. It is a general rule, that when the signification of the governing or governed verbs does not refer to the person or thing which is the nominative of the first, the second is governed in the Indi- cative or Subjunctive with the conjunction que ; as, deseo que aprendas, la casa parece que amenaza ruina. If the first verb is in the future Indicative, it governs the second verb with que in the present or perfect Subjunctive ; as, habrd pretendido que le dejm or dejasen en UbeHad. The verbs decir and pensar, and all of like meaning, as declarar, manifesfar, esponer, concebir, imajinar, and mandar, ordenar, prescribir, if they are in the Indicative, and govern verbs whose actions refer to them and their nominative, the second verb will also be in the Indicative, and in any tense ; as digo que voy 1 VEKBS. 375 que iba, que ir£, etc. But if the second verb does not refer to the nominative of the first, the second will be in the Sub- junctive ; and observe, if the first is in the present, the sec- ond will be in the future Indicative, or present Subjunctive ; as, imajino, creo, or picnso que se sentencie or sentenciard la causa en mi favor. But if the first is in any past tense of the Indicative or future compound Indicative, the second will be in the Conditional ; as, creia, juzgo, habrd pensado que le pedirian alguna Jianza. IMPERATIVE MOOD. This Mood is used in the same manner as in English. Although the 2d. person singular and plural are not the same as the Subjunctive present, yet if there be a negation, the Subjunctive present must be used in those persons also. The reciprocal pronouns which belong to reflective verbs, and the datives and accusatives of personal pronouns which precede the verb, must follow the Imperative when it is af- firmative, and precede it when it is negative. The first and second person plural Imperative of reflective verbs, lose the final s and d before the reciprocal pronouns nos and 08, re- spectively, when they follow the verb. INFINITIVE MOOD. When two verbs are used in a sentence, if the signification of the latter refer to the nominative of the former, the latter is commonly pint in the Infinitive, either with or without a preposition. The Infinitive has no preposition when it is governed by any of the following verbs : deber, declarar, dejar, desear, digimrse, creer, entender, enviar, esperar, hacer, parecer, pretender, poder, querer, saber, ver, and some others. The Infinitive has de before it when it can be expressed in English by the present participle, with of or from prefixed, and sometimes by, wilh, and in ; also when it is governed by verbs signifying abstaining, ceasing, depriving, and finishing, and when it is governed by a noun. The Infinitive has a. before it when it is governed by verbs signifying to dare, to begin, to teach, to learn, to exhort, to desire, to invite, to prepare, to assist, to compel, etc. The Infinitive takes, para, when for or in order could be prefixed before the English 376 SYNTAX. Infinitive. "When without, in, or by, are followed by the present participle in English, the Spanish will be in the In- finitive, with sin, en, or por, prefixed. The English Infini- tive is often rendered by the Indicative or Subjunctive with que. The datives and accusatives which follow the Imperative, follow also the Infinitive, whether it be affirmative or nega- tive ; as, no quiso ddrselo ; pretendib habermelos hecho. Some- times there are three verbs together without any preposi- tion ; as, quiso hacer correr el caballo, he wished to make the horse run ; mandb hacer venir el coche, he ordered the coach to come. Haber de, or tener que, with the Infinitive, are used to express a future action which is to be done ; as, he de es- cribir, or tengo que escribir una carta, I have to write a letter. GERUND AND PARTICIPLE. The Gerund is equivalent to the Present Participle in English ; and when it is expressed absolutely, thus : George fighting, Mary singing, the Gerund stands first : peleando Jorje, canlando Maria. It is always indeclinable. With eslar it is sometimes used thus : estoy peleando, I am fighting ; ella estaba canlando, she was singing ; which are equivalent to, yo peleaba, ella cantaba. The Past- Participle is indeclina- ble after haber, unless it be used with ser in conjugating passive verbs ; in which case the Participle admits of plural and feminine, like adjectives, and agrees with the nomina- tive of the passive verb. Gerunds and Participles govern the same cases as the verbs from which they are derived. The Gerund is sometimes elegantly understood. When tener is used as an auxiliary, the Past Participle agrees with the accusative case. Can, Could, Might, Will, Would, and Shoidd. I. Those words are sometimes not signs of the tenses of the verbs with which they are used, but distinct verbs, b}' which the following verb is to be governed, according to the » rules already given. When can and may, might, could, ivould and should, can be indiscriminately used for each other, they must be expressed by some tense of the verb with which VERBS. '611 they are joined ; and this tense may be known by the rules for the bse of the tenses. But when power or ability is em- phatically expressed, poder should be used ; when wish or inclination is emphatically expressed, querer should be used; and deber when obligation or duty is emphatically expressed. II. When.' can, could, or might, could be changed into the verb to be able, followed by an Infinitive, it must be express- ed in Spanish by poder, followed by the Infinitive of the fol- lowing verb ; can by the present Indicative or Subjunctive, could and might by the imperfect or perfect of the Indica- tive or Subjunctive ; and the manner to ascertain what tense to use, is to discover what tense of to be able would make good sense in English, and then render that tense in Spanish by the rules given in the Use of the Tenses. Examples : You can write, Vd. puede escribir ; if I could oblige you, si pudiera complacer a Vd. ; you could have done it, Vd. hubiera podido hacerlo ; I do not think you could, no creo que pudiese Vd. / I could have done that yesterday, po- dia haber hecho eso ayer ; I could not, no podia or pude ; you might have written a letter to me, Vd. hubiera podido escri- birme una carta ; you might have been deceived, Vd. podria haJjer estado engaflado. III. When ivill and would could be changed into the verb to wish, or to be ivilling, it must be translated by querer, and the tense must be discovered in the same manner as direct- ed for poder. Examples : Because I wont, or because I will not, porque no quiero. Will you have houses or land ? i Quiere Vd. tener casas 6 terrenosf I will have houses, but he would have land, yo quiero tener casas, mas el quisiera tener terrenos; he would grasp all, el quisiera abarcar todo; I could do it if I would, yo to pudiera hacer si quisiese. IV. When should could be expressed by would, it is com- monly a sign of the imperfect Subjunctive ; when it could be expressed by might, it is commonly a sign of the perfect Subjunctive ; and when it could be expressed by shall or will, or when it refers to a future action, it is commonly in the o78 SYNTAX. future Subjunctive ; but, as before observed, when duty is emphatically expressed, it must be rendered by deber. Duty is always understood, if it would make sense in English with the defective verb ought, followed by the Infinitive of the annexed verb. The tense in which to put deber, must be discovered by the Use of the Tenses. Examples : I should go if I had my hat, yo iria si tu- viese mi sombrero; he ordered that they should be silent, ordenb que callasen; provided he should come, con tat que venga ; if he should die, si muriere ; you should go, Yd. de- beria irse ; I should have gone yesterday, yo debt haberme ido ayer ; we should love our enemies, debemos amar a nuestros enemigos. VERBS ACTIVE, PASSIVE, NEUTER, REFLECTIVE, AND IMPERSONAL. I. Two or more nouns, or pronouns, in the singular, re- quire the verb to be in the singular when joined by the con- junction b, and plural when joined by y ; as, la madre 6 la hija vendrd; la madre y la hija vendrdn. When two or more nouns, or pronouns of different numbers, are connected by a disjunctive conjunction, such as b, sino, &c, the verb agrees with the last ; as, que ellos 6 Pedro venga, whether they or Peter come. The verb agrees with the first rather than with the second, and with the second rather than with the third person ; as, yo y tit, comeremos ; tu y Juan vendreis. II. Active verbs govern the noun, or pronoun in the ac- cusative, with the preposition a when the accusative termi- nates in a person, and without it when it terminates in a thing ; as, amar a Dios, aborrecer el vicio. They also govern other verbs in the Infinitive, either with or without a pre- position ; as, quiero estudiar; exhorto a estudiar. III. Verbs which signify plenty or want, care or negligence remembrance or forgelfulness, praising or blaming, loading, filling or unloading, binding or releasing, jeering, mocking or jesting, reviving or depriving, pitying, repenting, absolving, using, and in gen eral all those which in English are followed by of, from, which, or by, are followed by de or en. VERBS. 379 IV. Verbs implying acquisition or loss, advantage or dis- advantage, and requiring in English to, for, or from, are fol lowed by a. This rule includes verbs meaning buying, bor- rowing, and taking away, with their contrapositions, and many others. V. Passive verbs are formed by ser, and sometimes by estar ; and haber is used to form the compound tenses, as in active verbs. In the 3d. person, if the Nominative be not a person, the passive is generally formed by prefixing the reciprocal pronoun s^, itself, themselves, etc. When ser or estar are used, the past Participle is declinable, and agrees with the nominative. The following examples will exhibit the manner of chang- ing the active into the passive, with or without negation : Act. Aff. — I love handsome young ladies ; amo a las senori- tas hermosas. Neg. — I do not love handsome young ladies ; no amo a las senoritas hermosas. Pas. Aff. — Handsome young ladies are loved by me ; las se- ftoritas hermosas son amadou por mi. Neg. — Las sefloritas hermosas no son amadas por mi. Act. — The boy should study his lessons ; el muehacho debe estudiar sus lecciones. Pas. — The lessons should be studied by the boy ; se deben estudiar las lecciones por el muehacho. Act. — Los sabios no pierden el tiempo. Pas. — El tiempo no se pierde por los sabios. Act. — They have refused us the favor ; nos han rehusado el favor. Pas. — We have been refused the favor ; el favor se ha rehu- sado a nosotros, or se nos ha rehusado el favor. Pas. — Though the books may have been burned ; aunque se hay an quemado los libros. Pas. — The cities would be burned ; se quemarian las ciuda- des. Pas.- — The cities would have been burned se habrian quema- do las ciudades. Pas. — Though the women are protected, or may be protect- ed ; ar/nque se proteja a las mujeres. 380 SYNTAX. Pas. — Though the women were protected ; aunque se prjte jiese a las mujerts. Pas. — If the women had been protected ; 'si se hubiese prote jido a las mujeres. Pas. — If the women should be protected ; si se hubiere pro- tejido a las mujere-s. Pas. — If they had been protected ; si se les hubiese protejido VI. Any active verb may become reflective by prefixing the pronoun in the accusative case ; this pronoun must be of the same person as the nominative of the verb ; as, me ■ amo, el hombre se ama. But there are verbs which are always reflective ; such as, se mofa de su hermano, he mocks his brother ; me adhiero a la opinion de Vd., I adhere to your opinion ; nos gusta escribir, we are fond of writing. Reci- procal verbs govern others in the Infinitive, some with a, and some with de ; as, me arrepiento de haberle hablado ; se quejaba de trabajar tanto ; os acostumbrais a trabajar ; se atremo dpelear. Those which take a before the Infinitive will have it before a noun ; the same with regard to de; as, se arre- piente de su conducta ; se acojio a sagrado. VII. The pupil was informed in the personal Pronouns, rule VI, that when a dative and accusative are governed by the same verb, the dative precedes the accusative. This is a general rule, except when the verb is reflective, and then the reciprocal pronoun (which is always in the accusative,) precedes the dative, as may be seen in the following exam- ples : I discovered myself to him, Me le descnbri, or me descubri or I have discovered, etc. a el ; me le he descubierto, or me he descubierto a el. He discovered himself to me. Se me deseubrio, or se descubrio a mi. I wish to discover myself to Deseo descubrirmele, or descu- him, or to her. brirme a el, or a ella. They discovered themselves Se nos descubrie7°on, or se descur to us. brieron a nosotros. He opposed him. Se le opu so. They opposed them. Se les opusicron. *$&& ADVEEBS. 381 "Vitf. Many active verbs are used reflectively, and then the;y are generally followed by de ; as, I pity him, le compa- dezco or compadezcole (active) ; me compadezco, or compadez- come de el ('reflective) ; lie forgets his friend, olvida d iu ami- go (active) ; olvidase, or se olvida de su amigo (reflective.) IX. — Neuter verbs cannot govern others but by the help of prepositions ; as, el hombre nace para vivir: and as this and similar phrases govern the Indicative or Subjunctive we must add que after para or por ; as, el hombre nace para qu6 muera, y muere porque la muerte le es natural. X. — Many impersonate, and verbs used as such, govern the Subjunctive with que; as, conmene que venr/a, it is fit that he or she come, or may come ; es menester que yo vaya, I must go ; fue preciso que lo hiciese, it was necessary for him to do it. XI. — Verbs implying motion from a place, require de ; to a place, a; through or by a place, por ; towards a place, hdcia ; and for a place, para. ADVEEBS. "With regard to the situation of the adverb in a sentence, no rule can be given but what would be subject to many exceptions. It is a matter that depends much on taste ; however, when no particular emphasis is intended to be laid on the adverb, it generally follows the verb, and pre- cedes other parts of speech ; and for energy, or elegance, it frequently changes its situation. Nevertheless, the strength of the adverb depends very much on its position in a sen- tence ; and the perspicuity of the construction also demands care in the proper placing of the adverb ; thus we must be guided according to the stress we wish to lay on the adverb to give it a more or less conspicuous position, taking care, however, to place it where it shall not create ambiguity in the sentence. OBSERVATIONS ON CERTAIN ADVERBS, Aqui and acd. The first means here, and the second hUJier ; as, Aqx i estd — Here it is. Ven acd — Come hither. 382 SYNTAX. Hasta aqui means hitherto, and de aqui, hence ; as, i hsta aqui hemos vivido en paz — Hitherto we have lived peaceably. De aqui esos male* — Hence those evils. He aqui, signifies behold, or here is ; as, He aq:ii mi boha — Behold, or here is my purse. Ahi, alii, alia. Ahi generally denotes a place not very dis- tant from the speaker : it also alludes to the place where the person addressed is ; as, Ahi estd mi cosa — There is my house. Ahi donde estd Vd, — There where you are. Alii and alia generally refer to a more distant place than ahi ; as, Le deje alii — I left him there. Alia en aquellos paises — - There, in those countries. Alia is also equivalent to thither; as, Voy alia — I am going thither. Mas acd and mas alia are always accompanied by the pre- position de, when followed by another word. Mas acd sig- nifies on this side ; and mas alia, on that side, or beyond, ; as, Mas acd de Madrid — On this side of Madrid. Mas add de los Alpes — On that side, or beyond the Alps. Ademas and demas. The first means besides and moreover ; as, Ademas de eso — Besides that. Ademas, ya es larde — More- over, it is now too late, The second, as an adverb, means either over and above, or useless ; as, £ Cuantos hay demas t How many are there over and above ? Es por demas — Jt is useless. As an adjective and a substantive demas means the rest ; as, Lo demas vendrd maflana. — The rest (of it) will come to-morrow. Los demas de los escritos — The rest of the writings. Las demas cartas — The rest of the letters. Donde and adonde. The first signifies where, and the second whither, or where to ; as, $ Donde estd ? Donde Vd. le dejb — "Where is he ? Where you left him. % Adonde ha ido ? Adonde Vd. le mando — Whither is he gone? Where you sent him. Jamas and nunca may be used indiscriminately ; as, Jamas or nunca vi tal cosa — I never saw such a thing. Nunca joined to jamas adds greater energy to the negation ; as, Nunca jamas vi tal cosa — Never did I see such a tiling. Jamas is often used after the words por siempre, and para siempre, for ever ; then, instead of its negative signification, it means eternally ; as Me acordare de el para siempre jamas I will remember him all the days of my life, or for ever. It PREPOSITIONS. 383 is sometimes used alone interrogatively, in the sense of ever, as, i Ha visto Vd. jamas tal proceder ? — Did you ever see such behaviour ? No,. This adverb does not always convey a negative meaning ; on the contrary, it strengthens the affirmation when used with comparatives, and renders the contrast more striking ; as, Mejor es el trabajo que no la oeiosidad — . Labour is better than idleness. Mas vale ayunar que no en- fermar — It is better to fast than to fall ill. The no, however, in such sentences is not absolutely required, since their grammatical construction would be perfect without it. Ya. This adverb has a variety of significations, as will be observed in the following examples : — I Ha venido Vd. ya ? Are you come already ? Ya lo se. I already know it. Ya vendre a verle. I'll soon come and see you. Vaya Vd. que ya yo ire. Go yourself, I will go presently. ^Me entiende Vd. yaf Do you understand me now f Si, ya le entiendo. Yes, now I understand you. £Ha acabado ya de escribir? Has he finished writing yet? Ya no me quejo de mi suerte. I no longer complain of my fate. Ya lo sabra Vd. You will know it by and by. Ya quiere esto, ya aquello. Sometimes he wants this some- times that. Ire, ya que Vd. lo manda. I will go, since you desire it. Ya sea por esto, ya por Whether it be for this, or for aquello. that. Ya no le vere mas. I shall never see him again. Ya se ve. It is evident. Of course. PREPOSITIONS. The prepositions, in Spanish, are always placed before the words which they govern. I. — The preposition de, which answers to of or from, in English, must be translated by or with, when it expresses the agent or cause of an action : 384 SYNTAX. Aborrecido de todos, Detested by all. Rodeado de enemigos, Surrounded by enemies. Saber de memoria, To know by heart. Apasionarse de una dama, To be enamored with a lady Bordar (algo) de plata, To embroider with silver. Llenar de agua, To fill with water. Speaking of the body, it is used thus : Alto or bajo de cuerpo, Of a high or low stature. Blanco de cara, Having a white face. With most reflective verbs and phrases like the following it cannot well be expressed in English : Abusar de la amistad, To abuse friendship. Ademas de eso, Besides that. Antes de ahora, Before now. Cerca, or enfrente de la Near, or opposite the house. casa, Gozar de alguna cosa, To enjoy any thing. Tr tras de mi. To go behind me. The following are not easily reducible to any rule : Ordenarse de sacerdote, To be ordained into the priest- hood. Pasar de Se villa, To go farther than Seville. Triunfar de los enemigos, To triumph over enemies. II. — In phrases like the following, it is translated on or upon. Caer a tal parte, To look on such a aide. Ladear a tal parte, To lay on such a side. Resolverse a alguna cosa, Te resolve upon any thing. In the following, and similar phrases, it should be tran- BlatedyVom. Pedir algo a alguno, To ask something from any- one, Callar la verdad a otro, To conceal the truth from tuiother. PREPOSITIONS. 385 In the following, and similar phrases, it is translated for : Disponerse a alguna cosa, To prepare for any thing. Ingrato a los favores, Ungrateful for favors. Optar a los empleos, To be a candidate for situa- tions. The following are not easily reducible to a rule : Arrimarse a la pared, To lean againd the wall. Oler algo a otra cosa, To have the smell of another thing. III. — En, in, is sometimes translated with, on, upon or to: Encenderse en ira, To kindle with auger. Bambolear en la maroma, To dance on the rope. Caer en tierra, To fall upon the ground. Examples of the manner of using con, para, &c. : Acertar, or dar con la casa, To find the house. Trocar una cosa con otra, To change one thing fir another. Chocar una cosa con otra, To drive one thing against another. Visible para todos, Visible to all. Estar para partir, To be ready to depart. V. — Some prepositions are indiscriminately used for others : Aconsejarse de, or con To be advised by wise men. sabios, RULES FOR THE USE OF THE PREPOSITIONS por AND para. Por denotes the instument, the agent, the medium, the cause or motive, and therefore is rendered by for, on account of, by or through. Examples : This machine is moved by Esta mdquina estd movida por steam, vapor. This work is written bj N., Esta obra estd escrita por N. 336 SYNTAX. The teacher punished my son El maestro castigo a mi hijo por for (on account of) his in- {per causa de) su indolencia. dolence, I will do it for (on account of) Lo hare por Yd. you, How much do you ask for this $ Cudnto pide Yd. por este soni* hat ? brero f I passed through Paris, Pase por Paris. Para indicates the purpose, the direction, or the end ; and is rendered by to, in order to, or for. Examples : To (in order to) learn, one Para aprender es menester estu* must study, diar. That vessel sails for Havana, Aquelbuque sale parala Habana, This letter is for you, Esta carta es para Yd. VERBS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION CL BEFORE BOTH AN INFINI- TIVE AND A NOUN. Abandonarse a morir, a los vicios. Acertar a pasar, al sitio. Acostumbrarse a pedir, a la limosna. Adelantarse a llegar, a los otros. Aficionarse a cazar, a la lectu- ra. Apostar a correr, al juego. Apresurarse a, venir, a mi en- cuentro. Aproximarse a morir, al pue- blo. Arrojarse a nadar, al agua. Asomarse a ver, al balcon. Atreverse a decir, a muclios. Comenzar a cantar. Concurrir a votar, a empresas. Condenar a morir, a destierro. Conformarse a sufrir, a la regla. Consagrarse a servir, a Dios. Contribuir a edificar, a em- presas. Convidar a bailar, al baile. Convocar a deliberar, a juuta. Dar a entender, a todos. Decidirse a viajar, a todo. Dedicarse a aprender, a las ciencias. Determinarse a comprar, a la compra. Echarse a dormir, al suelo. Enviar a decir, a Pedro. Exhortar a enmendarse, a la enmienda, Habituarse a beber, al vino. Hurnillarse a rogar, al ruego. Incitar a correr, a alguno. Inclinarse a leer, a la virtud. Inducir a pecar, a pecado. Ir a viajar, a paseo. Meterse a gobernar, a sastre, PREPOSITIONS. 387 Negarse a dar, a todos. OMigar a cumplir, a lo justo. Obligarse a pagar, al pago. Ofrecerse a servir, al servicio. Pararse a descansar, a la puerta. Pasar a descubrir, a la sala. Persuadir a ceder, a alguno. Ponerse a estudiar, al trabajo. Reducirse a vivir, a lo nece- sario. [empresa. Resolverse a raarchar, a la Salir a torear, a la calle. Sentarse a comer, a la mesa. Someterse a sufrir, al superior. Subir a ver, al terrado. Tornar a decir, a un lado. Volver a caer, a casa. VERBS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION a BEFORE A NOUN, ANU DO NOT ADMIT IT BEFORE OR WITH ANOTHER VERB. Abordar & la lancha. Acojerse al asilo. Adherirse & facciones. Agregarse a los suyos. Arribar a buen puerto. Ascender & capitan. Atender d la leccion. Atribuir d la suerte. Brindar a la salud. Caer d tierra. Calentarse d la chim enea. Callar al publico. Ceder d la fuerza. Comprar al tendero. Conducir d la ciudad. Confiar d su amigo. Consagrar d Dios. Consultar d los doctos. Contestar d esquelas. Contravenir d lo mandado. Convertirse d la virtud. Corresponder d los favores. Deber al panadero. Declarar d la nacion. Desmentir cl calumniador. Despertar al dorniilori. Diferir d otra dpoca. Echar d tierra. Elevar d las nubes. Esceder d otro. Faltar d la orden. Favorecei d pobres. Fiarse d uu amigo. Igualars?3 d inferiores. Irnpeler d la carrera. Imponer d siibditos. Impugnar at contrario. Imputar al inoceute. Incliuar al obstinado. Incorporar d la masa. Infuiidir d alguno. Insinuar d su amigo. Jugar d los naipes. Juutar d otro. Leer d la junta. Llover d cantaros. Mantlar d inferiores. Manifestar al auditorio. Mantener d un pobre, Montar d caballo. Mudarse d otra parte. Navegar al Sur. Notificar d la parte. Oler d vainilla. Optar d empleos. Parecerse d su madre. Participar a los jefes. Pegar, fijar, colgar y a la pared. Permitir d los subalternos. Persuadir d los rebeldes. Prevenir d incautos. Prometer d los amigos. Promover d la rnajistratura Eecetar al enfermo. Eecibir d cuenta. Becomendar d un axnigo. Beferirse d una cosa. 388 SYNTAX. Rerdirse Repartir Representarse Responder Re^tituir Retirarse Retroceder Robar Rogar Saber Saltar Sustituir d la razon. d la tropa. d la imajinacion. d la pregunta. al despojado. al convento. d un punto. al caminante. al padre. a quina. d la imajinaeiou. al profesor. Sustraerse Sujerir Tirar Tocar Traer Transferir Transplantar Uniforniar Unir Vestir Vivir Volar al deber. d alguno. d la izquierda. d cada uno. al mercado. al sitio. al huerto. d otra cosa. d otro. d la turca. d gusto. al cielo. VERBS VTHICH REQUIRE THK PREPOSITION de BEFORE AN INFINITIYI Abochornarse Abstenerse Aburrirse Acabar Acordarse Acusar Agraviarse Ahorrar Alegrarse Arrepentirse Asegurarse Avergonzarse Bajar Blasonar Cansarse Confesarse Congratularse Cuidarse Culpar Dar Dejenerar Desdenarse Desesperar Despedirse Desquitarse Dejar IMgnarse Disgustarse Distraerse Enmendarsr Espantarse Escluir Escusarse Eximir de pedir. de pecar. depadecer. de trabajar. de ir. de haber hecho. de oir. de gastar. de saber. de jugar. de ser cierto. de hablar. de dormir. de haber sido. de trabajar. de haber hecho. de ser. de trabajar. de omitir. de beber. de ser. de asistir. de conseguir. de un amigo. de perder. de molestar. de conceder. de pretender. de padecer. de pecar. de ver. de votar. de ir. de trabajar. Fastidiarse Fatigarse Gloriarse Guardarse Gustar Hartarse Holgarse Jactarse Justiticarse Lamentarse Librar Llevarse Mantenerse Maravillarse Molerse Motejar Olvidarse Preciarse Presumir Quejarse Querellarse Reirse Renegar Retraerse Sacar Sentirse Servirse Sobresaltarse Subir Subsistir Sustraerse Tachar Tratar Valerse de oir. de andar. de ser. de caminar. de bailar. de comer. de recibir. de poseer. de haber hecho. de padecer. de servir. de oir decir. de bordar. de saber. de correr. de ignorar. de ir. de cantar. de saber. de ser. de haber sido. de oir decir. de haber nacido. de concurrir. de padecer. de oir. de dar. de ver. de cenar. de trabajar. de obedecer. de n^entir. de comprar. de ser. PBEPOSITIONS. Vanagloriarse Venir de servir, de cazar. Vivir Zafarse de mendigat. de trabajar. VERBS FROM WHOSE MEANING SPRINGS THE PREPOSITION €)l WHICH MUST BE USED BEFORE AN INFINITIVE. Actuarse Adestrarss Afanarse Aferrarse Balancear Ceder Complacerse Comprometerse Concurrir Confiar Confundirse Consentir Consumirse Convenir Dar Deleitarse Detenerse Distinguirse Distraerse Empenarse Engaiiarse Ensayarse Eutrernetersr Equivocarse Esforzarse Esmerarse Estrecharse Estribar Fatigarse Fundarse Gozar en escribir. en bailar. en convencer. en sostener. en opinar. en tirar. en dar. en firmar. en pensar. en ascender. en contemplar. en pagar. en cavilar. en comprar. en mentir. en cantar. en referir. en vestir. en bordar en conseguir, en creer. en dibujar. en gobernar. en pronunciar. en inerecer. en pulir. en gastar. en acertar. en rodear. en haber oido. en oir cantar. Ignalarye Incidir Influir Insistir Instruir Instruirse Introducirse Invertir Matarse Meters e Mezclarse Moderarse Obstinarse Ocuparse Pecar Peligrar Pensar Perseverar Propasarse Quedar Recalcarse Sacrificarse Semejarse Sobresalir Templarse Titubear Trabajar Trabucarse Uniformarse Vacilar Violentarse en correr. en cometer. en sentenciar. en sospechar. en raanejar. en manejarse. en analizar. en edificar. en trabajar. en florear. en gobernar. en hablar. en negar. en escribir. en pensar. en salir. en acomodarse. en pedir. en hablar. en asistir. en ponderar. en pagar. en hablar. en m on tar. en hablar. en salir. en vencerse. en hablar. en pensar. en vender. en ceder. NOUNS WHICH REQUIRE THE PREPOSITION de BEFORE AN INFINITIVE.* Alegria Atrevimiento arrojo u dia Bondad Cobardia de ver. osa- >• de decir. de dar. de negar. Consuelo Desconsuelo Desdicha Deseo Desgracia Dicha de saber. de ver. de perder. de aprender. de perder. de ganar. * Recomended to the scholar for its importance, and for being the first time it has appeared in any Spanish Grammar. 390 SYNTAX. Dignacion Disgusto Escusa Esperanza Facilidad Facultad Favor Felieidad 6 in- felicidad Fortuna Frauqueza Gana Gloria Gozo Gusto Honor Honra Imprudencia Insolencia Intericion Jenorosidad Libertad Molestia Miedo Placer Pretension de aceptar. de ver. de 6 para ir de recibir. de vender. de hacer. de decir. de casarse. de estar. de hablar. de comer. de ver. de oir. de ser. de ser. de estar. de hablar. de decir. de hacer. de dar. de pedir. de venir. de hablar. de saber. de conocer. Promesa Pretesto Proposito Resolution Satisfaccion Necesidad Objeto Obligacion 6 deber Ocasion Oportunidad Poder Pena, pesar, 6 pesadurnbro Posibilidad Prudencia Razon Seguridad Suerte Temor Tiempo Tristeza Valor Vanidad Vergiienza Voluntad de estudiar. de 6 para ir. de estar. de quedarse. de informar. de decir. de ir. de hacer. de hablar. de ir. de perdonar. de ver. de hacer. de callar. de 6 para quejarse* de recibir. de ganar. de encontrar. deo para estudiar. de ver. de 6 para ir. de decir, de confesar. de hacer. PECULIAR MEANINGS OP CERTAIN ENGLISH PREPOSITIONS, WITH THEIR CORRESPONDING TRANSLATIONS IN SPANISH. "When English prepositions have other meanings besides those which constitute their most general signification, they must be translated by words corresponding with those which they stand in the place of : Ex. : About. To run about the streets, He spoke about that affair. What are you about ? I was about to tell it to you, Correr por las calles. Hablo de, or sobre ese negocio. I Que esta Vd. haciendo ? Estaba para decirselo a Vd. Above. His liberality is above his Su liberalidad escede i sua means, medios. It is above my comprehen- No alcanzo a comprenderlo. sion, PREPOSITIONS. 391 After. He does things after his own Hace las cosas a su antojo. fancy, I was looking after a friend, Iba en busca de un amigo. Against. I set my face against it, Me opuse a ello. I shall be back against the Estare de vuelta para fines end of the month, del mes. Along. Along the shore, A lo largo de la ribera. Come along with me, Venga Vd. conmigo. At. Are they at home ? carceiy closed my eyes Ute whole night. I retired to bed very late last night. I am loth to leave my bed. I am going to ring the bell for the valet to come up and assist me to dress. John ; has the laundress brought my linen ? LEVANTARSE Y VESTIRSE. Para un Cdballero. I Es hora de levantarse ? Creo que si. re — Gentian Root. Gum : arabic— assafcetida — guaya- cum — shellac— myrrh — incense — tragaganth. Ipecacuanha — Jalap . Juniper berries— Lime juice. Liquorice— Magnesia. Manna: in flakes— in sorts. Mastic- - Musk— Musk seed. Mustard seed — Nux-vomica. Opium — Peppermint . Rhubarb— Sarsaparilla. Sassafras Root— Senna. Snake Root - Squills. Storax — Tamarinds. ANIMAL SUBSTANCES. Bristles. Ivory. Feathers : ostrich— heron— bed — Down. Furs: chinchilla-ermine— otter- bear- leopard. Hides— Horns. Bone — Tortoise shell. Mother of pearl— Horse hair. Skins : buck— calf, undressed, fi- nished—varnished — deer in hair —goat— kid -elk — beaver — mo- rocco—seal. Tallow -Wax— Whalebone. Sal amoniaco — de Inglaterra— de glauberto. Agua fuerte— Barilla. Salitre: crudo — refinado. Nitrato de soda. DROGAS. Acibar — Ambar gris. Quina — Calisaya. Benjuf. Borraj : crudo —refinado . Alcanfor: crudo —refinado. Cantaridas — Cardaniomos. Caiiafistolas. Coriandro, or Cilantro. Cominos — Sangre de drago. Ele'boro— Raiz de jenciana. Goma : arabiga — asafe'tida -guaya- co — laca enhojas — mirra— incien- so — adragante, or alquitira. Ipecacuana — Purga de jalapa. Bayas de enebro — Zumo de limon. Regaliz — Magnesia. Mana: en lagrimas — en suerte. Mastic — Almizcle — Ambrete. Mostaza en grano — Nuez vomica. Opio — Menta, or yerba buena. Ruibarbo — Zarzaparilla. Raiz de zarzafras — Hojas de sen. Serpentaria — Cebolla albarrana. Estoraque — Tamarindos. SUBSTANCIAS ANIMALES. Cerdas (sedas para zapateros). Marfil. Plumas : de avestruz— de garza— para colchones— Plumon. Pieles: de chinchilla— de armifio - de marta cebellina— oso — leopar- do. Cueros al pelo — Cnernos, or astas. Hueso - C.a-ey. Nacar — Crin, or clin . Pieles : de gamo— becerro, adoba- do, curtido — becerrillos charola- dos— gainuza al pelo— de cabra — de cabritillo — de danta— de cas- tor — tafilete. or marroqul— de lo- bo marino. Sebo- Cera— Barba de ballena. 458 MERCANTILE VOCABULARY. MATERIALS FOR WEAVING, Cotton— Flax- -Hemp. Wool : cashmere — Angora — goats and camels hair. Silk — raw. Yarn : mohair — hemp — cotton — worsted. Spun silk. METALS, MINERALS, STONES, ETC. METALES, MATERIAS PARa TEJIDOS. Algodon en rania — Lino— Cafiamo. Lanaenrama: de cactusinir— Ango- ra — pelo de cabra y de camello. Seda en rama — crnda. Lana hilada : pelo de cabra hilado — cafiamo— algodon hilado— hilo de estambre. Filoseda, or borra. PIEDRAS, Gold: in bars (ingots) — coin — dust. Silver: in bars — standard. Bullion — Spanish dollars. Copper: in pigs — sheathing — old. Platina— Brass. Tin: bars— blocks. Bismuth —Quicksilver. Antimony: crude. Lead: pig — ore. Em ery — Steel — Zinc. Iron: bar —cast. Brimstone: crude. Cobalt —Arsenic. Coal — Flint-glass. Plaster of Paris. Stones : burr, or mill— pumice— grind — wet — flint. Precious stones : diamond— eme- rald —ruby — amethyst — saphyre ■ — opal— turquoise— topaz —agate — onyx — garnet. Marble— Alabaster— Jet. PAINTS. Carmine —Cinnabar — Chalk. Ochre. Camboge — Chromic yellow. Prussian blue— Verdigrise. Vermillion— White lead. Bed lead— Lamp black. Paints in oil— Varnish. MINERALES, ETC. Oro: en pasta, or tejos— acunado— en polvo. Plata: en pasta — de ley. Plata y oro en pasta — pesos fuertes. Cobre : en rosetas — en planchas— viejo. Platina— Laton. Estafio: en varas — en galapagos. Estafio glas — Azogue. Antimonio: crudo. Plomo : en galapagos — mineral de plomo. Esmeril — Acero — Zinc. Hierro: en barras — colado. Azufre: en bruto. Cobalto — Arsenico. Carbon de piedra — Cristal de roca. Yeso de Paris. Piedras : de molino (sin labrar) — pomez — de amolar — de afilar — de chispa. Piedras finas, or preciosas : dia- mante — esmeralda — rubi — ama- tista — zaiiro — opalo — turquesa — topacio — agata — onique — grana- te. Marmol — Alabastro — Azabache. COLORES PARA PINTAR. Carmin — Cinabrio — Greda. Ocre. or tierra amarilla. Gufcagamba — Amarillo de cromo. Azul de Prusia — Cardenillo. Bermellon — Albayalde. Minio, or ozarcon — Humo de pez. Pinturas molidas en aceite— Barnia CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS. 459 TIMBER, WOOD, ETC. Pilch pine— Birch— Maple. Ash- Oak. Planks Spars. Sta ves : pipe — hogshead — barrel. Hoops — Bamboos — Rattans. Woods : mahogany — rose-wood- cedar — ebony — lignum vitas- box. SUNDRIES. Coral— Hops. India rubber, or caoutchouc. Oak bark. Sponges — Asphaltum — Pitch. Rosin — Tar. LINEN GOODS. Linen cloth— Irish linen. Diaper : bird eye. Towels. Ticks, or bed ticking. Linen drills: white — brown. Sail cloth— Ravens duck. Canvas — Twine. Lace — Edgings and Insertings. WOOLLEN GOODS. Woollen cloth — Woollen stuff. Worsted serge — Coatings. Cashmere cloth — Merino cloth. Woollen damask. Printed mousseline de laine. Black bombazine. Flannels of all descriptions. Cam lets — Baize —Bunting , Wollen blankets. Worsted stockings — Carpets. COTTON GOODS. Calico —Cambric muslin. Muslins : embroidered— checked- striped — figured — printed. Organdi — Bobinet tul. MADERAS DE CONSTRUT CION Y PARA MUEBLES, ETC. Pino —Alamo — Arce. Fresno— Roble, enema. Tablas, Tablazones — Perchas . Duelas: para botas, or pipas— para bocoyes — para barriles. Arcos— Bambus— Junquillos. Maderas : caoba — palisandra — ce- dro— dbano - palosanto, or gua- yacan— boj. ARTTCULOS DE VARIAS CLASES. Coral — Flor de oblon. Goma elastica, or caucho. Casca, or cascara de roble para cur- tir. Esponjas — Asfalto — Brea. Resina — Alquitran. JENEROS DE HILO. Lienzo, lencerfa— irlandas. Manteleria: ojo de perdiz. Toallas, (pafios de mano). Cotf, terliz. Dril de hilo: bianco — crudo. Lonsis — Lonetas. Canamazo— Hilo bramante. Encaje — Puntillas y Antolares. TEJIDOS DE LANA. Pafio— Je'nero de lana. Sarga de lana — Baye tones. Tejido de cachemir — Merino. Damasco de lana. Muselina de lana estampada. Alepin negro. Franelas de todas clases. Camelotes — Bayeta— Estaniena, Manias de lana. Medias de lana— Alfombras. TEJIDOS DE ALGODON. Tela de algodon— Cocos, percaki. Muselina: bordadas— de cuadros — de listas— labradas — impresaa. Organdi— Tul bobine'. 460 MERCANTILE VOCABULARY. French and English prints, or cali- coes. Ginghams : with checks— stripes — plain. Nankins— Madras handkerchiefs. Velveteens —Cotton blankets. Quilting —Fustian. Cotton drills. SILK GOODS. Satin— Irish poplins. Crape —Gauze. Satin ribbons —Velvet. Black satin and cashmere vesting. Figured silk scarfs— Silk plush. Silk lace. Black and white blonde lace. Large and small patterns. Plain ground — plain colored. Printed, colored, figured. Thick, stout satin. The warp— the Woof. MILLINERY, PERFUMERY, ETC. Veils: lace -tuL Artificial flowers. Fans : ivory— mother of pearl — bone— wood. Fancy tr minings* Gloves: ladies short and long kid. Sik gloves -Chenille. Favor ribbons. India rubber suspenders. Tortoise shell combs. Pocket-books. Brushes: shaving and tooth. Perfumed soap— Pomatum. JEWELRY. Sets of jewels. G-oid rings set with precious stones. Zarazas francesas 6 inglesas. Guingas : de cuadros— de listas— • lisas. Mahones — Madras de la India. Panas — Frazadas de algodon. Acolchado — Fustan. Dril de algodon. SEDEUfAS. Raso — Poplinas de Irlanda. Crespon— Gasa. Cintas de raso— Terciopelo. Chalecos de raso negro y de cache- mir. Chales de sedas, labrados -Felpa. Encaje de seda. Blonda negra y blanca. Dibujos grandes y menudos. Fondo liso — de color entero. Estampado de colores, iluminado, labrado. Raso doble, de mucho cuerpo. El pie' la Trama. MODAS, PERFUMERIAS, ETC. Velos: de encaje — de tuL Flores de mano (artificiales). Abanicos: varillaje de marfil — na- car — hueso- -madera. Adornos, or guarniciones de ca- pricho para trajes. Guantes de cabretilla : para mujer — cortos y largos. Guantes de seda— Felpa. Chamberguillas. Tirantes de goma elastica. Peines de concha. Carteras. Escobillas : de barbas y para lot dientes. Jabones de olor — Pomada. PRENDERfA. Aderezos. Sortijas de oro con piedras precio- CLASSIFICATION OF GOODS. 461 Pearls necklaces- Cameo broches and bracelets. Gold watches. Gold chains and seals. Gold studs. Gilt ear-rings. Imitation of precious stones. Spectacles: silver and gold. ARMS AND WEAPONS. Cannons — Carronades— Bullets. Guns — Pistols. Copper caps. Shot of all sizes- Gunpowder Sabres — Swords— Cutlasses. SUNDRIES. Engravings — Prints — Maps. Stationery — Pasteboards — Vellum . Paper : writing — hanging — wrap- ping -letter — printing. Blank books. Lead pencils— Quills. Steel pens. Types. Collares de perlas. Broches yBraceletes con camafoos. Kelojes de oro. Cadenas y Sellos de oro. Botones de camisa de oro. Aretes dorados. Piedras falsas. Espejuelos: de oro y plata. Cafiones — Carronadas -- Balas. Escopetas — Pistolas. Capuzones para armas de piston. Perdigones de todos gruesos— P61- vora. Sables— Espadas— Machetes. ARTICTJLOS DE VARIAS CLASES. Laminas — Estampas— Mapas. Papeleria — Cartou— Vitela. Papel : de escribir —pintado— de em traza— de cartas — de imprenta. Libros en bianco. Lapizes— Plumas de ave. Plumas de acero. Caracteres, tipos. COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. PARA EMPEZAR UNA CARTA. Br. Dn. Samuel Davis, Charleston. Sres. Bernard 6 hijo (e' hijos), Lima. Muy Sr. mio (nuestro). Muy Sr. mio (Muy Sr. mio y amigo). Muy Sres. mios (nuestros). Muy Sr. mio, de todo mi aprecio, (Muy Sr. mio y amigo 6 estimado amigo). A ruego de nuestro comun amigo, Dn.***, nos tomamos la libertad de... Conforme nos encarga Dn. ***, tenemos el gusto (el honor) de pre- venir a Vd. que Consecuente con lo que insinua- mos en algunas de nuestras ante- riores .... Tiene la presente por principal notivo el Sirve la presente a Tengo el honor de noticiar a Vd. que .... Participants a Vds. como Nos apresuramos a prevenirles que Siento tener que participates que La adjunta es copia de nuestra Ultima del .... Acompana copia de nuestra ulti- ma 25 del ppdo. Confinnando nuestra ultima del ... . BEGINNING A LETTER. Samuel Davis, Esq., Charleston. Messrs. Bernard & Son 'and Sons), Lima. Sir. Dear Sir. Gentlemen. My dear Sir. At the request (by request; of our mutual friend, Mr. ***, we take the liberty of ... . By desire of Mr. ***, we have the pleasure to acquaint you that .... Agreeably to what wc intimated to you in several of our former let- ters, .... The immediate object of this is The present will serve to .... I have the honor to inform you that We beg to inform you that .... "VVe hasten to inform you that . . . I regret that I have to advise that .... Enclosed is a copy of our last re- spects of the We hand you enclosed a copy of our last of the 25th ult. Confirming our last respects of the ... . BEGINNING A LETTER. 463 Carecemos de sus estimadas a que dar contestacion No recibieudo contestation a mi Somos favorecidos con su . . . . En este momento, recibimos su Recibimos la estimada de Vd. 15 del que rije, y le damos las gracias por los avisos que encierra sobre el estado de ese mercado. Ayer recibi su aprecida del .... Hace algunos dias recibimos juntas sus favorecidas 25 de agosto y 16 de setienibre. De cuyo contenido quedamos en- terados. Y anotamos su contenido. En su dia, recibimos la aprecia- ble de Vd. del . . . . , previnie'n- donos que. . . . Acabamos de recibir su Autes de recibir sus gratas de. . . . Acuso el recibo de su favorecida del.... Obra en mi poder su muy grata 22 del presente, que no exije res- puesta. Tengo a la vista su apreciable 1° del actual. Acaba de llegarnos su apreciable del.... Tengo en mi poder su. Obran en nuestro poder sus apreciadas por y junta- men te con las facturas de . . . . En contestacion a su apble del. Correspondiendo a su estimada de esta misma fha, dire' que. . . . Paso ahora a dar contestation a su apreciable de Estranarian el que no haya con- testado oportunamente a su esti- mada del . . . ; lleg6 a mis manos el 31 de mayo. We have none of your esteemed favors unanswered .... On receiving no answer to my We are in (due) receipt of your .... We have this moment received your .... ^V We have received your esteemed favor of the 15th inst., and are much obliged by the information it conveys. I yesterday received your favor of the .... Your favors of the 25th August and 16th September we received a few days ago. The contents of which are noted. And take due note of its contents. We duly received your favor of the , apprising us that. . . . We have just received your Previous to receiving your letters of ... . I have to acknowledge the receipt of your valued favor of the .... Your friendly lines of the 22d inst. are with me, and require no particular answer. Your favor of the 1st inst. is at hand. Your favor of the is just at hand. I am in possesion of your .... Your several communications per ships and are with us together with invoices of In answer to your esteemed favor of the In reply to your favor of this day's date, I have to state that I now answer your esteemed favor of the You must have thought it very strange that I have not answered your letter of the ; it reached me the*31st of May. 464: COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Espero disiinularan el que no les haya escrito antes. ESQUELAS. J. Burton saluda a los Sres Chapman y Mill, y les participa que .... Chapman y Mill saludan al Sr. Dn. J. Burton y en respuesta a lo que les tiene manifestado con esta misma fecha, le previenen que .... P. L. y <> tienen el gusto de saludar al Sr. P. , y le dan atentas gracias por el contenido de su apre- ciable de esta mafiana. Respecto al . . . . W. A. Blount queda agradecido a los Sres P. y Ca. por haber enca- minado el , y les estimara tengan la bondad de .... PARA CONCLUIR UNA CARTA. Quedo de Vds. , atento y seguro servidor. Q. B. S. M. (Que besa sus manos.) Somos de Vd. atentos y seguros servidores. Q. S. M. B. Soy de Vds. su muv atento S. S. Q. S. M. B Quedamos de Vd. afectisimos Seg. Serv. Q. B. S. M. De Vd. afmo. Seg. Serv. Q, S. M. B. Queda de Vds., atento y seguro servidor .... Dispongan Vds. de su .... SaludanaVds.,siis afmos Y sin otra cosa, nos ofrecemos a su disposition atentos y S. S Agradecido a los muchos favores que hasta aqui me ha dispensado, me repito Deseo lo pase bien y mande a su afmo. S. S Con este motivo, tenemos el gusto de ofrecernos 4 sus 6rdenes atentos as. I have to apologise for my neglect in not having written to you before. NOTES. Mr. J. Burton presents his com- pliments to Messrs. Chapman and Mill, and begs to state that .... Messrs. Chapman and Mill return their compliments to Mr. J. Burton, and, in reply to his note of this day's date beg to say that .... Messrs. P. L. and Co., present their compliments to Mr. P. ; they are obliged by the contents of hia note of this morning. With respect to the .... Mr. W. A. Blount begs to return his best thanks to Messrs. P. & Co., for the trouble they have taken in forwarding the .... and will feel obliged by their .... CLOSING A LETTER. I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient servant. , "We are respectfully, Sir, Your obedient servants. I am, with respect, Gentlemen, Your obedient, humble servant. We remain truly, dear Sir, Your very obedient servants. Believe me, dear Sir, Yours most truly. I have the honor to be, with true esteem and regard, Gentlemen. . . . Believe me, very respectfully. . . . We are most truly .... And conclude with the assurance of our sincere esteem. With many thanks for your past favors, I remain, .... Ever at your service, I remain, Dear Sir .... We avail ourselves of the oppor- tunity offered us to tender our ser- vices to you, and remain, respect* fully, yours .... CLOSING A LETTER. 46-5 Se repiten de Vd . atentos y S. S. Son (Quedan) de Vd. como siem- pre. Quedan de Vd. atentos y segnros servidores Q. S. P. B. (Que sus pies besan. ) Muy de prisa saludan a Vds. sus afmos .... Cou deseos de recibir pronto una carta de Vd. Esperando me favorezea con una pronta respuesta a la presente.. . . Sirvanse favorecerme con una respuesta. Sin que por hoy se ofrezca otra cosa Disimulen Vds. tantas molestias y ordenen cuanto gusten a su .... Disimulen Vds. nuestras con- tinuas impertinencias, y en retri- bucion, manden cuanto gusten a sus afmos. S. S. Siento haberle incomodado tanto Bin utilidad. Precisados por el correo que va a salir, no nos queda tiempo para mas que repetirnos sus . . . Maiiana, escribire a Vd. mas es- tensamente sobre otros asuntos. Le escribiremos con mas esten- sion por el correo inmediato. Por el correo siguiente escribi- remos & Vd. mas largamente. Cerrada ya nuestra carta, la abri- mos para notificarlo que .... Escrito hasta aqui, recibimos su apreciable del 22 corriente. Mil afectupsas y finas espresiones a toda su familia, y Vd. disponga de sus .... Sirvase Vd dar mis afectos a su familia. P6ngame Vd. a los pie's de la Sra,***, y ordene lo que guste a *\i We are always, Kith sentiments of real regard . . . We are ever truly . . . We are, with respect, Madam, Your obt. humble servants. We remain, in haste, your* truly. Desirous to hear soon from you . . Hoping yon will favor me with an early reply to the present .... You will oblige me by favoring me with a reply. And not having further to-day wherewith to detain you, we re- main .... Excuse all this trouble, and be- lieve me .... We are truly sorry to trouble you so often, and trusting you will, in return, freely command our servi- ces, we remain .... I am extremely sorry to have given you so much trouble to no purpose. The post being on the point of departure, we are compelled to con- clude, being always truly To-morrow I will write to you more fully on other topics. We shall write you more fully by next mail. We will write you more in detaiJ next post. We open this letter, after hav- ing been sealed, in order to ad- vise you that .... Whilst writing the above, wa have received your letter, of the 22d instant. With kind regards to all your family, we are .... Make my kind respects to your family. Give my inspects to Mrs.***, and believe mo . COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. El amanuense ofrece sus respetos a la Bra.*** Memorias (esprt siones) al Sr. Dn.***, de mi parte. Especiales recuerdosalamigo***. Suplico a Yd. la pronta entrega de la adjunta a su titulo. Haganos Vd. el favor de enca- minar la adjunta, a Mejico. Suplico a Vd. la direccion de la adjunta por el primer buque que saiga para la Habana. Siendo de sumo interes el conte- nido de la adjunta, he de estimar a Vd. se sirva darla direccion por el primer correo. Sirvase Vd. dar direccion a las adjuntas (a la adjunta). He encaminado con puntualidad las cartas que para este efecto me ha dirigido. P. D. (Posdata.) Se me pasaba (olvidaba) decirles que Sirvase Vd. decir al amigo***que he recibido su carta del 5, y que le contestartj por el pr6ximo correo 6 el siguiente. Sirvase Vd. dirigirme sus cartas bajo cubierta de los Sres.***, de Ldndres ; de esta manera llegaran pronto a mis manos. Sirvase Vd. dirigirme sus cartas a Nueva York, Post Office. Sus cartas me las dirigira en casa de los Sres.***Caracas. Vuelta (A la vuelta). SOBRESCEITOS. Sres. MACIAS y O. New York. Sres. BROWN, hermanos y Cia. New York. Sr. Dn. BENITO GIL, del Comercio, Lima, Peru. Sor. Dn. A. BELMONT, 20 Wall street, New York. The writer sends his respects t4 Mrs.***. Please make my repects to Mr. *** Please remember me to our friend***. Phase deliver the enclosed with- out delay. We request you will forward the enclosed letter for Mexico. Have the goodness to torward the enclosed letter for Havana by the first good conveyance. The enclosed letter being of con- siderable importance, you will con- fer a favor by giving it despatch by first mail after receipt. Please give the direction to the enclosed. I duly forwarded the letters you enclosed me. P. S. (Post-Script). I omitted to say that .... Please tell our friend *** that I have received his letter of the 5th, and that I will answer it in a mail or two. Your letters, care of Messrs. ***, London, will reach me promptly. Pray address me : New York Post Office. Direct to me, care of Messrs. ***, Caraccas. P. T. 0. (Please turn over). ADDRESSES. Messrs. MACIAS & Co., New York. Messrs. BROWN Brothers &Co,, New York. BENITO GIL, Esq., Merchant, Lima, Peru, A. BELMONT, Esq., 20 Wall street, New York. MAILS AND COEEESPONDENCE. 467 Suplicada al S<», Dn. E. ****. Sr. r&, L. BARANDIARAN, Habana. Sr. T>n. P W. HARLEl, *n ca*a de k* Sres. CARRANZA, 6 hijos, Buenos Ayres. Sr. Dn. y. H. SMITH, para entreprar al Sr. Dn. J. D. MILLER, Veracruz. S. Dn. (. LATHAM, En esta. CORREO I Y CORRESPONDENCIES. Se han recibido cartas aqui, por la via de Brazil. Si hutf ssen recibido cartas para mi, esps .'o rne las hayan dirijido sin perd< r momento, bajo cubierta, alSr.*** Antes de ayer, tuve el gusto de escribir al Sr.*** Por el correo pr6ximo 6 el si- guiente, espero poder avisarles el resultado Como habra transcurrido mucho tiempo cuando esta llegue a sus manos Y no creemos sea por demas usar de esta precaution, porque siguen muy irregulares los correos en Ita- lia. Debe haberse estrayiado esa car- ta. Habiendo sufrido los correos en- torpecimientos entre esta y Mejico. La falta de noticias de aquel ami- go, que tiene a Vd. con cuidado, no procedera de otra causa que de la irregularidad de los correos. Solo de muy pocos dias aca, em- pezaron a llegar a esta las cartas, despues de haber quedado hasta nueve correos en atraso. Y aun faltan algunas. De consiguiente, estara aquf cuando llegue la respuesta de Vd. *** me trasmitira la respuesta deVd. Favored by R. ****, Esq., Mr. L. BARANDIARAN, Havana. P. W. HARLEY, Care of Messrs. CARRANZA & SONS, Buenos Ayres. J. C. MILLER, Esq., Care of E. H. SMITH, Esq., Veracruz. C. LATHAM, Esq. Present. MAILS AND CORRESPONDENCE. There are letters here via Brazil. Should any letters for me have arrived prior to this reaching you, I hope you have lost no time in for- warding them to the care of Mr.*** I had the pleasure to write to Mr. *** two mails since. In a mail or two, I hope to wait on you with the result. As a considerable period will elapse before the receipt of this. . . . Nor do we think this precaution superfluous, as the mails in Italy are very irregular. This letter must have been mis- carried. The post between here and Mexi- co having suffered some delay. Your uneasiness, grounded on his silence, is to be ascribed solely to the irregularity which has lately prevailed in the mails. It is only a few days since the letters began to come in, after no less than nine mails were in ar» rears. And there are still several mis- sing. Your answer will therefore find him here. *** will transmit me your answer, 468 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Pero aim no tengo contestacion. Estoy pendiente de una contesta- cion de . . . Correspondera directamente con Vd. Su estensa correspondencia (de Vd.). La raande' al Sr.***, corresponsal ordinario de Dn.***, en Euan. Sobre asuntos que me conciernan tendran a bien corresponder con los Sres.***, de Liverpool, a quie- nes escribire' tambien en el momen- to que este' ..... Nos apresuramos a escribirles por varios conductos, suplicandoles no difieranel. . . . Solo lleg6 ayer a mis manos, por haber sido echada tarde en ese cor- But as yet have not any answer. I am awaiting an answer from .... He will correspond directly with you. Your wide or extensive corres- pondence. I forwarded it to Mr. ***, the reg- ular correspondent of Mr.***, at Rouen. You will please to correspond on matters that concern me with Messrs.***, of Liverpool, to whom I shall also write the moment I am We hasten to write yoii by every channel, to request that no delay takes place in ... . It reached only yesterday, being put too late in th« Post-office. Hagame Vd. el favor de escribir- Let me hear from you. Tengo en mi poder su grata del .... con una inclusa para mi hermano, y como este habra tenido a estas horas el gusto de saludar a Vd. no le mando la carta. No escribo a dho Sor, por no ha- cerle pagar un porte de carta sin necesidad. Se la mando abierta, para que se imponga de su contenido. Les molestamos hoy principal- mente con el objeto de acompauar- les la adjunta carta, que dejamos abierta para que se enteren (se im- pongan) de su contenido. Nos ha sido comunicada la carta que Vd. escribio el 30 ppdo al Sr. ***, concerniente al . . . . - Aguardamos primeramente su respuesta a nuestra carta del .... He correspondido mas particu- larmente con el sobre ese asunto. El Sr.*** habia salido ya de esta cuando lleg6 la carta de Vd.-, se la he maudado a New Orleans. I have your friendly letter of the . . accompanying one for my brother. As he will have had, before this, the pleasure to have seen you, I retain the letter. I do not write to that gentk man, being unwilling to put him ,o un- necessary expense in postage . I left it open for your peruyal. We trouble you to-day principally for the purpose of handing you the enclosed letter, which we leiw .3 open for your perusal. We have been informed of your letter of the 30th ult. to Mr.***, respecting the .... We first wait your reply to our letter of the .... I have more particularly corres- ponded with him on this subject. Mr.*** had already left this ^'b/^n your letter arrived; I have Bra) '•t to him at New Orleans. THE STATE OF THE MARKET. 469 Si no se hubiese enoargado su S/. *** de corresponder con rds. so- bre los asuntos a que se refieren sus varias cartas. . . . Deseo escribirles sobre un asunto de alguna importancia; pero no lo \ are hasta tanto no reciba Manana es dia de correo. Devolvemos a Vd. la carta del Sr.*** La presente va por la via de Fila- delfia. El escribf a *** bajo sobre a Vds. I Pudieran Vds. decirme si se ha puesto en planta el nuevo arreglo postal entre los Estados Unidosy Espafia, y si pueden ir ya las cartas sin franquearse ? Es adjuhta una carta para. . . , en Lima, que me haran el favor de mandar echar en el correo. Tenga Vd. la bondad de mandar franquear una carta que, con nues- tra direccion esta detenida en la administracion de correos. Nos cargara el porte y se servira procu- rar el pronto envio de la carta. Un despacho telegrafico, que re- cibimos en este momento nos im- pone de que Franco de porte. Carta certificada. Had not your Mr. •■*• taken upon himself to correspond with you on the subject of your different letters to us ... . I wish to write to you on a sub- ject of moment, but shall not do so until I receive To-morrow is post-day. We return you Mr.***'s letter. This goes via Philadelphia. The I wrote to*** to youl care. Will you be so kind as to let me know if the new postal arrangement betwen the United States and Spain has come into force, and whether letters may now go without the postage being prepaid ? Enclosed, a letter addressed to.... at Lima, which please have mailed at Valparaiso. You will much -oblige us by caus- ing tbe postage to be paid on a let- ter lying for us at the New York Post-office. Please charge us with the expense and forward the letter as soon as possible. A dispatch by telegraph informs us this morning that. . . . Free of postage. Registered letter. THE STATE OF THE MARKET. Agradeceremos a Vd. sus avisos sobre el estado actual de ese mer- cado. Son pocos 6 ningunos los nego- cios hechos desde mis ultimos avisos. Con motivo de los dias feriados. Nuestro mercado sigue en el rnismo estado que avisamos en uuestra anterior. El Cafe' y los Azucares sostienen sus precios. A few lines respecting the present state of your markets would ca very acceptable. No business since my last advices, Owing to the holidays. Our market continues as last ad- vised : Sugar and Coffee maintain the same prices. 470 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE . Creemos no les sera indiferente saber. . . . Habiendo ocurrido una leve variacion en este mercado, voy a.... Les doy todos estos pormenores sobre el estado de nuestra plaza, porque .... Apreciard a Vd. me avise lo que ocurra en esa plaza, senalandome particularmente aquellos artlculos que liayan bajado mas de su precio ordinarfo. Por algun tiempo, han sido muy animados los negocios en esta plaza. Como Vd. recibira la presente sin pagar porte niuguno, aprovecho esta ocasion para avisarle el estado actual de esta plazo respecto de algunos arliculos principales. Agradecemos a Vds. sus avisos de ese mercado, y rogamos nos los repitan oportunamente. Y de un mes aca no han variado los precios. Desde mi ultima, los negocios de Algodones, en esta plaza, han mudado completamente deaspecto. Los precios de los frutos se sos- tienen em este mercado ; pero hay poco movimiento en los negocios. Desde nuestra ultima, nada ha ocurrido que merezca la atencion de Vd. No notamos variacion ninguna en los demas artioulos. Sigue fluctuando mucho el precio del Cafe. En los demas articulos, no hay variacion alguna desde nuestros ultimos avisos. Los negocios estan en la mayor calma, como suele suceder en esta estacion. Los negocios se hallaban en el mayTr abatimiento y paralizar'on. "We think it will not bo unin- teresting for you to know (to learn) .... A slight change having taken place in our market, I will. . . I have been thus particular in giving you the details of this market, because .... I will thank you to keep me ad- vised with your prices and particu- larly with those articles which may be depreciated. Our market has been for some time very animated. As this will reach you free of postage, I submit for your infor- mation the state of our market for a few leading articles. We are much obliged to you for your information on the state of your market, and shall be happy to hear from you as often as any thing interesting occurs. Nor have the prices varied for a month past. Since my last respects, the state and prospects of the Cotton market have undergone a total change. Our market is tolerably steady, but without much animation. Nothing worthy of notice has occurred since our last. In other articles we do not notice any alteration. Our Coffee market continues in a very unsettled state. Every thing remains as per our last. Business is quite dull, as it is customary at this season. The state of the market was re- presented as very bad. THE STATE OF THE MARKET. 471 Nuestros precios se sjstienen altos, pero hay poco movimiento en el mercado. Aprovechamos con gusto esta ocasion para mandarles, en justa reciprocidad de los avisos que tuvi- vieron a bien trasmitirnos, el ad- junto precio corriente, en el que Be indica la situacion general de nuestro mercado. El Ahjodon empieza a gozar de mas favor que de algun tiempo a esta parte. El Algodon no esta tan solici- tado como pudiera haberse espe- rado, en atencion a las cortas existencias que tenemos. El Aziicar mascabado sostiene proporcionalmente su precio mejor que el terciado y esta mas buscado, con motivo de no haberse impor- tado tanto. Un pequefio lote de , de buena cali dad, ha obtenido Se han despachado algunas pequenas partidas del Brasil a los precios acotados. Continuan sostenie'ndose los precios del Tabaco. Han sido de bastante considera- cion los negocios hechos en esta semana. Las ventas han sido muy regu- lares en estos tiltimos dias. El Arroz esta firme a 30 f. quintal. El Tabaco escasea. El de Virginia, de calidad supe- rior, se ha pagado hasta 160 ft. ; ninguna venta ha bajado de 115 fr. Los negocios de Algodones han mejorado mucho ; este renglon puede cotarse a 46 s. Nuestra existencia de dicho renglon esta casi enteramente ago- tada. Los Aziicares andan muy busca- dos a precios subidos. Se sostiene ekAlgodon, y quedan Our market continues high and stationary. "We avail ourselves with pleasure of the present opportunity to re- ciprocate your kind advices of your market, and we beg reference to the prices current enclosed for 4 general view of ours. Cotton has assumed a more favorable appearance than it has had for some time preceding. Our Cotton market is not so brisk as it ought to be, considering the very small stock on hand. Raw Sugars bear a better price in proportion than clayed, and are more in request, less having been imported. One small lot of good quality obtained. . . . A few Brazils have been sold at our quotations. The prices of Tobacco continue to be supported. The business transacted dtiring the week has been pretty consider- able. Our sales within these few days have been very regular. Rice is steady at 30 fr. per cwt. Tobacco is scarce. Some very fine samples of Vir- ginia have sold as high as 160 fr., none under 115 fr. Cotton has very much improved here, and may be quoted at 4.6 s. The market is exceedingly bare of this article. Sugars are much sought fur, at advanced prices. Cottons maintain their price and 472 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. estos mercados enteramente des- provistos de este renglon ; los Azii- cares tambien estan solicitados. Por lo demas, el mercado se aostieiie bien. El Azucar se ha resentido de este suceso. y goza de un favor regular. Habiendo subido las clases pro- pias para las refinerfas. El Algodon se espende facil- mente en pequenas partidas para el consumo diario. Van mejorando aquf muy poco «i poco los negocios y la demanda ; con todo van mejorando. Se nan reanimado los pedidos. y el precio ha subido a . . . . Los frutos coloniales van toman- do estimacion ; sin embargo, los precios no han subido sensible- mente hasta .el dia. Los compradores se muestran solicitos. Ahora tiene pedidos, y nuestra existencia esta sumamente redu- cida. La Sederfa de todas clases anda generalmente solicidada. Los Cueros al pelo se han ven- dido tambien con facilidad, de 19 a 21 s. libra A pesar de esto, no se observa alteracion ninguna en los precios, que continiian los mismos que antes. Escasea mucho el Cafe' ; de l a . hace tiempo que no hay en la plaza y se venderia a precios subsidos. El algodon de Georgia, de cali- dad corriente, obtiene facilmente Esto impide que suba al precio que, de otra manera, habria alcan- zado. Con todo, lejos de bajar, mas bien va subiendo. En estos cinco ultimos dias, se Lan vendido sobre 3000 pacas. our markets our quite bare ol the article ; Sugars are likewise in de- mand. In other respects, things are gen- rally steady. This event has caused a serious stir in Sugars. And prices are advanced for the refiners' use. Cottons go off readily in small parcels for immediate consump- tion. Our market and demand in- creases but slowly, but it does in- crease. Now, the demand is rather brisk again, and the price is up to. . . . Colonials are looking upward, though prices have not thus far ex- perienced a material advance. Buyers are eager. It is now in demand, and the stock on hand very small. Silk goods of all descriptions are generally in demand. Hides have been equally steady in demand and price, say 19 to 21s. per lb. Yet it has not diminished either the price or demand, both the one and the other being constant and daily. Coffee is very scarce ; no Fine has been offered far a long time and it would command a good price. Fair qualities of Upland Cotton readily command This keeps it from going up to where it otherwise would. Yet, far from declining, it is rather looking up. Within these five days, about 3000 bales have been disposed of. THE STATE OF THE MAEKET. 47f Goza la Perlasa del mismo favor que la Potasa, y se despacha con igual facilidad. El Luisiana, de calidad corriente, obtendria con facilidad de 48 a 50s. I)e resultas de hallaise muy re- ducida nuestra existencia y de no haber arribos recientes, los tenedo- res piden precios mas altos. El cargamento se ha vendido a la llegada del buque, antes de abrir- se las escotillas, a 50 s. el medio kil. El Cafe" puede apuntarse a 34 s. el medio kil. libre de derechos; va subiendo por todas partes. Han arrebatado con cuanto existia en la plaza. Esta mafiana se ha pagado por el de Santo Domingo una friolera mas que la semana pasada. El arroz de la India tiene mas pedido que antes. Los Aziicares han sido muy soli- citados durante algun tiempo, y continuan despachandose corrien- tem ente a 16s precios ajDuntados. Los Aziicares firnies, los fletes al- tos. El Algodon, en estas cuatro 6 cin- co ultimas semanas, ha sido pedido con bastante euipeno y el precio del de l a - clase ha subido a . . . . para arriba. El todo ha sido comprado a 40 chel. quintal. Han tenido pronto despacho a 2 ch. en libra sobre los precios ante- riores. Los tenedores manifiestan poca disposicion a . . . . A cuyo precio nada mas se pue- de comprar. Ya no hay vendedor al mismo precio. El Cafe" ha subido estraordinaria- mente. Consisten las ventas en 451 pacas Georgia, 973 Luisiana. A precios sostenidos (firmes). Pearlash is on the same looting with Potash, and finds an equal de- mand and sale. New Orleans of fair quality would be readily run off at 48 to 50s. In consequence of the small quantity on hand and no arrivals of late, holders are asking for bet- ter prices. The cargo was sold on arrival be- fore the hatches were opened at 50 s. per i kil. Coffee may be quoted at 34 s. per | kil. duty paid ; it is everywhere on the rise. All is bought up. Some St. Domingo realized this morning prices a shade better than last week. The demand for East India rice has improved. Sugars have been in steady de- mand with us for some time, and still more freely at our quotations. Sugars are steady and freights on the rise. The eager demand which has manifested itself during the last four or five weeks has driven up the price of choice cotton to and upwards. The whole was taken in at 40 sh. per cwt. They have gone off briskly at an advance of 2 shil. Holders show little disposition to At which price no more is on sale. There are no more offers at the same price. Coffee has taken a considerable start. The sales consist of 451 bales Up- land, 937 New Orleans. At steady prices. m COMMERCIAL COTITIESPONDENOE. Si llegasen eantitadesdeconside- racion, bajaria luego a 45 s. Es articulo de dificil salida. Los pedidos de azucares han ce- sado casi enteramente. De los liltimos poco 6 n ida se ha vendido. Se reducen las operaciones al diario. No se paga ya mas arriba de 15 s. En la actualidad, no hay sino muy poca demanda. Los frutos coloniales van decli- nando diariamente. Abundan principalmente en la plaza los de la Luisiana de calidad inferior y corriente. La demanda no es crecida. Habiendo ahora bajado esto ren- gloa a un precio que inspira mas confianza a los especuladores y ca- sas que suelen comprar para el con- sumo del pais. Han decaido mueho los precios de todos los frutos coloniales y lo mismo sucede en los demas merca- dos de Europa. Cuantiosas existencias. Los productos de ese pais, en ge- neral abundan en nuestra plaza, y van de baja. El Aziicar es el linico articulo que sostiene su precio, en atencion a que Los negocios siguen con poco movimiento. Habiendo bajado considerable- men te su precio. El comercio, que en estos ultimos tiempos habia adquirido aqui cierto grado de actividad, esta ah»ra su- mamente abatido. No pudiendo los consignatarios conseguir una oferta admisible por el todo. Ei Palo de tinte ha decaido mu- eho, y, en general, todos los nego- cios estan ei-calmados. Large arrivals would lower it at once to 45 s. The article is exceedingly dull of sale. The demand for Sugar has almost subsided. Little or nothing has been done in the latter. Nothing is doing except for im- mediate consumption. 15 s. is now the utmost that can be obtained for it. The demand is slack at the pres- ent moment. Colonials are declining daily in price. The inferior to fair qualities of New Orleans are particularly press- ed upon the market. They are little inquired after. Prices having now receded so considerably as to encourage the speculators as well as dealers to look at the article with more confidence. All colonial produce is very low, and generally so in every market of Europe* Large quantities on hand. Your commodities, in general, are flat and the prices declining. Sugar is the only article which keeps up, and that because .... All goes on quietly. The price having fallen consider- ably. Our trade, which, of late, had acquired some activity, is at present in a state of great depression. The consignees not being able to get an acceptable offer for the whole. "Woods are very much reduced in price, and every thing is stagnant. THE STATE OP THE MARKET. 475 A escepcion del Algodon, no hay articulo alguno que prometa buen resultado en este mercado. Tenemos en la plaza cantidades crecidas de Arroz, lo que dificulta mucho su venta. Los frutos coloniales y el Palo de tinte estan muy paralizados y solo se pueden vender con quebranto. Estos dias pasados hubo algun movimiento en los negocios, pero ayer y hoy no ha habido operacion alguna. El Palo de tinte y la Caoba no pueden venderse a ningun precio. Las primeras ventas se efectuaron facilmente a 44 s. ; pero habiendose agolpaclo en poco tiempo cantida- des crecidas, aflojo algo el precio ; en el dia se apunta a 43 s. Durante una temporada, se hi- cieron en Cafe' operaciones estensas yprovechosas; pero este renglon se halla ahora en calma y ha declina- do 1 s. Los avisos poco favorables llega- dos de los mercados europeos han hecho bajar mucho los precios de los Algodones en nuestra plaza. En el dia, no tienen ninguna sali- da las clases iuferiores. Y solo pueden venderse a precios mas bajos. Los Azucares se han vendido esta semana con suma dificultad, y han esperimentado una nueva baja. A fines de la semana, los tenedo- res manifestaron mucha disposi- cion a efectuar ventas, de cuyas re- rultas retrocedieron los precios § a i d. en libra. Se reducen tambien a muy poca cosa las ventas de harina de los Es- taclos Unidos. Una partida de la nueva de New York se ha obtenido al infimo pre- cio de . . . . libre de derechos. Las ventas de Cafe" no merecen la pena de citarse. Our market offers little encour- agement for any thing else than Cotton. A very large quantity of Rice is now on hand, which makes sales very heavy. Colonial produce and dye-woods are very dull, and saleable only at losing prices. Goods seemed to move some days ago, but yesterday and to-day no- thing was done. Dye-woods and Mahogany are quite unsaleable. The first sales were easily effected at 44 s.; but the quantity coming in quick, prices felt a small depres- sion, and now 43 s , may be quoted the ruling price. Coffee, in which, during this sea- son, extensive and profitable busi- ness has been done, has become of late flat and declined fully 1 s. Our cotton market has been very much depressed lately, by the un- favorable state of the European markets. Por the lower descriptions, there is at present no demand whatever. And sales can only be effected at reduced prices. Sugars have gone off very heavily this week at a further decline in prices. During the latter part of the week, the holders rather pressed their stocks upon the market and prices have in consequence receded % d. to § d. per lb. The transactions in American flour are also very limited. A parcel of fresh New York, out of bond has been sold as low as ... . The business done in Coffee is very trifling. 476 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. El Az dear sigue paralizado al es- trerao. Pero los mas de los tenedores pi- den precios que los compradores no estan por akora dispuestos a pa- gar. Los precios positivos, que apun- tamos a eontinuacion. A cuyo precio se efectuan veutas diariamente. La adjuuta cuenta simulada im- pondra a Vd. de las coudiciones de venta en esta plaza. Los precios en aquella plaza es- tan mucho mas bajos que aqui, como lo demues tran los bole tines de ventas de ambos mercados. Nuestos precios actuales son los siguientes: El Cafe' vale a 34 s. el medio kilo- gramo, libre de derechos. Inclusos los derechos. Ninguua venta ha bajado de dicho precio. A la vuelta hallaran una nota de precios. Adjunto una nota de precios de algunos articulos para su gobierno. Acompaiia la nota de las ventas de la semana para su inspeccion. A cotinuacion hallaran una nota de los precios de A este precio se ganaba algo. Habiendo los precios retrocedido gradualmente | a 5 d., hemos hecho las reducciones correspondieutes en los que apuntamos. Les acompauamos de nuevo un precio corriente, sintiendo que ofrezca muy poco interes. Precios escasamente sostenidos. — Bien — regularmente sostenidos. El Vino, por lo general, es articu- lo de dificil y lento espendio. Los Bziicrtres, en razon de su es- casez, tomaran estimacion y se es- penderau con facilidad. No creo se pueda contar con bue- nos precios. Sugar continue as dull as possible. But holders in general are asking more than purchasers are at present inclined to give, or to pay. The actual prices, which we in dicate below. At which price daily sales are made. Our mode of selling will be de- tailed to you in the form herewith. Their prices are much lower than ours, as the printed sales of each place will show. Our present prices rule as fol- lows: Coffee may be quoted at 34 s. per I kil. duty paid. Duties included. Nothing was sold under this price. On the following page you will find a note of our present prices. We annex some quotations for your government. We enclose the list of the weekly sales for your information. We quote you below. . . . That was a remunerating price. Prices having gradually declined from i to i d. we reduce our quota- tions accordingly. We wait on you again with our price current, regretting at the same time, that it should be so uninter- esting. Prices barely — steadily — fairly supported. Wine is a heavy article, and gen- erally lies long on hand. Sugars, from their rarity, will command good prices and go ofl readily. I do not think good prices may be reckoned on. THE STATE OF THE. MARKET. 477 S^trr* aparieneias, los precios se Bostendran altos durante todo el invierno. Soy de opinion que si no suben de precio, nunca bajaran de los que tienen en la actualidad. Esto impedira probablemente el que siga bajando dicbo articulo. Aqui estan especulando en el concepto que van a aumentarse los dereohos. Y nos parece probable continiien subiendo los precios. Sin embargo, es regular baje el precio, si se reune una gran exis- tencia. Vd. tendra datos mas seguros que yo respecto de la produccion en los Estados Unidos. A pesar de esto, creo poder afirmar que si no ocurriese una mudanza muy gran- de Y si nuestra existencia no reci- biese un aumento repentino y de- inasiado considerable, es probable Buban los precios aiin mas. No cr«o se sostenga ese precio. Estos precios no pueden bajar mie'ntras no entre la nueva cosecba con abundancia. El otoiio proximo, las compras Be baran indudablemente a precios mas comodos. Los tenedores se someterian pro- bablemente a una fuerte reduccion de precio. Los especuladores esperan valga a 40 s. la primavera proxima. Hay en el dia pdco movimiento en los negocios, pero es regular vuelvan a animarse dentro de poco. Por el adjunto impreso, veran Vds. el tristisimo estado de nuestra plaza, que por desgracia ofrece po- ca« esperanzas de mejora. Si no se sostiene este renglon, a lo me'nos creemos no bajara mucbo, pues sabemos que ba despertado la ateiicion de ricos especuladores. In aL probability, prices will be very bigb during tbe winter. My opinion is that prices will go higher, and that in no case a de- cline can take place. This, it is to be hoped, will put a stop to any further decline. People are speculating from an impression of higher duties. And a further rise is likely to take place. The price of this article will, how- ever, be lower, as it gets more plenty. You will be better informed than I can be, as to the growth of the United States. Yet I think a fair inference may be drawn, that with- out a very great change And should the stock not be too largely and suddenly increased, it is probable prices will go still higher. I do not think this price will hold. There can be no decline in these prices, until the new crop shall throw a supply in the marke t. Next fall, purchases will certainly be cheaper than can now be made. The holders would probably sub- mit to a great reduction. Speculators look for 40 s. in the spring. Business generally is rather dull at present, but expected to revive before long. From the inclosed, you 'will see the gloomy state of our market, and at present we see very little pros- pect of improvement. We do not expect that the article will be much, if any lower, as it has attracted the notice of some power- ful speculators. 478 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Estamos persuadidos de que este renglon sostendra su precio. Dos ven^as publicas de palo de Nicaragua se nan ensayado en el muelle. Mas como los precios ofrecidos han pareeidos a los tenedores de- masiado bajos, se ha retirado el todo. El anuncio inesperado de las ven- tas publicas que deben celebrarse elvidrnes ocasiono ayeralguna sus- pension en los pedidos; Y ha producido bastante frialdad en el mercado. Sin embargo, no hemos sabido que se hayan hecho ventas a precios mas bajos que antes. No creemos pase de 20,000 pacas la totalidad de las existencias en todo el pais. Cuantiosas importaciones han aumentado estraordinariaraente nuestra existencia, la que, en el dia, no baja de 15,000 pacas de todas clases. La cantidad enorme de grano importada en todos los puertos de Cuba hubiera sobrado para ali- mentar la isla, adn cuando se hu- biese esperimentado una verdadera carestia. Nuestro mercado esta enteramen- te desprovisto de frutos coloniales. No existe ahora ninguno en pri- mera mano. Estamos desprovistos de todas clases de granos. Nuestra plaza esta sobrecargada de productos y artefactos estrange- ros, y nada tenemos con que hacer retornos, ' a me'nos de no comprar algodon a 35 cts. libra. e Estamos en visperas de hallarnos sin una sola paca de algodon en el mercado. Y hay muy poco en la plaza. Nuestra existencia se halla redu- oida 4 muy poca coss. We reckon on the article being well supported. Two public sale? of Nicaragua wood were attempted on the quay. But the prices offered being much under the expectations of the im- porters, they were withdrawn. The public sales unexpectedly announced for Friday next, caused some suspension in the demand yesterday; And produced rather an unfavor- able feeling in the market; Though we are not aware that any business was done, in conse- quence, at lower prices. We do not think there are over 20,000 bales in the country for sale. The stock has been increased by numerous arrivals, beyond what we are accustomed to have, there being 15,000 bales of all kiuds now here. The overwhelming quantity of grain which has arrived in every port of Cuba, would have been more than sufficient, had there been an absolute famine. Our market is quite clear of all kinds of colonials. There is none left in first hands. We are sadly off for every kind of grain. The market is completely over- stocked with foreign produce and manufactures, and nothing to take in return, unless one submits to pay 35 cts. per lb. for cotton . We are on the eve of being left without a bale of cotton. An the stock is very light. The stock on hand is very small THE STATE OF THE MARKET. 479 Crecidas cantidades en el alraa- een. No bay sdno muy poco en la pla- za. Vista la corta existencia que te- nemos en el mercado. Nuestra existencia esta casi ente- ramente agotada. Nuestras cosechas de algodon y aziiear, prometen mucho. Mientras tanto, la esportacion es mas considerable que nunca, en lo que va del corriente aiio. La esportacion de frutos conti- mia muy activa y con precios br- ines. Con motivo de la continuacion del buen tiempo, estan los grauos de toda especie en la mayor calma. En Charleston, se estan baciendo embarques de mucba consideracion. Si nuestra existencia no recibiese aumento, subiran los precios. Por el contrario, si se agolpasen las importaciones, bajaran induda- blemente. Euvios procedentes de los Esta- dos Unidos. Han recibido ordenes para com- pras cuantiosas, la mayor parte de las cuales debe de rec*lar a ese puer- to. A pesar de los avisos poco luon- jeros que se reciben de todos pun- tos acerca del Algodon. el precio de esta rama se sostiene firme a 25 cts. , y hay poca apariencia de que decli- ne, interin no se aumente notable- mente nuestra existencia. Lo poco de Algodon que aun exis- te en el pais se vende a ; de pri- nt era clase no bay. La suma escasez de efectivo que esperimen tamos y la alarm a produ- cida por las numerosas quiebras, ban sido causa de anularse general- mente las ordenes de compras de algodones, y en el Sur estan decii- Large quantities on band. Tbe market is exceedingly bare. Owing to tbe small stock on band. Tbe stock is nearly exhausted. Our crops of Cotton and Sugar promise to be very large. In the mean time, shipments are unusually considerable, since the begmuing of the year. The export of produce continues extensive and prices are steady. Owing to tbe continuance of fine weather, the demand for grain of every description remains quite suspended. Large shipments are making from Charteston. Should the arrivals be such as not to augment the quantity, prices will rise. Should, on the contrary, a very heavy stock come, they will neces- sarily decline. Shipments from the United States to this place. They have taken considerable orders, most of which will come to your market. In spite of the discouraging ac- counts from all quarters, respecting Cotton, this staple continues firm at 25 cts. per lb. ; nor does it ap- pear likely to decline till our stock is materially increased. What little Cotton is left in the country sells at ; none of it oi prime quality. The extreme pressure for money here, and the alarm excited by the number of failures, have caused or- ders for Cotton generally to be coun- terrr, anded, and at the South it is declining rapidly: this is also hasfr 480 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. nando con rapidez los precios de este lanaje; a lo que contribuycn tarnbien los avisos poco favorables que se reciben de Liverpool. Los primeros embarques hechos en los Estados Uuidos dejaran grand es quebrantos. Se cree generalmente que no ha- bta aumento en los dereckos sobre el Algodon. No paga derecho alguno en ese pais. Pues adeuda el mismo derecho que El algodon adeuda los derechos Biguieutes : No resultara diferencia alguna en el consume 6 pedidos. Habiendo empezado a rejir aqui el nuevo arancel de aduanas. Sin embargo, la diferencia de de- rechos equivale casi a una prohibi- cion. Con motivo del nuevo derecho adicional, estos fabric-antes han sus- )>endido sus compras. I No tiene ese gobierno el mono- polio de dicho arlfculo ? Ofrecen un bonito marjen de 33 p. 0/0. Dichos articulos prometen utili- dad. A los precios de aquella plaza, deben psrder; mas su objeto es ha- cer dinero. En el dia, pudiera venderlos con buena utilidad. Examinaran si algunos de estos renglones pueden convenir para hacer retornos. Libre de gxstos. — Libre de dere- chos. Gastos deducidos. — Gastos cu- biertos. Hallaran a continuacion un cal- ' culo que tiene por base el peso de una factnra. Este renglon dejaria buena utili- dad, ened by unfavorable quotations from Liverpool. The first shippers from the United States will be serious losers. It is generally believed that no new, or additional duty will be placed on Cotton. It is not liable to duty with you. Being subject to the same duty as. . . The duty on Cotton stand thus: This will make no difference in the consumption or demand. The new tariff having now effect here. Yet the difference of duties amounts almost to a prohibition. The late additional duty has sus- pended the purchases of our manu- facturers. Is there not a monopoly of that article with you ? They offer a fair margin of 33 per ct. These articles afford a good profit. At their quotations they must make a loss, but it is to make money. I could sell them, at this moment at a good profit. Will you examine if any of these things would make returns ? Clear of charges -of duties. Free of expenses. — Expenses cov- ered. At foot you will find a calcula- tion made upon real weight. This article would pay very hand« somely. THE STATE OF THE MARKET. 481 Saldrian a 12 fr. vara, poco mas 6 me'uos. Esta cantidad podria repetirse c&da diez dias, hasta aviso contra- ry. Estos precios no convidan a es- pecular, por demasiado altos. Ofreciendo un beneficio neto de 4 a 5 p. 0/0. El bajo precio de Algodon de la India sigue atrayendo la atencion de los especuladores. Este precio es ciertamente dema- siado elevado en comparacion de los de Europa. Cuesta, precio medio, a 18i cts., poco mas 6 me'nos. Habiendonos ini'ormado sobre los articulos que nos indican, hemos sabido .... Los articulos indicados. Me he esmerado en tomar infor- mes. Estan muy solicitados aquf. Este Algodon produciria .... neto. Los inform es que recibo de alii coucuerdan en ... . Adjunto hallara una nota de los articulos de ese pais que son de mas pronto despacho en esta plaza. Se vende de . . . . a Las ventas en esta plaza son re- gulares y diarias, y nuuca esperi- mentan nuestros precios aquellas grandes fluctuaciones que ocurren con tanta frecuencia en los merca- dos ingleses. Gontinuando las circunstancias casi las mismas, tanto aqui como en los Estados Unidos. La esportacion y el consumo del l 1 ai que alcance. Repetimos a Vd. nuestro encargo ie suscribirnos al diario Times de Nueva York, y esperamos reco- miende a su corresponsal de Nueva York no retarde el envio de ese papel. Por la ocasion que consideren mas segura. Espero que Yds. desenrpeaaran este encargo con el tino y actividad que acostumbran. En los terminos que calculen mas en mi beneiicio. En el modo que les parezca mejor. Confiando en la mucha esperien- cia de Vd. en esta clase de nego- cios, y en el acierto y buen zelo con que log desempena. Recomiendo a Vd. la posible prontitud en espedir los articulos & su destino. No podian caer en mejores manos. Espero que no dejaran de instar ui fabrieante, para que efectiie la entrega con la mayor brevedad posi- ble. Desisto desde luego de dicha compra. I now beg to hand you the en- closed order, which I recommend to your usual good care. Please to purchase on my ac- count and send to me with all pos- sible despatch .... If you can ship them at, or near the price of ... . all charges of shipping, commissions and freight included. Please send me, at your earliest convenience . . . . ; the whole for the use of my house. The total of the order. The mark will be AD No. 1, and so on .... We reiterate our request that you will subscribe in our name to the Netf York Times, and be pleased to direct your New York corres- pondent to send it to us with the least possible delay. By a safe opportunity. I rely on your accustomed good attention being given to this order. As you may deem most to my ad- vantage. In the manner you judge best. Relying on your experience in this branch of business and your unremitting zeal to serve the inte- rests of your friends to the best of your ability. I recommend that you use all possible despatch in sending the goods to their destination. They could not be in better hands. I hope you will urge the manu- facturer to deliver the goods with the least possible delay. I have now to countermand that order. ORDERS, PURCHASES, SALES. 483 De consiguiente tendr An por nula mi 6rden, si aun no la hubiesen llanado . Queda entendido que reembol- nare a Vds. los gastos pagados 6 los perjuicios que se les hubieren se- guido, como asimismo el que sur- tira mi orden su efecto, caso que no se avengan a cancelarla. Todas las ordenes se han llenado, 6 quedan anuladas. Nos estamos ocupando con la aetividad posible de llenar sus en- eargos. Vamos a ocuparnos con aetividad de la ejecucion de su 6rden, y les remitire'mos los efectos con la breve- dad posible. Este' Vd. seguro de que hard cuanto dependa de mi para cor- responder a su confianza. No nos separare'mos de las 6r- denes que Vds. nos tienen coinuni- cadas. Reconiiendo a Vds. la mayor ae- tividad, y que me remitan pronto la cuenta de venta de este carga- mento. Lo que calculen mas en nuestro beneficio en este negocio. Esperamos cuando me'nos que el neto producido cubrira la factura ; mas descuidamos sobre su zelo, contando que hara lo mejor. Si no pudiese conseguirlo, se ser- vira conservarlos en su poder y es- perar nuestras instrucciones, avi- sandonos, en todo caso, los precios de dichos articulos, y dicie'ndonos si hay apariencia de que suban 6 declinen. Para concluir este asunto. En esta virtud, contamos obten- dran Vds. muy buenos precios. Queda entendido que .... Con la brevedad posible. En lo que fuere dable. You will therefore, if not already executed, consider the order null and void. I shall consider myself liable for any expense you may incur, or loss you may sustain in consequence, or indeed for the ultimate comple- tion of the transaction, should you not consent to cancel my order. All the orders are either filled or withdrawn. We are preparing the goods with all possible despatch. Your order shall be executed and the goods sent you with as little de- lay as possible. You may depend upon it I shall do every thing in my power to war- rant your confidence. We will punctually follow your directions. Please make all possible despatch, and send me early sales of this cargo. What you may deem best for our interest in this affair. We hope at the worst to clear the invoice price, but leave our inter- ests entirely in your hands. Should this not be in your power, we wish you to hold them until further orders, and, in any event, to favor us with a particular report on the situation and prospects of your market for these articles. In order that we may bring it to a close. We are therefore warranted in expecting very advantageous sales. I beg it to be understood that.. As soon as practicable. As far as practicable. 4:84 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Aliora pueda Vd. obrar como mejor le parezca, si fuese necesario Bometernos a mayor quebranto. Encarezco a Vd. la mayor aten- cion en ... . Al precio que he limitado, con- Bidero que dificilmente se podra verificar la compra. Lo que me ha sido particular- mente satisfactorio, al recibir sus ordenes, es que .... Obrare' con arreglo a sus ultimas instrucciones respecto al embarque de diehas mercancias. Seguire'mos puntualmente las instrucciones del Sr.***. Harem os lo rnejor. Sin embargo, cuidardmos este negocio con el mayor esmero. Espero aprobaran mi determina- cion. Seria sumamente ventajoso .... Creo que resultara poca ventaja. Nada arriesgamos. Hasta la fecha, nuestras compras son las siguientes .... Discontinuare'mos nuestras com- pras hasta la semana prdxima. Nos inclinamos mucho a la com- pra. Consecuente a lo que dijimos a Vd. en carta del , esperamos comprar la partida que hay aqui, cuya clase es mucho mejor que .... Esta es sin disputa la mejor com- pra que se ha hecho en nuestra plaza. De resultas de los cnantiosos ar- ribos, estan los negocios tan aba- tidos, que son absolutamente nulas las ventas ; pues si no fuese asi, visto el contenido de su carta, no rehusaria una oferta algo razona- ble. Y debe atribuirse esto a la im- posibilidad en que me encuentro de dar salida a la sederia que aun 2ueda por vender. We now leave it to your good judgment, if it shall be necessary, to sell at a greater loss. I have to ask your strictest atten- tion to .... At the limits I have given, I con- sider the purchase hardly practica- ble. What made me receive your or- ders with peculiar satisfaction was that .... I shall attend to your last in- structions relative to the shipping of the goods. Mr. ***'s directions shall be care- fully followed. The best shall be done. We shall, however, do all in our power for the interest of the con- cern. I hope this will meet your apprc bation. It would be of material benefit.. I fear it would afford little ad- vantage. We have nothing at risk. Our purchases, thus far, are as follows We suspend our purchases until next week. We feel much inclined to make the purchases. As stated in our respects of the . . . . , we are in hopes of purchas- ing the parcel here, which is far better than .... This is unquestionably the best purchase that has been made here. The stock arrived has so beat down the market, that there are now absolutely no sales ; for, from the tenor of your lines, I should not refuse any fair offer. And this is caused from the total impossibility of selling the silka which are yet on hand. ORDERS, PURCHASES, SALES. 485 Si el articulo fuese vendible. Hiria aliora un sacrificio para deshacerme de el al contado. Couio su libranza (deVd.) venco el 5 del entrante, es preciso que yo venda al corriente de la plaza. Habia dado orden de vender di- chos je'neros, y ansiaba por darles salida. Me veo en la precision de es- pender esta partida en pequeiias cantidades, y no entrare* probable- mente en mis fondos antes de seis meses. Y aprovechardmos todas las oca- siones que se presenten de darle salida, hasta venderlo al menudeo, si fuese necesario. Hemos practicado las mas efica- zes diligencias para lograr su ena- jenacion; pero no hansurtido efec- to, pues no hemos recibido una sola ot'erta. Si los ponemos en venta publica, y no se presentan compradores, no habra despues quien se digne mi- rarlos. Es de sentir no se haya puesto en deposito. Fue' engauado. Este fue un engaBo abominable. Es indispensable examinar dicho renglon conlamasprolijaatencion. Son detestables los engafios que se practican en este ramo de negocios. Tratan siempre de pasar en una buena partida el mayor numero po- sible de balas inferiores. De todas partes me han hecho reclamaciones sobre el particular. Proteste en el acto contra la eje- cucion de la contrata de venta. El cargamento se mand6a bordo perfectamente acondicionado, pero como el capitan hizo apretar las pa- cas con mucha fuerza para que cu- piese mayor niimero en el barco, es regular saiga desgarrado el embalaje. If the article is saleable. I would part with it now for cash at a sacrifice. As your draft is payable the Gth prox. I must take the market price. These goods I had ordered to be resold, and have been extremely anxious to dispose of them. I must retail out this parcel and certainly do not expect my money under six months. And whenever an opportunity offers that we can even retail any of them we will improve it. We have tried every means of selling them, but hitherto without success, for we have had no offer whatever for them. K we put them up at auction and they are not sold, no person will look at them afterwards. It was a mistake not to bond it. He has been taken in. It is the most abominable impo- sition. It is absolutely necessary to make a very close inspection of this ar- ticle. The frauds which are committed in this business are outrageous. They always pass as - many bad bales as they can into a parcel of good. Complaints on all sides have been made to me on this account, I immediately protested against carrying out the bargain. The cargo was put on board in good order; but as the captain had it screwed very much it will be torn in the bagging. 486 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. La composicion y demas gastos deben de cargarse al buque si no se entrega la inercancia bien acondi- cionada. Esta operacion no tuvo, ni con mucho, el resultado que yo me pro- metia. No tiene fundamento alguno la observaciou de ese corredor de que pertenecia a la otra partida embar- cada en el mismo buque. Las marcas de los sacos corres- pondian con la factura The repairs, etc. , must be on ac- count of the ship, if not delivered in good condition This adventure has by no means been as fortunate as I had expected. Your broker's excuse of its be- longing to the other parcel on board is unfounded. The marks of the bags agreed with the invoice. INSURANCES. Sfrvase Vd. abrir una p61iza sobre los embarques que estamos efec- tuando aqui para la Habana en el bergantin espanol , capitan ***, apalabrando por el pronto 30,000 fr., cuya cantidad sera. probable se aumente. Pnede Vd. descansar en que el seguro se efectuara con la mayor squidad. Tomamos nota de las varias can- tidades, que ban de asegurarse so- bre el citado buque. Pero sentimos decirles que, a pe- sar de nuestras diligencias, nos es imposible hacer nada, a mdnos de no pagar un premio enorme. Por lo demas, estos aseguradores, segun llevamos dicho, no cubren, sino con mucha repugnancia, ries- gos de la naturaleza indicada. Hoy continuamos nuestras dili- jencias, y si logramos hacer algo se lo participaremos antes de cerrar la presente. Maflana volverdmos a ocuparnos del negocio. De consiguiente, esperardmos sus 6rdeues sobre el particular. No dudo aprueben cuanto he piacticado respecto a los seguros. "We beg you will please to open a policy on the goods we are now shipping for Havana on board the Spanish brig , captain ***, to the amount of 30, 000 Ir. , which sum will probably be increased. I can assure you the insurance shall be effected on the most reason- able terms. We take due note of the several sums to be insured on the above vessel. But we lament to say that, with every exertion, we find it impossible to insure any thing except at an enormous premium. The underwriters, moreover, as we before mentioned, have great aversion to risks of the nature in question. We are again at work at it to-day; the result of our labors you will be acquainted with below. We shall try it again to-morrow. "We shall accordingly be expect- ing your orders to this effect. I am sure you will approve of all I have done as to insurances. BANKING TRANSACTIONS. 487 Un aumento de premio sobre el viajo de vuelta, en razon del invier- uo, que se esta acercando. Estos aseguradores, despues de leer la carta de Vd. , me han abona- do un retomo de premio, de con- formidad con la cuenta que me acorn paiia, y por el cual le he abo- nado L. 4. 10 8. segun nota al pie. El buque podra hacer todas las escalas que el capitau tenga por oportunas. Averia gruosa (general). Averia particular (simple). Franco de averia. Franquieias. Los uitimos temporales ban oca- sionado mucbos siniestros (fracti- sos). El buque esta asegurado para el viaje redondo. Seguro al auo. Seguro sobre buque indefinido. Reaseguro. Riesgo de guerra. Series de numeros, de bultos por fcrden de estiva, etc. Abandono. Salvamento. Perdida total. Perdida parcial. An advance of premium on the homeward voyage, on account of the winter season, which is fast ap- proaching. The underwriters, on reading your letter, allowed me a return in conformity with your statement, for which I have credited you L. 4. 10s. as per memorandum below. The vessel is allowed to touch at as many ports as may be deemed necessary. General average. Particular average. Free of average. Exemptions from average. The late gales have caused nu- merous accidents (losses). The vessel is insured out and homo. Insurance by the year. Iusurance on ship or ships. Reassurance. War risk. Series of numbers, packages, etc Abandonment. Salvage. Total loss. Partial loss. BANKING TRANSACTIONS. Con fecha 30 del ppdo. dl a car- go de Vds. una letra de fr. 2,500, a 12 dias fecha, orden de S. M., cuyo puntual pago les suplico a mi de- bito. En virtud de un cre'dito de sesen- ta mil francos que nos han abierto con Vds. los Sres. A. M. yB., de...., acabamos de librar a su cargo una letra a 3 meses fecha, orden E. E. y C a , de fr. 12,000, que se serviran acojer. On the 30th ult., I draw on you for fr. 2,500, at 12 days' sight, favor of S. M. , which I beg to recommend to your protection. In pursuance of a credit for sixty thousand francs, which Messrs. A. M. and B., of . . . . have opened in our favor on you, we beg to inform you that we have, this day, issued our draft forfr. 12,000, at 3 month's sight, to the order of E. G. and C°. which please to honor with youi acceptance. 488 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Por cuenta de los mismos amigos, hemos dado nuevatnente a su cargo, el 10 del corri elite, una letra a 60 dias fecha, 6rden de J. D. de F., de fr. 18,000, que recomendamos a su proteceion. Por servir a ua amigo, a quien no nos hemos podido escusar, nos hemos tornado la confianza de dar a cargo de Yd. una letrita de L. 74. 10, a 8 dias vista, 6rden de ***, cuyo puntual pago les suphcamos a nuestro debito. La que recomiendo al favor de Vd. Esperando de su favor la puntual acojida de estos jiros. Suplicamos a Vds. dispensen a nuestra firma la acojida que acos- tumbran. Mediante este aviso, pienso nego- ciar maiiana mi trata, que espero merecera su buena acojida. Me he abstenido de librar todo el tiempo que me ha sido posible, es- perando que podria efectuar ventas. He jirado a cargo de Vd. una letra de fr. 18,000 (diez y ocho mil), a 60 dias vista, orden de ***, que le su- plico honre con su aceptacion, car- gandomela en cuenta sobre este embarque. Aplica estas libranzas al embar- que hecho por el Augusta. Orden propia. A la que suplicamos dispensen su puntual acojida, y no dudando de ella, so los dejamos abonados en cuenta. En el concepto que nuestras dis- posiciones mereceran su acostum- brada acojida. Dentro de poco, dispondrd de mi alcance. Tengan Vds. la bondad de librar al mas largo plazo posible. Al plazo de estilo. Queda tomada nota de sus ulti- mas disposiciones a nuestro cargo, On account of the same friends, we have again drawn on you, on the 10th inst., for fr. 18,000, at 6C days' date, favor of J. D. de F., which we recommend to yo ar pro- tection. To accommodate a friend, whose wish we could not help complying with, we have taken the liberty oi drawing on you for L. 74. 10, at 8 days' sight to the order of ***, which please to protect and charge to our account. Which please to honor with your acceptance. Not doubting that due honor will be paid to our signature. We beg to recommend our signa- ture to your usual attention. On the strength of this advice, I shall probably negotiate the draft to-morrow', and hope that it will be found entirely to your protection. I have held off drawing as long as possible, in hopes of making some sales. I have drawn on you at 60 days' sight, in favor of Messrs. ***, for f. 18,000, say eighteen thousand francs, which please protect and charge against this shipment. He applies these drafts against the shipment per Augusta. Favor of self. ... of ourselves. Which we place to your credit, not doubting you will show due honor to our signature. Not doubting that our draft will meet your acustomed protection. I shall draw shortly for the bat ance due me. Pray draw at as long a date as you can. At the usual term. We take due note ot your last draft on us on recount of our nru- BANKING TRANSACTIONS. 489 por omenta de los miituos amigos, los Sres. A — hermanos, de Cadiz. A medida que se nos presenten, seran debidaniente acqjidas. Puede Vd. descuidar que al reci- bo del conocimiento dispensare' pun- tual acojida a sus librauzas. La hemos pagado a presentacion. Aceptamos losjiros de los refe- ridos Seiiores en el seguro de que Vds. nos harian remesa de fondos, y a fin de no desairar su firm a. Descansando sobre su puntuali- dad. Que, a pesar de esto, he aceptado, para evitarles las consequencias desagradables de una protesta. Aun no ha parecido la letra que nos ha avisado haber dado a nues- tro cargo por cuenta de Vd. Tratare'mos de conseguir que los portadores la conserven en su poder hasta que recibamos la respuesta de Vd. He creido deber retardar mi acep- tacion hasta que venga la contesta- cion de Vds. Nos vere'mos precisados a desai- rar dicha letra. Una casa de mucha responsabili- dad.— Una casa de primer rango. Segun hemos podido indagar Creo deber recomendar a Vd. este' prevenido. Desconfie Vd. de ***. Cuya desgraciada especulacion no mejoro sus circunstancias, segun hemos sabido. Damos a Vds. las debidas gracias por sus informes sobre la casa de que les hichuos pregunta. tual friends Messrs. A -brotheifc of Cadix. They shall be punctually honored as they make their appearance. You may rely on your drafts bo- ing punctually honored on presen- tation of bill of lading. It was paid on presentation. We honored their drafts, feeling confident that remittances would come forward from you, and being unwilling to refuse them accept- ance. Fully relying on your punctuality. Which I have, nevertheless, ac- cept* d to prevent the unpleasant con? equence which might arise from its being protested. The bill they advise having drawn upon us for your account has not yet made its appearance. We shall endeavor to prevail on the holders to keep it over until wt receive your reply. I have thought it prudent to withhold my acceptance until I receive your reply. We shall be under the necessity of declining to accept it. A very solid house. — A house ol the first standing. From what we have been able to ascertain .... I deem it best to put you on your guard. We caution you against ***. Which unfortunate speculation, we know, did not better their cir- cumstances. We return you many thanks for the information you give us on tha house in question. 490 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. DRAFTS, ENDOESEMENTS, ETC. New York, 26 Diciembre, 1871. Son f. 10,000. A sesenta dias vista, mandaran Vds. pagar por esta primera de carubio (no habie'ndolo hecho por la segunda 6 tercera), a la orden de los Sres. ***, la candidad de diez mil francos, en oro 6 plata, valor recibido, que sentaran Vds . en cuen- ta, segun aviso de ***. A ocho dias vista, se serviran Vds. mandar pagar por esta prime- ra de cambio (no habie'ndolo hecho por la segunda, tercera 6 cuarta), a la orden de Dn. ***, la cantidad de mil quinientos francos, en oro 6 plata, con ecslusion de todo papel moneda creado 6 que se crease, va- lor recibido, que sentaran Vds. se- gun aviso de S. S. S. ***. Pagadera en Paris. Que sentaran segun aviso 6 sin dl (segun 6 sin aviso). A la vista, mandara Vd. pagar por esta primera .... A presentacion mandara Vd. pa- gar a la orden de Dn Que sentaran segun aviso de S. S. S. *** Paguese a la 6rden de los Sres. ***, valor recibido. A un ano de la fecha, pagard, a la drden de los Sres. ***, la canti- dad de New York, December 26th, 1871. Exchange for f. 10,000. Sixty days after sight of this first of exchange (second and third un- paid), pay to Messrs. ***, or order, in Paris, ten thousand francs, value received and charge the same to ac- count of ***. At eight days' sight of this first of exchange (second, third and fourth unpaid), pay to ***, Esq., or order, fifteen hundred francs, value received, which place to ac- count as advised ***. Payable in Paris.. Which place to account with or without further advice of At sight, pay this first. . . . On presentation (on demand) pay to Mr .... or order Which place to account as ad- vised by your obdt. servants ***. Pay to the order of Messrs. ***, value received. One year from date, I promise to pay to Messrs. ***, or order, the sum of. . . . ACCOUNTS RENDERED, RECEIVED, ETC. Espero recibir en breve el cono- cimiento y factura, con el aviso de haber Vd librado a mi cargo el im- porte de ese embarque (de esa re- n*esa). En cuanto se haya estendido (forniado) la cueuta, I shall be expecting shortly to re- ceive (I shall shortly look for) the bill of lading and invoice, -with ad- vice of your draft on me for tha amount of this shipment. When this account is made up. ACCOUNTS RENDERED, RECEIVED, ETC. 491 De cuya operacion pasare a Vd. ana cuenta detallada, tan pronto como se haya arreglado. Acompaiio a Vd.el conocimiento y factura de este embarque. Hallaran adjunto conocimiento y factura de. . . , quehemos embar- cado a su consignacion, a bordo del buque americano (de la fragata americana) Ann, capitan ***. El conocimiento llenado a la 6r- den de dichos Sres. Tengo ahora el gusto de incluir a Yds. factura y conocimiento de . . . . , que he embarcado por su cuenta y riesgo a bordo del buque Ella, su capitan ***. La factura importa $..., que ruego a Yds. me aboneu en cuenta, en la que les dejo cargada dicba cantidad. Los gastos suplidos ascienden a . . . ., que hem os cargado a Vd. en cuenta. Una cuenta de venta poco satis- factoria. Adjunto l^laran Vds. su cuenta corriente h»»fa el 31 diciembre ul- timo, arroj«mdo un saldo a nuestro favor, en uq-iella fecha, de . . . , , que les c^gamos por principle; de cuenta rtieva. Les r*umtimos igualmente un es- tado df la cuenta corriente que les hemos seguido hasta la fecha, ofre- ciendo an saldo a nuestro favor de $ , que, sin perjuicio de su exa- men, les cargamos por primera par- tida de cuenta nueva. Aun no nos ha sido posible re- pasar dichas c lentas con la debida atencion ; ma i por lo que hemos podido ver, n< s han parecido con- formes; nuef/ja proxima, de todos modos, le aT*sara el resultado de su examen. Observo q%e en el estado de cuen- ta que me remiten, cargan una co- mision de i p. 0/0 por haber efec- tuado dicha remesa; esto debe ser una equivocacion. Of which, when finally settled, you will be furnished with a detail- ed account. Enclosed, you will please receive (find) bill of lading and invoice. Herewith enclosed, you will find bill of lading and invoice of. ..., which we have shipped to you r con- signment on board the American ship Ann, captain ***. The bill of lading made out to their order. I have now the pleasure of hand- ing you the invoice and bill of lad- ing of...., shipped, on your ac- count and to your address, on board the Ella, captain *** ; invoice amount $ . . . . to the debit of your account. The expenses incurred thereon, amounting to , are placed to your debit. An unsatisfactory account sales. We hand you, herewith, your ac- count current, closed to the end of last year, showing a balance in our favor, on that date, of to your debit on new account. You will also find, herewith, a statement of your account to this day, which we will thank you to ex- amine, and pass the balance, $...., to our credit on new account "We have not had leisure to ex- amine them with the requisite at- tention; but, from their general ap- pearance, we have little doubt of their accuracy; our next, however, will be more explicit. By the statement of account for- warded, I observe you charge me with a commission of % p. 0/0 for effecting this remittance, which I think must be a mistake. 492 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. No veo la necesidad de comprar on Nueva York papel sobre Ingla- terra, ouando pueden con igual faci- lidad proporcionarselo en San Fran- cisco. A la verdad, estas son cosas de poca monta: pero siendo mas que probable que en lo sucesivo hare con esa casa negocios de considera- cion, creo que conviene nos ponga- raos bien de acuerdo desde un prin- cipi ), a fin de precaver desavenen- oias mas tarde. Sentimos el mal entendido que ha ocurrido respecto a la cuenta de Vd. ; mas se hara cargo que si de- oie'semos;. . . . Creo, Sres., sin tener la mas re- mota intencion de ofender a Vds., que debe serine permitido hacerles observaciones sobre esta cuenta. Hemos examinado las facturas de las mercancias que nos remiten de nuestra cuenta por el Clara, y en- contramos en ellas las equivoca- ciones siguientes, que se serviran rectificar. Advertiran Vds. que. . . . Debo advirtirles que .... Ya se por experieucia que es ocioso reclamar nada a esos fabri- cantes, pero es bueno que el de los .... sepa que Harai lo que tengan por con- veniente, pero este'n Vds. seguros de que este reclamo es sumamente justo. Vean Vds. si no hay alguna equivocacion en el. . . . Valor comun. Segun nota a la vuelta (al res- paldo)— al pie* (a continuacion). Agradecerd a Vd. me diga en que situacion se hallan nuestras cuen- tas. Ahora, el saldo en nuestra con- tra asciendo a I cannot see the necessity of send- ing to New York to purchase a bill on England, which could just as well have been procured at Sau Francisco. Neither of these items are of suf- ficient amount to make them of any importance; but as it is more than probable that we shall do consider- able business together in future, it is best we should understand each other at the beginning, to prevent difficulties in future. We are sorry that misapprehen- should have existed with respect to your account ; but you will see, on reflection, that if we were to ... . I trust, gentlemen, without wish- ing in the most remote manner to give you offence, that I may be allowed to make my remarks upon this account. The invoices of your shipment on our accocnt per Aiidu hive been examined, and we find in them the following errors, which we will thank you to correct. You will please observe that .... I should observe that . . . I am aware by experience, how fruitless it is to claim any thing from your manufacturers ; but it is not idle that the one who sold the should know that , . You will do as you think proper, but you may be assured of this, that the claim is perfectly just Is there not some mistake in the.... ? Average date. . .. As per note on the other side— at foot. It would be a matter of satisfac- tion to know how our accounts siand. The balance now standing against CIRCULARS, LETTERS, ETC. 493 Lo que me constituye en un des- cubierto de mucha consideracion. Quedau aun pendientes algunas pequeiias cautidades y unos pocos reeiamos por arreglar. En este supuesto, habria al cre'dito de mi cuenta L. 318. 11.3 con el interes correspondiente. Espero que el arreglo de esta cuenta no me pondra en la necesi- dad de . . . Lo que nivela este negocio (esta operacion. ) Con lo que queda cancelada esta operacion. Hacer un ajuste, un convenio. Espero que esto merecera la ftprobacion de Vd. Which places me under heavy advances. There are yet somesmall amounts outstanding and a few claims un- settled. There would then stand to my credit, with interest, 1,318. 11.3. I hope the adjustment of this account will not render it necessary for me to Which balances the transaction. Thus closing this transaction. To come to an arrangement. I hope this will meet your appro- bation. CIRCULARS, LETTERS OF INTRODUCTION AND CREDIT. Muy Senor mio, Participo a Vd. que he esta- blecido en esta plaza, bajo mi solo nombre, una casa de comercio que Be ocupara de negocios de Banco y de la venta y compra a comision de toda clase de efectos. Celebrare me favorezca con sus 6rdenes que seran desempenadas con todo el esmero y atencion de que soy capaz. Sirvase Vd. tomar nota de mi firma y de la del Sr. Dn.***, a quien doy mi poder. Quedo a su disposicion atento v seguro servidor. Q. B. S. M. Dn.*** fir mar a Sir, I have the honor to inform you that I have established in this city a commercial house in my private name, for the purpose of transact- ing a general business, principally on commission. I shall be happy to be favored with your orders, to the execution of which my best attention and *are shall be devoted. Please to note my signature, as also that of Mr. ***, whom I have authorized to sign for me. I am respectfully, Sir, Your .... Mr. ***, will sign Muy Sefiores nuestros : Gentlemen : Tenemos el honor de participar We beg leave to inform you that & Vds. que hemos formado en esta we have this day formed a com- plaza, bajo la razon de ***, una mercial establishment in this place. 491 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. sociedad, cuya ocupacion principal sera la compra y venta a comision de toda clase de frutos y efectos. Un capital suficiente y el apoyo de algunas casas respetables, nos poiien en situacion de facilitar cualesquiera operaciones que nues- tros amigos gusten encargarnos, y de manejarlas con toda la actividad que puedan desear. A continuacion — hallaran Vds. nuestras firmis, de las que se ser- viran tomar nota, disponiendo de sus atentos yS. S S. S. S. *** firmara : under the firm of ***, for the pur* pose ot carrying on a commission business. Possessed of a competent capital and ample support to facilitate tbe wishes of our friends, we pledge ourselves that any orders com- mitted to us shall receive prompt attention and despatch, Below you will find our respec- tive signature, to which we beg your reference, and with a tender of our best services, we remain Signatures of. *** *** Muy Senores nuestros : Tenemos el honor de informar a Vds. que hem os formado en este dia una sociedad mercantil, que jirara bajo la denominacion de***, y se ocupara en el ramo general de comisiones. Gentlemen, We beg leave to inform you that we have formed a partnership and established a house of general agency in this city under the firm of ***. El capital con que con tamos y los recursos que nos proporcionan nuestras relaciones, nos facilitan medios de hacer los adelantos de costumbre sobre las consigna- ciones que nos dirij m nuestros amigos, y de descmpenar sus 6rdenes con desahogo y celeridad. Con tal motivo, nos tomamos la libertad dc ofrecer a Vd. nuestros servicios en esta plaza, esperando que nuestra esperiencia practica en toda clase de negocios, y el conocimiento particular que hemos adquirido de los de este mercado, durante una residenua de diez afios, n >s n sreceran su favor y con- nan za. The arrangements we have en- tered into, together with our own means, will enable us to make all reasonable and customary advances on consignments, as also to afford every requisite despatch to tho business intrusted to our caro. With these assurances, we take the liberty to offer you our services in this place, trusting that our general commercial knowledge, and the experience derived from a resi- dence here of ten years, will en- sure to us the confidence of our friends. Soliciting your attention to our signatures and the annexed references, we remain respectfully, CIRCULARS, LETTERS, ETC. 495 Suplicamos a Vds. se sirvan gentleman, Your., tomar nota de nuestras Annas, y The signature of your quedamos a sus 6rdenes, atentos M. O. S.***. 8. S. Q. S. M. B. The signature of your Firma social de S. S. S.***. M. 6. S.***. Tenemos la satisfaecion de anun- cias a Vd. que acabamos de esta- blecer una easa en Nue'va York y otra en Nueva Orleans. Dn.*** y Dn.*** dirijiran el esta- blecimiento de Nueva York, que jirara con el nombre de***, y nuestros Dn.*** y*** tendran a su cargo el de Nueva Orleans, bajo la razon social de ***. Contamos con un capital sufi- ciente para hacer adelantos sobre las consign aciones que se nos hagan, tan luego corao se hallen en nuestro poder, 6 al recibir las facturas y conoeimientos, acom- panados de las 6rdenes para efec- tuar los seguros. Nos ofrecemos a su disposicion, asegurandoles que pondremos todo nuestro esmero en ibmentar los in- tereses de los amigos que nos hon- ren con su confianza. Buenos Ayres, 1° julio 1871. Tenemos el honor de qomunicar & Vd. que hemos convenido unir los dos establecimientos mercantiles que han existido hasta el dia en esta plaza bajo las denominaciones de .... y .... La nueva sociedad, a cuyo cargo queda la liquidacion de las dos casas disueltas, girara bajo la razon de. . . La nueva sociedad se dedicara principalmente al ramo de comi- siones, y formaran una parte nota- ble ie su giro. We have the honor to inform you that we have opened a house in New York in connection with one in New Orleans. The business of our house in New York will be conducted by Mr.,*** and Mr.***, under the firm of *** ; that of New Orleans by our ***, and our ***, under the firm of***. Our means being ample, we shall be always ready to make the custo- mary advances on consignments, when in our possession, or on re- ceipt of invoice and bill of lading, with orders to effect insurance. "We beg leave to tender you our services and assure you that every exertion shall be made to benefit those who may place their interests in our hands. Buenos Ayres, 1st July, 1871. We have the honor to inform yon that we have agreed to unite the two mercantile establishments which have hitherto existed in this city under the firms of and .... The new firm, which is intrusted with the liquidation of the affairs of both houses will be styled ***. The new firm will devote its at- tention principally to commission business, in which .... will form an important feature. 496 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. MucLo celebrardmos ser favore- cidos con las drdenes de Vd. y en su desempeiio nada omitire'mos de cuanto pueda prom over sus inte- leses y mereeer su aprobacion. Nuestro capital y recursos nos proporcionaran siempre los medios de hacerle los adelantos que pudie- ren acomodarle. Habiendo admitido por socio en mi casa de comercio a mi bijo mayor, tengo el honor de informar & Vd. que, desde esta fecha, mi citada casa jirara bajo la razon de S . . . . e hijo. Sirvase Vd. tomar nota de su firma a continuacion, diponiendo desus atentos S. S. Q. S. M. B. Firma deS. S. S Queda disuelta la sociedad que ha existido hasta el diabajo la razon de y su liquidacion a cargo de nuestro Dn.***. We shall be happy to be favored with your orders, in the execution of which we will neglect nothing that can contribute towards giving you entire satisfaction. Our resources are such as to place it always in our power to afford you every advantage. Having determined to take my eldest son into partnership, I beg to acquaint you that, from this day, the business of my house will be conducted under the firm of S & Son. We beg you to take note of his signature below, and to believe us, with great respect, gentlemen, Your .... Signature of Mr. . . . The copartnershp hitherto exist- ing under the firm of is now dissolved. Our late partner, Mr.***, is authorised to adjust and settle the outstanding accounts of the concern. Participo a Vd.que habiendo es- pirado el 31 del ppdo, el te'rmino de mi sociedad con el Sr. Dn. ***, seguu se impondra por la circular de la vuelta, acabo de formar otra con Dn. ***, la cual jirara bajo la razon de y se dedicara linica- mente a los negocios de comision. Muy Sr. mio ; El dador de esta sera el Sr. Dn. ***, socio de Dn***, quien anterior- mente lo ha sido de la casa de los Sres***, de la Habana. Siendo pro- bable que este caballero pase a ese puerto a asuntos de comercio, me tomo la libertad de darle esta intro- duccion para Vds., y de reeomen- The partnership between the subscriber and ***, having expired on the 31st ultimo, as you will be informed by the annexed circular, beg leave to announce to you that I have, in company with ***, estab- lished a new house in this city, for the sole purpose of transacting a commission business under the firm of . Dear Sir, | The bearer of this present, Mr. ***, is a partner of Mr. ***, lately a member of the firm of ***, of Havana. This gentlemen being likely to visit your port on com- mercial business, I beg to intro- duce him to your acquaintance and friendship. You will very much CIUCULAHS, LETTERS, ETC. 497 darie h su buena amistad. Agra- decere a Vds. se sirvan prestarle su auxilio para el logro de su objeto, y le faciliten los conocimientos que puedan coutribuir al buen e'xito de su viaje. Muy Senor nuestro : La presente' sera a Vd. entregada por el Sr. Dn***, amigo de todo nuestro apreeio y socio de la respe- table casa de los Sres. ***, de Lima. Lo recomendamos muy particular- meute a sus atentos obsequios, su- plicandole le atienda en todo lo que se le ofrezca. Veremos con gusto que esta in- troduction sea motivo para que en- table Vd. con la casa de nuestro recomendado relaciones de recip- roca utilidad, persuadidos de que los Sres. *** corresponderan com- pletamente a la confianza de Vd. Muy Sres. mios: Tengo el gusto do introducir a su conocimiento de recomendar a sus finas atencio- nes y amistosa acojida al Sr. Dn. ***, de Valparaiso, agente de la res- petable casa de los Sres. ***, de la misma plaza. He hecho con dichos Sres. negocios de mucha conside- racion, y su zelo y actividad me son conocidos ; en cuyo concepto, no dudo recomendarlos a Vds., bien persuadido que merecen, por su modo honrado de trabajar, la confianza de todos cuantos dirijen sus especulaciones a aquel punto. Qaedare' deudor al mayor recono- cimiento por los servicios y auxilios que Vds. tengan a bien prestar, asi a la casa de los Sres. ***, como a su apreciable agente, y me anticipo a darles las gracias por todo, repi- ti^ndome a sus ordenes atento S. S ... oblige me by affording him your assistance in the above mentioned purpose and by giving him every information which may contribute to the success of his voyage. Sir, We have much pleasure in intro- ducing to your acquaintance our most particular friend, Mr. ***, of the very respectable firm of Messrs. ***, of Lima. We shall be happy indeed should this introduc- tion lead to some business between you, because we are well convinced that you would find Messrs.***, de- serving of every confidence. Any attention you may please to show to Mr. ***, we shall consider as shown to ourselves, and shall at all times be happy to reciprocate. We are Gentlemen, Permit me to introduce to your acquaintance and to recommend to your obliging attention and good offices, Mr. ***, of Valparaiso, agent for the respectable house of Messrs. ***, of that place. I have had con- siderable transactions with those gentlemen, and their activity, intel- ligence and integrity, justify my recommending them as worthy of the esteem and confidence of those who have dealings with that coun- try. Any service which you can render their house, or their worthy agent, Mr. ***, will confer a particular favor on me, which I shall be happy to have opportunities of reciprocat- ing to any of your friends. I am very sincerely, Your obedient servant 498 COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENCE. Muy Sr. mio: Tengo mucho placer en presentar a Vd. el Sr. ***. de este comercio, amigo de todo mi aprecio. No se propone permanecer mas de un dia en San Francisco, pero si necesitase el auxilio de su amistad y conoci- mientos, he de deber a Vd.se sirva prestarselo con su acostumbrada bondad. Disponga Vd. con la misma fran- queza de su atento amigo y S. S.... Tenemos mucha satisfaccion en recomendar a Vds. el dador de la presente, el Sr. Dn. ***. quien pasa a New York con el objeto de ver a su hermano, Dn. ***, que conocen Vds. personalmente. Hemos de merecerles se sir van atender a est© j6ven caballero en lo que se le ofrezca, durante su estada en esa capital, seguros de nuestro agrade- cimiento por los favores que le dis- pensen y de nuestro deseo de cor- responderles del mismo modo 6 en cualquiera otra ocasion, en que gus- ten disponer de sus atentos . . . Kecomendamos muy singular- mente a la buena acojida de Vds. ai portador de la presente, el Sr. ***, hijo mayor del Sr. ***, de la muy respectable casa de los Sres. S. y M., de este comercio. Agradeceremos a Vds infinite le faciliten los conocimientos y auxi- lios que pueda necesitar, y espera- mos contribuyan cuanto este' de su parte a hacerle agradable su perma- nencia en esa capital. Y estamos convencidos que re- conoceran por su trato, que es dig- no en un todo del aprecio y amistad do Vds. Dear Sir, Permit me to introduce to yon my friend, Mr. ***, established in this city. He proposes remaining but a day in San Francisco, but should he stand in need of any as- sistance or information you will oblige me by affording it to him with your usual friendly attention. I am ever truly, My dear Sir, Yours sincerely. We beg leave, by this, to introduce to your acquaintance the bearer, Mr. ***, who is about to proceed to New York on a visit to his brother Mr. ***, already personally known to you. Permit us to recommend this young gentleman to your friendly civilities and attention during his stay in your capital, as- suring you that any favors conferred on him we shall be much obliged for, and be happy in having oppor- tunities of reciprocating. We are .... We recommend to your particu- lar favor and attention the bearer, Mr. ***, eldest son of Mr. ***, of the highly respectable house of S. and M. , of this city. We request you most urgently to afford him your advice and assist- ance, and to render his stay in your city as agreeable as possible. And we are convinced that, on a near acquaintance, he will prove himself deserving of your esteem and good wilL CONDENSED INDEX. (The figures refer to the pages.) Adjectives 25, 66, 81, 308 (Syntax of) 360 Comparative of, 85, 138 139, 140, 309 Superlative, 138, 139, 140 141 Adverbs 136, 351, 381 (Observations on) .... 381 Alguno \ 55} 1A Alia. (See Prepositions) 96, 97 Alii. ibid. ....96,97 Any 55, 56 Afpii 96, 97 Article.... 43, 59, 80, 865, 126, 132 133, 307 (Syntax of) 359 Augmentatives 50 He, to, translated by tener. . .27, 32 Bueno 25, 52 But 40, 69, 70 Ciento 52 Conjunctions 29, 355, 396 Cual 22, 34 Diaeresis 18, 21 Diminutives 50, 51, 52 El 36 En — preposition 217 Estar 93, 94 Este, esta, esto 40, 49, 122 Genders 46, 61, 62, 63, 66, 122 Haber 31, 156, 336 Hacer, idioms with 198 His, Hers 30 Interjection 357 Ir, Irse 112 It 25 Lo 122, 160 Money 73 Months 74, 76, 193 Moods— Indicative 230, 231 (Syntax of) 370 Infinitive 87, 143 (Syntax of). . 375 Subjunctive . 229, 232, 238 240, 241, 244 (Syntax of).. 371 Conditional... 205, 209, 212 Imperative, 250, 251, 252 375 No 25, 27, 56 Noun 308 (Syntax of) 360 500 CONDENSED INDEX. Numbers 75 Cardinal 66, 75 Ordinal 66, 74, 79 Collective 79 Distributive 79 Plural 43, 44 Proportional 79,80 Participles, 145, 148, 149, 150, 217 (Syntax) 376 Passive Voice 378 Prepositions 354 (Syntax), 383, 385, 386 387, 388, 389, 390 Pronouns.... 34, 102, 140, 160, 309 (Syntax of) 361 Quien, Que 104 Ser 93, 94 Syllables 72 Sino 40 Tener 31 Tenses — Compound 164 Imperfect. . .170, 238, 239 Perfect 170,176 Future 187, 197, 244 Uses of the 370 To, preposition 106 Usted 22 Verbs— Active 378 Auxiliary 311 Neuter 164, 378 Impersonal 378 Reflective 378 Irregular (Table of). : 322 (Observations on) 336 (List of) 338 Conjugations 87 first 315 second 317 third 318 Vd. (See Usted.) Vm. (See Usted.) Vowels 143 Y, conjunction . 29 Yours 80 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. do AA. (1) A. a or a. 8 A. s A. C. A. V. E. or A. V> E. cia A. L. E. *P. V. M. Admr Afm.° Agt? Alcde Alg.°, alg.a Am.o Ant.<> Ant. or antic. Appco Appoa Art. or artic. Arzobpo. At.o B. Barr. B, B.r or Ber. B. L. (or S.)M. B. L. {or S.) P. Brno p.e Bta C. A E. Cam. a Cap. or Cap.o Altezas or autores. Arroba or arrobas. Alios. Afio Cristiano.- I A Vuestra Escelencia. (2) A Los Eeales Pie's de Vues- tra Majestad. Administrador. Afectisimo. Agosto. Alcalde. Alguno, alguna. Amigo. Antonio. Anticnado. Apostolico, Apost61ica. Articulo. Arzobispo. Atento. Beato. Barril. Bachiller. Beso or besa las (or sus; manos. Beso or besa los (or sus) pie's. Beatisimo Padre. Bautista. Catolico-ca, Apost61ico-ca, Eomano-a. Cainara. Capitulo. Highnesses or autliors. Twenty-live pounds weight. Years. Christian year. ToY. E. (Your Excellency.) At Your Majesty's Eoyal Feet. Administrator. Most afiectionate. August. A justice. Any or somebody. Friend. Anthony. Antiquated. Apostolical Article. Archbishop. Attentive. Blessed. Barrel. Bachelor of Arts or Sciences I kiss or he kisses the (or your hands. I kiss or he kisses the (or your) feet. Most blessed Father. Baptist. Catholic, Apostolic and Bo- man. Chamber. Chapter. 1. The duplication of the initial letter of titles indicates the plural number. 2. In speaking, we contract Vuestra Escelencia in Vuecencia, which is generally used by educated persons. It is also contracted in Vuecelenc'ut, Which is very inelegant. 502 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. Cap.n Capitan. Captain. Capp. Capellan. Cbaplain. C. C. Cuenta corriente. Account current. Cdo Cuando. Wben. 0." M. B. Cuyas manos beso or besa . Wbose bands I kiss or he kisses. Comis.o Comisario. Commissary. Comp.a Coiupauia. Company. Conocimto (1; Couocim'iento. Bill of lading. Cons. Cousejo. Counsel. Corte Corriente . Current, instant. C. P. B. Cuyos pHs beso or beea. Wbose feet I kiss or he C. ta Cuenta. Account. [kisse*, C.to C.ta Cuanto, cuanta. How much. CoilV.te Conveniente. Convenient. D. orD.n Don. Mr. D.a Dona. Mrs. DD. Doctores. Doctors. D. r or Dor Doctor Doctor. Dha. Dicba. Said. Dho. Dicbo. Said. Die™ or 10™ Diciembre. December. D.s' Dios. God. B-ro. Derecbo. Right, or duty. Dom.o Domingo. Sunday. Doz. Docena. Dozen. Ecc.o Ecc.a Eclesiastico-ca. Ecclesiastic. Enm^ , vale. Enrnendado, vale. Amended, valid. En." ' Enero . January. Esc^o Esc^a Escelentisimo-ma . Most Excellent. Esc n ° p c ° Escribano piibhco. Notary Public. Estdo Estimado. Esteemed. E.U. Estados Unidos. United States. F. Fulano. Such a one. Feb.o Febrero. February. Ferndo Fernando. Ferdinand. Fha. Feeba. Date. Fho. fha. Fecbo, fecba. Dated. Fob Folio. Folio. Fr. Fray. j Friar (brother of certain 1 religious orders. ) Fr. Frey. j A title of the Knights oi { certain orders. Franco Francisco. Francis. 1. All nouns ending in miento or mento, as mandamiento, armamerdo, etc., are often abbreviated like conocimienlo. Adverbs terminating in menle, as enteramente, actualmente, etc., are abbreviated thus : enteram. 1 *, aciualm. 1 * LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 503 Fernandez. May save or preserve. Grace. General. Governor. Government. The same. Ditto. Church. Illustrious. Most Illustrious. Inquisitor. Intendant. Jesus Christ. Jesus. Jesus, Mary and Joseph , John. Licentiate, book, or law. Laws. Book. Founds. Line, lines. Licentiate. Place of the seal. Most powerful Lord. Mother. Elder, major. Mr. Many years. Majesty. Emanuel. Steward. Half. Michael. Minister. Favor, worship. Martin. Pattern, sample, specimen. Martinez. Master (instructor). An imaginary coin. Many. Manuscript. 1. JUS. — Although this abbreviation is out of general use, it still ro mains among the Jesuits, who always place it at the beginning and end of their correspondence, and of all their writings generally. 2. J. M. J. is often found at the beginning of letters and other writ- ings of religious persons. Frnz. Fernandez. Gue or gde. Guarde. Gra. Gracia. Gen.i (adj.) gral . General. Gob.r Gobernador. Gob.o Gobierno. lb. Ibid. Id. Yd. Idem. Igla. Iglesia. Il.e Lustre. I]mo Uma Ilustrisimo-ma. Inqor Inquisidor. Intend. t« Intendente. J. C. Jesucristo. Jhs.(l) Jesus. J. M.J. (2) Jesus, Maria y Jose*. J. » Juan. L. Licenciado, libro, or ley. LL. Leyes. Lib. Libro. Lib .a lb. Libras. Lin. lins. Linea, lineas. Lic do Licenciado. L. S. Lugar del sello. M. P.S. Muy poderoso Sefior M.e Madre. M. 01 Mayor. Mr. or M.' Monsieur, or Mister. M.s&a Muchos anos. Maj.d > Majestad. Man.i Manuel. May m ° Mayordomo. M.o Medio. Mig.i Miguel. Mtro. Ministro. Mrd. Merced. Mrn. Martin. Mras. Muestras. Mrnz. Martinez. Mro. Maestro. Mrs. Maravedis. M.8 Muchos. MS. Manuscrito. 504 LIST OP ABBREVIATIONS. MSS. Manuscritos. Manuscripts. M. I. A. Muy Ilustre Ayuntamien- to. Fulano. ■ Most Illustrious Council. N. Such-a-one. N.B. Nota bene. Take notice. N. C. M. Nuestro Catolico Monarca . Our Catholic Monarcn. N. S. Nuestro Sefior. Our Lord. N. S.» Nuestra Sefiora. Our Lady. N. S. J. C. Nuestro Sefior Jesucristo. Our Lord Jesus Christ N. S. M. L Nuestra Santa Madre la Our Holy Mother the Iglesia. Church. N. S. P. Nuestro Serafico Padre. Our Seraphic Father. N.° or num. Numero. Number. Nro., nra., or ntro., ntra. >• Nuestro, nuestra. Our. Obpo. Obispo. Bishop. Ob.ta Obediente. Obedient. On. or onz. Onza, onzas. Ounce, doubloons. Orn., orns., or Ord., ords. > Or den, 6rdene«. Ordinario-a. Order, orders, Ord.o ord. a Ordinary. Orig.l or orij.i Orijinal. Original. P. pag. or paj Pajina. Page. P. D. Posdata. Postscript. P. a Para. For, in order to. Par. Parrato. Paragraph. P." Padi-e. Father. P.o Pero, or Pedro. But, or Peter. P. r Por. For, per, or by. P.s . Pie's, pesos, or pues. Feet, dollars, or for, then, as p.t* Plata. Silver. P.te Parte. Part. P. to Puerto. Port. Pag. to Pagamento. Payment. Pza. Pieza. Piece. PI. Plana, or plural. Trowel, page, or plural Pbro. or Prbo Presbitero. Presbyter, priest. Pral. Principal. Principal. Pror. Procurador. Attorney. Prov. Pro visor. Provisor. Pubco or pubic Publico. Public. Pmo pdo. Proximo pasado. Last past. Ppe. Principe. Prince. QQs. Quin tales. Quintals (a hundred pounds weight). Q. or q.e Que. That. (Q. D. G.) (Que Dios guarde.) Whom may God preserve. 'Q. E. G. E.) (Que en gloria este'. ) May his or her soul be in glory. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 505 (Q. E. P. D.) (Que en paz descanse.) May his or her soul rest in peace. "Who kisses your hand. Q, S. M. B. Que sus manos besa. R.t Aud.». Real Audiencia. Royal Supreme Court. RR. PP. Reverendos Padres, Reverend Fathers. R.s R.8 Rentas Reales. Royal incomes or rents. Rmo Eevmo Re ver en disim o. Most Reverend. II. Rd° Rda Reverendo, reverenda. Reverend. R P. M. Reverendo Padre Maestro , Reverend Father. Rbi Recibf. I received. Reco Recibo. Receipt. R.I, Rleayon Real, reales vellon. Real, reals (silver coin).(l) Resp. Respuesta. Answer. S. S.to S.ta San, or Santo, Santa. Saint, holy. S. A. Su Alteza. His or Her Highness. S. A. R. Su Alteza Real. His or Her Royal Highness. S. M. Su Majestad. His or Her Majesty. S. M. B. Su Majestad Britanica. H. B. M. (His or Her Bri- tannic Majesty). S. M. 0. Su Majestad Cat61ica. H. C*. M. (His or Her Ca- tholic Majesty. S. M. C. S. Su Majestad Cristianfsima. H. M . C' M. (His or Her Most Christian Majesty). S. M. F. Su Majestad Fidelfsima. IL M. F. M. (His or Her Most Faithful Majesty). S. M. S. Su Majestad Sarda. IT. S. M. (His or Her Sar- dinian Majesty). H. I. M. (His or Her Impe- S. M. L Su Majestad Imperial. rial Majesty). &.* or S.° r Selor. Sir. S.ft or S.™ Sefcora. Madam, lady. Senta Sefiorita. Miss, young lady. S. S.a Su Senoria. His Lordship. S.S.d Su Santidad. His Holiness. SS. or S^ St fibres. Gentlemen, Messrs. S. S. S., or 8U seg.° serv. or Seb.n J- Su seguro servidor. Sebastian. Your faithful servant Sebastian. Spre. Siempre. Always. S r .ia Secret* Secretaria. Secretary's office. S>?°, Sec.o or Secret.© 1 Secretario. Secretary. Ser 1 ? or Ser*?a Serenisimo-ma. Most Serene. 6orv° Servicio. . Service. 1. It is i national custom in Old Spain to keep accounts in reales d* vellon, as the French do in francs, and the English in pounds sterling. A real de vellon is a different coin from a real fuerte. One dollar has twenty of the former, and it mly has eight of the latter. 506 LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. Serv.* Sig.f SSmo SSni SSmo Re Su mrd. SS. PP. Subten.t9 Siip.ca Sup> Super. *• S. Y. li 0. T. or torn. Ten. to Tesor.o Tgo. Tpo. Ton. a TraL Ult V. V., V.« or Ven. V., Vd. orVm. W., Vds. or Vms. V. A. V. B.d V.I. V. E. or V. ESC. a V. E. E. V. g., orV. gr. Vers.° V. M. V. P. V. Ra V. R. M. V. s.* V. SS. Servidor. Servant Siguiente. Following. Santisimo. Most Holy. Santfsimo (el Sacramento). The Host, the Holy Sacra- ment. Santfsimo Padre. Su merced. (1) Santos Padres. Subteniente. Suplica. Suplicante. Superintendents . Salvo yerro u omision. Most Holy Father. His or her Honor. Holy father. Sublieutenant. Request, entreaty. Petitioner. Superintendent. Errors or omissions cepted. Volume. Lieutenant. Treasurer. Witness. Time. Ton. Court, tribunal. Last See. Venerable. Tomo. Teniente. Tesorero. Testigo. Tiempo. Tonelada. Tribunal tJltimo. Vdase. Venerable. Usted (100 years back, vues-You, Your Honor. ira merced). ) Ustedes, (ditto, vuestrasYou, Your Honoitu j" mercedes). Vuestra Alteza. Your Highness. Vuestra Beatitud. Your Beatitude. Vuestra Eustrisima. Your Grace. >■ Vuestra Escelencia. (2) Vuestras Escelencias. Verbi gracia. Versiculo. Vuestra Majestad. Vuestra Paternidad. Vuestra Reverencia. Vuestra Real Majestad. Vuestra Senorfa. (3) Vuestras Sefiorlas. Your Excellency. Your Excellencies. For example. Versicle. Your Majesty. Your Paternity. Your Reverence. Your Royal Majesty. Your Lordship. Your Lordships. 1. Su merced is the title used when speaking in the 3d person of any Alcalde or other justice who has not the title of Sehoria. It is also asea by servants in speaking to their masters. 2. See note 2, page 501. 3. Vuestra Sehoria is contracted in Vuesenoria or Usia: the latter is always preferable to the former. LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 507 r. S.I. Vuestra Senorfa Ilustrisima.Your Most Illustrious Kov rence. Your Holiness. Real of vellori (coin). Volume. Your. Examined and approved. 2.d 3.d 4.th 10(Jt> V. S.<* Vuestra Santidad y.on Vellon. Vol. Volumen. Vro. vra. Vuestro, vuestra, V\"> B.o Visto bueno. ho l.a Primero-a. 2.o 2. » Segundo-a. 3<>3.a Tercero-a. 4.o 4.» Cuarto-a. 25. o 25. » Vije'simo-a quinto-a. 106. <> 106 .» Oente'simo-a sesto-a. And so on, placing an o or an a over the cardinal number, according to the gender of the noun it refers to; that is, if it is a masculine noun the letter o should be added to the figure, and if a feminine, tho letter a } said letters being the termination masculine or feminine of the ordinal K.nmbers. TABLE OP CONTENTS. PAGX. Preface iii Exercise on Pronunciation 5 Pronunciation and Accentuation 7 Words Similar in Sound, but Different in Spelling 37 Division of Words into Syllables 17 Marks used in Punctuation 18 Practical Exercises 21 Conversational Exercises 265 Etymology 307 Syntax 359 Dialogues 398 Proverbs • 435 Idioms • 443 Mercantile Vocabulary , 455 Commercial Correspondence 462 Abbreviations 501 LIBEOS DE TEXTO (CON SUS PRECIOS EN PAPEL M0NEBA> LAS ESCUELAS Y ENSENASZA DE IDIOMAS PUBLICADOS GEORGE R. LOCKWOOD BDITOR-LIBRERO E IMPORTADOR DE TODA CLASH VU LIBROS EN ESPANOL, FRANCES E ITALIANO. 812 BEOADWAY. NUEVA YORK L1BRERIA AMERICANA Y EXTRANGERA LIBROS PARA LOS ESPAfrOLES {Se hard un iesmento d los Sres. Libreros y Profesor et.) V\ iGUT j OLLENDORFF. EI Maestro de Ingle* Complcto. Metodo practico para aprender la lengua inglesa segun el sistema de Ollendorff, conteniendo, ademas del Metodo propiamente dicho, un tratado de la propiedad de laa voces, en dos partes, inglesa y espafiola ; .di&logos escogidos en ingles y espanol; un compendio de Gramatica inglesfi; Prover- bios ; Conversaciones familiares ; lista alf abetica de abreviaturas ; explicacion de mucbas f rases latinas, etc., que suelen usarse en ingles, un Traductor y Lector y un vocabulario de terminos comer- ciales, con modelos de correspond eneia mercantil en ambos idiomas. Por Francisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $1.75 Edicion enteramente refundida, corregida y notablemente au« mentada con un novisimo sistema de pronunciacion figurada. • ••Clave de Io§ Ejereicio§. 12mo $0.90 - - EI Preceptor Ingle§ Elemental, 6 sea Novisimo Me- todo para aprender ingles los nifios espafioles, compuesto por un profesor segun los sistemas de Vingut y Ollendorff. 12mo...$l.40 Porque no bay libro de texto elemental para uso de los espa- fioles que desean aprender la lengua inglesa, me parecio quo seria prestar un importante servicio al publico latino-americano poner a su disposicion un metodo mas facil que "El Maestro de Ingles Completo," y que pudiera servir a un tiempo para nifios y para adultos. He resuelto, pues, dar a luz El Preceptor Ingles Elemental. Este libro, compuesto con el mayor es- mero por un profesor de mucha experiencia en el manejc y la ensefianza de aquel idioma, contiene una Reseiia de Gramatica inglesa, un metodo de unas 200 paginas, con la pronunctacion figurada de cada palabra ; modelos de estilo epistolar y una colec- EL JWAR. A Guide to Spanish and English Conversation, containing various lists of words in most general use, properly classed ; collections of compli- mentary dialogues and conversational phrases on the most general subjects of life ; proverbs and idioms ; also comparative tables of coins, weights and measures. By Emanuel del Mar. To which has been added a treatise on Spanish pronunciation and orthography and the whole work carefully revised. By Fran- cisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $0.90 ROBERTSON. Complete Spanish Course, in accord- ance with the Robertsonian System of teaching Modern Lan- guages. 12mo. $1.00 Josse's Spanish Grammar, with Practical Exercises. Re- vised and enlarged by F. Sales. 12mo $1.75 MANTILLA. Hand-Book of Spanish Conversation, 18mo TO-* The practical part of the book contains: 1st. A collection oi short phrases used in the daily intercourse of life, which gives tha pupil a copious vocabulary for conversation. 2d. A series oi useful and interesting dialogues on every subject of life. The special feature of this part is a series of vocabularies, the mean ing of which is closely connected with the subject of the dialogues. 3d. A collection of commercial terms, mercantile corresponds nee, banking transactions, etc. Specimens of advertisements, publi# notices, etc., are another specialty of this little book. LIBROS PARA LOS FRANCESES. VINGUT y OLLENDORFF. Le Maitre d'Esj ugnol. Nouvelle Methode pour apprendre a lire, ecrire et a parier la langue espagnole, d'apres le systeme d'Ollendorff. Avec un supplement, contenant les regies grammatical es, les ) *radigmes des verbes reguliers, irreguliers, auxiliaires, reflechis e'e imper- sonnels. Par Francisco Javier Vingut. 12mo $1 75 •-—Corrige des Excrcices tM° OBRAS MASONICAS DE ANDRES CASSARD. CON SITS PRECIOS EN ORO. Manual de la Masoneria, 6 sea el tejador de los ritos antigua eaeocea, francea y de adopciort Contiene las decoracionea, trajes, marchas, bat*.', aperturas, ovaciones: los verdaderoa catecismos del rito escoces : clausuras, discursos y laminas para cada gr'.'r plantillas para certificados, dimisiones, diplomas, breves, patentes, &. : peticiones para formaciones de logias, grandes logias, &. : instalaciones de las mismas: exequias fune- bres, con su discurso : banquetes, con un discurso analogo al objeto, y otro, que explica la significacion de la forma que lleva la mesa en las fiestas del orden, acompafiado de una lamina : diacursos eacogidos sobre el origen y progreao de la Masoneria : inmortalidad del alma, beneficencia, igualdad, tolerancia, frater- nidad, fuerza y union : tablas misticas : un diccionario razonado de terminos y expresiones masonicas : ritual del bautismo maso- nico, con un discurso : modo de enjuiciar en masoneria : estatu* tos generates de la orden: datos cronologicos sobre los sucesos maa importantes de la masoneria desde antes de Jesu-Cristo: estatu- toa y regulacionea del mismo : grandes constituciones de 1762 y 1786: explicacion de los cabaliaticos : generacion universal de todoa loa seres, &.: miaterioa antiguoa: cadena mistica, &., &., &. t yoIs. 8vo $7.00 EHncupnta anos de la vida de Andres Cassard. Esta interesante c->ra contiene todos los documentos que comprueban loa Bervicios masonicos prestados por Andres Cassard, desde su iniciacion en la orden en 1853. Consta de unas 300 paginas esta magnificamente inipresa y encuadernada con filetesi dora- dos, y lleva en la portada el retrato de Cassard, tornado ultima- , inente y grabado en acero. 8vo $3.00 Espejo Masonic o. Los cuatio tomos de esta interesante publicacion, la £nica en su especie en el idioma castellano, empastados en muselina $12 00 Manual de la Estrella del Oriente. Esta interesante obrita esta arreglada, expresamente, para el uso de los Diputados y para instruir a los que reciban el grado. Empastada lujosamente, y con un Diploma para seflora 6 caballero, segun se desee .. $2 50 Sin Diploma $1 50 t>mstituciones, Estatutos y Reglamentos de 1762 y 1786. Encuadernados en muselina rosada $2 50 Estatutos Generales de la Masonsria de Napol«s, 1820. Encua- dernado 65 Citecismos de los Tres Grados Simbolicos. Los tres cuaderuoa sueltos 25 Por docena sueltos $2 50 Diplomas de Maestro, magnificamente grabad«w». 6. impresos en buen pergamino, en tres idiomas y con «u crbierta. .. 2 50 44 " en on idioma 1 SO